tender for refurbishment of bank of … & interior designer ... tender for refurbishment of bank...
Post on 20-Apr-2018
231 Views
Preview:
TRANSCRIPT
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 1 of 151
TENDER FOR REFURBISHMENT OF BANK OF BARODA ASTODIA BRANCH
AHMEDABAD GUJARAT
OWNER GENERAL MANAGER BANK OF BARODA AHMEDABAD CITY REGIONAL OFFICE
4TH FLOOR BANK OF BARODA TOWER
NEAR LAW GARDEN ELISBRIDGE AHMEDABAD- 380 006
ARCHITECT & INTERIOR DESIGNER
CREATIONS
J. R. CHOKSHI SHYAM KUTIR,
B/S GRUH FINANCE, NETAJI ROAD, ELLIS BRIDGE.
AHMEDABAD – 380 006.
PH.: 079 4004 9004 FAX: 079 2656 8882 CELL:98253-46825
E-mail - jitenchokshi @ yahoo.com.
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 2 of 151
TENDER FOR REFURBISHMENT-INTERIOR & CIVIL WORK FOR BANK OF BARODA, ASTODIA BRANCH.
AHMEDABAD.
INDEX
SR.
NO.
CONTENT PAGE
1. INVITATION OF TENDER 3 to 7
2. FORM OF TENDER 8 to 9
3. GENERAL INSTRUCTION TO CONTRACTOR 10 to 13
4. ARTICLES AGREEMENT 14 to 16
5. GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT 17 to 30
6. GENERAL RULES, SPECIAL CONDITION AND THE
GUIDANCE OF TENDERERS
31 to 34
7. SAFETY CODES 35 to 36
8. SPECIFICATIONS – SECTION “A” GENERAL 37 to 39
9. SPECIAL CONDITION OF CONTRACT 40to 41
10. GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS 42 to 48
11. LIST OF INDIAN STANDARS REFER 49 to 50
12. APPENDIX 51
13. LIST OF APPROVED MAKES & GENERAL
SPECIFICATION (INTERIOR & CIVIL)
52 to 53
14. INSTRUCTION OF CONTRACTOR 54
15. MANDATORY INFORMATION 55 to 56
16. BILL OF QUANTITIES 57 to 65
17. DRAWING
66
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 3 of 151
INVITATION OF TENDER
M/s _____________________
Dear Sir, Bank of Baroda invites item rates sealed tenders from the reputed contractors for the work mentioned below. Tender copies will be available by download form the web site of Bank Of Baroda www.bankof baroda.com. from 30/09/09nwards. Conditional tenders will not be accepted. Bank of Baroda reserves the right to reject any or all the tenders without assigning any reasons thereof.
1. Name of work Interior & Civil works for B.O.B. ASTODIA Branch, at Ahmedabad, Gujarat.
2. Registration and minimum eligibility Criteria
( i ) Contractors registered with Bank of Baroda or Other Nationalized Bank, P.W.D., having experience in such type of works. (ii) Furniture making firms having sound technical & financial capacity Mandatory information required in Bank’s prescribed form for prequalification of the bidder. The authentic certificates / testimonials in support of minimum eligibility criteria shall have to be enclosed with the tender documents failing which the tender shall be rejected out right.
3. Time Limit
45 Days
4. Estimated cost put to tender Rs.7,00,000/-
5. Earnest Money Deposit
Rs14,000/-- to be submitted in the form of D.D. in favour of Bank of Baroda, Ahmedabad (D.D to be enclosed with the tender with technical bid)
6. Tender documents to be downloaded from B.O.B. website http://bankofbaroda.com
From Dt.30/9/09.
7. Last date of receiving tenders.
Dt.9/10/09. up to 15.00 Hrs. Tenders received after this date and time will not be entertained under any circumstances.
8
Date of Opening of Tender
Techanical Bid on Dt.9/102009. at 16.00 Hrs. Price Bid on Dt.9/102009. at 16-30 Hrs
9.
Mode of sending the Tender Documents in duplicate. i.e. two sets
By RPAD or Speed Post or courier or by hand delivery only addressed to. GENERAL MANAGER BANK OF BARODA AHMEDABAD CITY REGIONAL OFFICE,4TH FLOOR, BANK OF BARODA TOWER, NEAR LAW GARDEN, ELIS BRIDGE, AHMEDABAD-380 006,
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 4 of 151
Condition Of Contract
Name of Work: INTERIOR & CIVIL WORKS for B.O.B. ASTODIA Branch,
Ahmedabad, Gujarat.
1. Estimated cost of tender : Rs.7,00,000/-
2. Earnest Money Deposit : Rs.14,000/-to be submitted in the form of D.D. in favour of Bank of Baroda, Ahmedabad valid for 180 days
3. Mode of sending the tenders in
duplicate.
In sealed cover by R PAD Speed post / courier or hand delivery only.
: In sealed envelope super
scribed the name of work.
4. Tender validity period : 90 days
5. Time of completion : 45 Days/.( Work shall be taken up on hand immediately after the date of issue of work order)
6 Retention Money : 5 % of Retention amount. 7 Defect liability period 12 months after issue of
completion certificate. retention money shall be released after completion of defect liability period.
8. Compensation for delay : 1% of tender amount per week but not exceeding 10 % of total contract value, there after client may arrange to get the work done through some other agency.
9. Last date of receipt of tender by RPAD /speed post /courier
: As mentioned in tender notice.
10 Place of receiving Tender Copies
: GENERAL MANAGER BANK OF BARODA AHMEDABAD CITY REGIONAL OFFICE 4TH FLOOR BANK OF BARODA TOWER NEAR LAW GARDEN, ELISBRIDGE, AHMEDABAD- 380 006.
11
12
Minimum value of work for interim bills Period of final Certificate
:
RS.3,00,000/- One month from the date of receipt of final bill
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 5 of 151
13 Insurance: : Workers insurance Contractor’s risk policy
The bank will not be bound to accept the lowest tender and reserves the right to accept or reject any or all the tenders without assigning any reason what so ever.
1. Technical prequalification will be based on the mandatory information and supporting documents submitted
along with the tender documents as well as Architect/Bank’s scrutiny of the same or inspection of work
carried out by the tenderer.
2. The Bank of Baroda, reserves the right that without assigning any reason there of:
(a) To accept or reject any tender in whole or in part.
(b) To increase or decrease the quantities of any item and tendered has to execute the same at the rate quoted.
3. Tenderer are requested to read the tender documents, general conditions, special conditions, drawing, specifications, schedule of quantities, etc. carefully and offer most competitive rate after visiting site.
The clause of Notice Inviting tender prevails over general terms and special terms of contract.
4. The date of completion of job is the essence to this contract. The contractors are therefore requested to
complete the job in the stipulated time. Any deviation with respect to time or specification Bank
prejudice has right to
(a) Cancel / Revoke the order.
(b) Impose penalty up to 10 % of the total value of job.
5. Contractor in their own interest are advised to visit the site & get themselves familiarize in the prevailing
situations before submitting their rates. No claim whats ever for ignorance, misunderstanding shall be entertained later.
The proposed work is to be done in the working branch on ground floor, hence contractor has to plan his work so as to general working of the branch is not affected. He has to work after business
hours & also during the night.
7. The contractor shall be responsible for making good in expeditions & workman like manner. Any
defects, which may be found with in one years of the handing over the premises, put to beneficial use.
In case contractor fails to do so, the same would be got done at his cost & risk. The cost incurred by the
bank shall be deducted from the retention money or any other dues.
8. Rates quoted shall be inclusive of all taxes, levies, duties & all charges such as freight, insurance,
octroi, vat, loading/unloading, unpacking & moving the position in site, etc. for complete item.
9. The schedule of quantities is only approximate & all the work executed shall be paid for in accordance
with the actual measurements as per relevant part of IS : 1200 : 1974 or otherwise provided.
10. In case of any dispute, the same shall be referred to court at AHMEDABAD and its decision shall be
final & binding on both the parties.
11. An item rate tender containing percentage below / above will be summarily rejected. However if the
Tender voluntarily offers rebate for payment with in stipulated period, this may be considered.
12. The tender documents shall be duly filled in and signed by the tenderer and shall be addressed (in sealed cover) to the office of The D.G.M, B.O.B. tower, Law garden, Ellis Bridge, Ahmedabad. The full name and address of the tenderer and name of the work shall be written on the cover.
13. Unit rates shall be quoted in English in figures as well as in words with reference to each item and for all
items shown in the attached schedule of quantities. The amount of each item should be worked out.
14. All entries in the documents shall be clearly written and shall be in ink. corrections if any shall be clearly
made any duly signed and dated by the tenderer erasing and over writings and shall not be permitted and the tender liable for rejection.
15. The tender shall sign and every page of the tender documents including the layout drawings
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 6 of 151
attached hereto.
16. Each tender shall be signed by the tenderer with his usual signature. Tender by. Partnership of
Hindu joint family firm may be signed in the firm's name by one of the partners of the Karta or
Manager as the case may be or any other duly authorized representative followed by the name and
designation of the person so signing. An attested copy of the partnership firm shall also be attached..
Tender by a shall be signed with the name of the company by persons authorized in this behalf and
power of attorney or other satisfactory proof showing the person singing the tender as the authorized
person to do such documents on behalf of the company is duly authorized to do so shall accompany
the tender.
17. Unless otherwise specified all the rates and prices in the tender shall cover sales taxes, octroi, vat, other taxes and duties, and transportation, sales tax on work contract etc.
18. Tender not containing the full particulars as mentioned above or as called for in the special conditions is liable to summarily rejection.
19. With their quotations the tenderer shall sign all the schedules specifications, special conditions, etc. in taken of acceptance here of. The signature on the tender schedule alone shall also be deemed to be taken as acceptance of all these.
20. The unsealed tenders, tenders not super scribed as the prescribed tender documents, conditional and unsigned tenders, tenders containing absurd rates and amounts, tenders that are incomplete or otherwise considered defective are liable to be rejected.
21. In the event, there are two more parties between whom the work has been split, the contractor carrying out relevant work entrusted to him shall work in close coordination without causing any delay or hindrance to other agencies. Employer has the right to omit at his discretion one or more items of work when placing the order.
22. The work shall be deemed to have commenced from the date on which the contractor takes over the site or issue of work orders whichever is earlier. The site will be handed over to the contractor only on submission of initial security deposit.
23. The contractor shall give a program for the execution of the work during the total contract period and get it approved by the employer and the Architect. In case of delay in progress of work at any stage, the employer shall issue the contractor a memo in writing pointing out the delay in progress and asking the contractor to explain the causes for the delay within 3 days of receipt of the above. The employer reserves the right to determinate the contract and forfeit the security deposit if satisfactory explanation is not offered by the contractor for delay in execution of work.
24. It will be obligatory on the part of the tenderer to sign on each & every page of the tender & all components of the tender. Conditional tender shall be summarily rejected.
25. The samples of all the material & work item shall be got approved from the Architect or his representative before proceeding further on the work.
26. The drawing contains sketches showing salient features details at the various scales indicating extent of work & specifications to be followed. These can be modified by the bank from time to time in accordance with technical requirements at the site.
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 7 of 151
27. Any damage done to the property of the bank during execution of the work shall be responsibility of the contractor & it shall be made good by him, at his cost to the entire satisfaction of Architect/Bank.
28. The Architects shall have full power to get the material or workmanship etc. inspected & tested by an independent agency for its soundness & adequacy at the cost of contractor.
29. The contractor shall examine all drawings before quoting & commencing of actual work & report to the Architect/Bank any discrepancies for omission & shortcomings in the drawings.
30. The work shall be of highest standard both as regard to material & workmanship. Modern tools & first-class latest techniques shall be employed for its execution.
31. The work shall be done as per accordance with the IBA guidelines.
Date:
Place: Ahmedabad Signature of contractor with seal
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 8 of 151
FORM OF TENDER
To, General Manager , Bank Of Baroda, Ahmedabad city Regional office 4th floor,
Bank of Baroda tower, Elis Bridge Ahmedabad-380 006. Dear Sir,
Having examined the drawings, specifications, design and schedule of quantities relating to the works
specified in the memorandum hereinafter set out and having visited and examined the site of the works
specified in the said memorandum and having acquired the requisite information relating there to as affecting
the tender. I/We hereby offer to execute the works specified in the said memorandum at the rates mentioned
in the attached schedule of quantities and in accordance in all respects with the specifications, designs,
drawings and instructions in writing referred to in condition of tender, the Articles of Agreement special
conditions, schedule of quantities and conditions of contract and with such material as are provided for, by
and in all other respects in accordance with such conditions so far as they may be applicable.
MEMORANDUM
A Description work: Interior & Civil works at Bank of Baroda
ASTODIA Branch, Ahmedabad.
B Estimated Cost: Rs. 7,00,000/- C Earnest money: Rs. 14,000/-
D. Time allowed for completion of the work: 45 Days. From the date of commencement of work
F. Liquidated damage: 1 %of contract value per week. maximum 10 % of the contract value
1. We under take to complete and deliver the whole of the works comprised in the contract with in the time stated in the schedule A to the general conditions of the contract.
2. We have independently considered the amount of liquidated damages in the schedule A to the conditions of the conditions of the contract and agree that it represents fair estimated the loss likely to be suffered by you in the event of the works not being completed in time.
3. If our tender is accepted, we will required to furnish the security deposit of the contract for the due performance of the contract as specified in the general conditions of the contract.
4. We agree to abide by this tender for the period of 90 days from the date fixed for opening the second cover (i.e. price bid) and it shall remain binding upon and may be accepted at time before expiry of period.
5. Unless and until a formal agreement is prepared and executed this tender together with your written acceptance there of shall constitute a binding contract between us.
6. We understand that you are not bound to accept the lowest or any tender you may receive.
7. Should this tender be accepted, I/We hereby agree to abide by and fulfill the terms and provisions of the said conditions of contract annexed to so far as they may be applicable or in default thereof to forfeit and pay to the Bank of Baroda, Ahmedabad The amount mentioned in the said conditions.
8. We are enclosing the Bank Draft for a sum of Rs.14,000/- as Earnest money Draft of the Bank of Baroda, Ahmedabad Which amount will not bear any interest. Should we fail to execute the contract when called upon to do so, I/We do hereby agree that the Bank of Baroda shall forfeit this sum.
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 9 of 151
9. The details of plant, machinery, major tools, equipment employees list of such major works executed technical personal along with the copies of last two years I.T. assessment orders are enclosed for your perusal and consideration.
10. Our Bankers are:
11. The names of the partners of our firm are:
Name of the Partner of the firm authorized to sign OR
Name of person having power of attorney to sign the contract. (Certified true copy of the power of attorney should be attached.) (Signatures and address of Witnesses.) Yours faithfully, Signature of contractor. (1) (2) List of enclosures : (1) PERT CHART (2) (3) (4) (5) Please enclose separate sheets if required.
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 10 of 151
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO CONTRACTORS
Sealed Tender in duplicate should be addressed to GENERAL MANAGER BANK OF BARODA AHMEDABAD CITY REGIONAL OFFICE, 4TH FLOOR,
BANK OF BARODA TOWER, NEAR LAW GARDEN, ELISBRIDGE, AHMEDABAD-380 006,
1. No tender will be received after 3.00 p.m. on date 9/10/09. under any circumstances whatsoever.
3. The contractors are not expected to include any conditions contrary to tender provisions. However, if it is necessary to include certain conditions, the same should be submitted in separate sealed cover. To facilitate the processing of offers, two separate sealed envelopes, one containing conditions or non-conditions statement and the other containing the prices tender only in the stipulated form should be submitted. All letters, enclosures, tenders etc., should be submitted in duplicate. The
tenders should be put in 2nd envelopes. The covers should be suitably super scribed indicating the contents. All letters, enclosures, tenders etc., should be submitted in duplicate. The tenders should clearly indicate on each copy of the priced tender, under their full signature, whether it is the original or duplicate copy.
A. MODE OF SUBMISSION OF TENDER: The tender shall be submitted in accordance with the procedure detailed herein. Specified
documents shall be sealed in two envelopes of appropriate sizes and envelope should be properly super scribed as: Envelope no. 1. EMD and other documents; and envelop no. 2; prices & bill of quantities only.
(a) ENVELOPE MARKED AS FIRST COVER: Envelope marked as first shall contain I. Earnest money deposit in the form as indicated in paragraph 3 above. Along with
mandatory information required for prequalification of the bidder.
II. Covering letter to the tender and tender documents issued by the Architects. (excluding priced tender duly signed.)
III. Any comment which the tenderer desired to make in the form of a statement as brief as possible and with proper reference to the items, clauses and pages of the documents to which the comments pertain.
IV. The name and addresses of the bankers to the tenderer.
V. Latest income tax Clearance certificate.
VI. Complete set of tender drawings with signature of the tenderer and seal.
VII. Whether the tendering firm has ever been black listed ? If yes, give details.
VIII. Details of registration with Nationalized Banks / Public sector undertakings /
government / Semi Government organizations.
IX. Certificate of performance from their previous clients.
X. Detail about constitution of firm - whether proprietorship, partnership, private public ltd Co., cooperative body etc.
XI. Name/s or proprietor / partners / Directors etc.
XII. Registration date.
XIII. Other relevant information as per enclosed format.
XIV. Please take a careful note that the quoted tender price should not be indicated in any of the documents enclosed in envelope marked FIRST.
XV. The aforesaid information / document EMD along with tender documents (excluding priced tender) issued by the Architects should be put in the envelope marked FIRST in
duplicate and duly signed by the tenderer and should
(b) ENVELOP MARKED AS SECOND COVER:
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 11 of 151
Envelop marked SECOND COVER shall contain only price tender in duplicate duly signed and duly filled in rates and amount in words and figures by the tenderer and should be properly sealed.
OPENING OF TENDERS:
(a) The sealed envelops marked FIRST COVER containing the tender documents / EMD / other information as mentioned in a paragraph A (a) above shall be opened in the office of The G.M. B.O.B. tower , Law garden, Ellis Bridge, Ahmedabad.. on Dt. 9/10/09 at 4 P.M in presence
of representatives of the Architects and authorized representatives of tenderers who choose to remain present.
(b) If the earnest money deposit and other information / documents called for are not found as prescribed in paragraph A(a) above, the tender shall be rejected.
(c) The tender which is found suitable technically as well as financially whose past performance is found satisfactory to carry out works of similar nature and magnitude as per the details submitted by them and who have fulfilled all other requirements as mentioned in paragraph A(a) will be considered for discussing conditions, if any and then priced tender enclosed in envelope marked as SECOND COVER will be opened of such selected contractors. on Dt. 9/10/09 at 4.30 P.M The price bid of rejected tenderer keeping in view the FIRST COVER will not be opened and E.M.D. without interest will be returned to them as soon as the bank takes any decision to this effect.
(d) The selected contractors will be intimated by the bank regarding opening ot the SECOND COVER containing priced tender. The tenderer or his authorized representative who is competent to take on the spot decision in the matter should be present. After discussing the conditions, if any, and after standardizing / withdrawing the conditions, the selected contractors will have to submit their offer in a separate cover and sealed cover containing priced tender (submitted earlier) will be opened simultaneously.
(e) After opening the envelope containing the offer on the standardized conditions and opening of the priced tender, no correspondence / revised offer whatsoever may be in nature, will be entertained.
(f) The tender shall remain open for acceptance by the bank for a period of 3 (three) months from the date of opening of the SECOND COVER containing the priced tender which may be extended further by mutual agreement and the tenderer during validity period failing which EMD will be forfeited.
(g) The tenderer must use only the tender forms/documents issued by the Bank. If given space falls short for furnishing the information / separate sheet may be added duly signed by the contractors.
(h) The bank reserves the right to reject or select the tender for opening the priced tender and also the bank will not be bound to accept the lowest tender and reserve the right to accept or reject any or all the tenders without assigning any reason whatsoever.
4. The time allowed for the completion of work will be 45 Days/ from the date of issue of work order.
5. The contractor should quote in figures as well as in words the rate, the amount tendered by them. The amount for each item should b worked out and requisite totals given.
6 Intending tenderers shall pay as Earnest money a sum of Rs14,000/- (Rs.: Fourteen Thousand rupees only) by Bank Draft, drawn in the name Bank of Baroda, Ahmedabad payable at Ahmedabad. A tender,
which is not accompanied by such an earnest money, will not be considered. The earnest money will be returned to the tenderer if his tender is not accepted, but without any interest.
7. The contractor whose tender is accepted will be required to furnish by way of security deposit for the due fulfillment of his contract, such sum as will amount 2 % of total tender amount, including earnest money deposit.
The security deposit shall be collected as detailed in clause in General conditions of the contract.
The EMD of the contractor whose tender is accepted shall be forfeited in full in case he does not submit the initial security deposit within the stipulated period of start the work by the stipulated date mentioned in the award letter.
8. The acceptance of the tenderer will rest with the bank which does not bind itself to accept the lowest tender, and reserves to itself the authority to reject any or all the tenders received without assignment of
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 12 of 151
a reason. All tenders in which any of the prescribed conditions are not fulfilled or are incomplete in any respect are liable to be rejected.
9. Canvassing in any form with tenders is strictly prohibited and the tender submitted by the contractors who resort to canvassing will be liable to rejection.
10. All rates shall be quoted in the bill or quantities of the tender alone.
11. An item rate tender containing percentage below / above will be summarily rejected. However where a tenderer voluntarily offers a rebate for payment with in a stipulated period this may be considered.
12. On acceptance of the tender, the name of the accredited representative(s) of the contractor who would responsible for taking instructions from the Employer / Architect shall be communicated to the Employer.
13. Special care should be taken to write the rates in figures as well as in words and the amount in figures only in such as way that interpolation is not possible. the total amount should be written both in figures and in the words. In case of figures, the words "Rs." Should be written before the figures of rupees and word "p" and after the decimal figure, e.g. Rs. 2.15 'p' and in case of words the word 'Rupees' should proceed and the word 'paise' should be written at the end, unless the rate in whole Rupees followed by words only it should invariable be upto two decimal places. While quoting the rate is in schedule of quantities, the word 'only' should be written closely following the amount and it should be written in the next line.
14. The bank does not bind itself to accept the lowest or any tender and reserves to itself the right of accepting the whole or any part of the tender and the tender shall be bound to perform the same at the rate quoted.
15. The contractor shall give the list of his relatives if any working with the bank along with their designations address.
16. No employee of the bank is allowed to work as a contractor for a period of two years of his retirement from bank. This contract is liable to be cancelled if either the contractor or any of his employee is found at any time to be such a person who had not obtained the permission of the bank, as aforesaid before submission of the tender or engagement in the contractor's service.
17. The tender shall not be witnessed by a contractor or contractor who himself / themselves has / have tendered for the same work. Figure to observe this condition would render tender of the contractor tendering as well as witnessing the tender the tender liable to summary rejection.
18. It will be obligatory on the part of the tenderer to sign the tender documents for all the component parts and that, after the work is award, he will have to enter in to an agreement for each component with the competent authority in the bank.
19. Prices quoted by the tenderer should include all taxes, local taxes, octroi, sales tax, excise duty, sales tax, vet on work contract etc. materials, labour, delivery, installation charges etc. no extra will be paid on any account.
20. Prices quoted by the tenderer shall remain firm during execution of the work and no escalation shall be entertained on account of variation in the prices of raw materials, labour, taxes and any Government levies etc.
21. Tenderer not interested in execution of the above work shall return blank tender and drawings together with their covering letter in a sealed envelop at the address mention above before last date of submission.
22. Sales tax or any other tax on material or on finished work like work's contract tax, turn over tax etc. in respect of this contract shall be payable by the contractor and the bank will not entertain any claim what so ever in this respect.
23. The Contractor has to supply and adhere to the specific makes and specifications of all the items, which are mentioned below.
24. All quantities indicated in tender are approximate & are likely to change. Contractor must take actual measurement at site, before starting the work.
25. Billing to be done as per actual measurement of work done at site.
26. Contractor to furnish sample of various items to be used for approval.
27. Rates quoted in tender should be inclusive of all taxes, transportation, loading/unloading etc.
28. Work has to be got executed at site in co-ordination with various other agencies.
29. Some of the above items may not be operated at all. It will be client's / Architect's discretion. Contractor cannot claim any charges/compensation for non-operation of any items.
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 13 of 151
30. The contractors would use all the materials for various items strictly as per enclosed list of approved brands and makes and he should justify the purchase of all the materials to the Architect's and Bank's Engineer's satisfaction.
31. The contractor is instructed of get approval of all the material, fixtures, color and shade before starting the work. If required, he should provide different sample of materials for approval, before execution of work.
32. Contractor is strictly instructed to get it approved the Samples of each and every item before putting the finishing material on it.
33. No changes in the design should be done without any discussion with the Architect and for any clarification, the architects may be contacted.
35. In case the supplier found using substandard material or non-specified product or not giving top class quality of finish, serious action will be taken including rejection of the entire furniture.
34. All measurement should be taken as per I.S. 1200.
36. If the tenderer has a relative employed in any capacity with the Bank of Baroda, he shall inform the authority calling the tenders of the fact when submitting his tender, failing which his contract may be rescinded, and if the fact subsequently comes to light, he shall be liable to make good to the Employer any loss of damage.
37. No addition of extra work outside the contract, however patty, may be carried out except under in accordance with a duly executed agreement or on a special written authority from duly authorized officer of the Employer.
38. No agreement is valid unless signed by the contractor or his duly authorized agent and by a competent person on behalf of the employer.
39. The agreement, The tender, invitation to Tender, instruction to tenderers, General condition of contract, special condition contract, specification, Drawings, Time schedules, and the rates and the amount quoted against the item of the tender schedule together with the letter of Intent awarding the work shall from the contract. if there is any conflict between any of provisions in the special conditions and any of other documents refund, the provision in the special conditions of contract shall prevail. Similarity, if there be any difference between the description in the specification and drawings and works item in the schedule of quantities, the description in the schedule of quantities shall prevail.
Date:
Place: Ahmedabad Signature of contractor with seal.
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 14 of 151
ARTICLES OF AGREEMENT
Articles of Agreement made this at Ahmedabad on this ..............day of ..........2009, Between The G.M, B.O.B. tower , Law garden, Ellis Bridge, Ahmedabad. (hereinafter called "the Employer" of the one part), and Name : M/s.................................................... (Hereinafter called the contractor of the other part) Where as the employer is desirous of having civil & Interior work and has caused drawings and specifications describing the work to be done as prepared by CREATION- J. R. CHOKSHI. Architects and
Interior Designers, SHYAM KUTIR, B/S GRUH FINANCE, NETAJI ROAD, ELLIS BRIDGE. AHMEDABAD – 380 006. , as its architects and whereas the said drawings have been seen, the specifications and/or the schedule of quantities have been signed by or on behalf of the partners hereto the contractor and whereas the contractor has agreed to execute upon and subject to all conditions of contract (all of which are collectively hereinafter referred to as "the said conditions") the work shown upon the said drawing and/or described in the said specifications and included in the said schedule of quantities at the respective rates mentioned in the priced schedule of quantities of Rs. ……………………. …….. (Rupees: ..……………………………..……………………….) and where as the contractor has deposited Rs. 14000/- (Rs.: Fourteen Thousand only) with the employer/ consultants for the due performance of his agreement.
NOW IT IS HEREBY AGREED AS FOLLOWS
1. In consideration of the said contract amount to be paid at the time and in the manner set forth in the said conditions execute and complete the work shown upon the said drawings and described in the said specifications and the schedule of quantities, either in whole or in part.
2. The employer shall pay the contractor the said contract amount or such other sum as shall become payable at the time and in the manner hereinafter specified in the said conditions.
3. The term "the Architects" in the said conditions shall mean the said CREATION-J. R. CHOKSHI. Architects and Interior Designers, SHYAM KUTIR, B/S GRUH FINANCE, NETAJI ROAD, ELLIS BRIDGE. AHMEDABAD –06 . or in the event of their death or ceasing to be the architects for the purpose of this contract, such other person or persons as shall being a nominated for the purpose by the employer not being a person to whom the contractor shall object for reasons (maintained in said conditions) considered to be sufficient by the employer. Provided always that no person or persons subsequently appointed to be architects under this contract shall be entitled disregard or overrule any previous decision or approval or direction given or expressed in writing by the architect for the time being.
4. The said conditions and appendix shall be read and construed as forming part of this agreement and the parties here to shall respectively abide by to submit themselves to the conditions and perform the respective agreements on their part as contained in the said conditions contained.
5. The structural consultant refers to CREATIONS -J. R. CHOKSHI Architects and Interior Designers, or appointed by him.
6. The plans, agreements and documents mentioned herein shall form the basis of this contract.
7. The contract is neither a fixed lump sum contract nor a piece work contract, but is a contract to carry out work in respect of the Civil & Interior work items of Bank of Baroda ASTODIA Branch, Ahmedabad, Gujarat. and also some addition and alteration works to be paid for according to actual measured quantities at the rates contained in the schedule of rates and probable quantities as provided in the said conditions.
8. The contractor shall afford every reasonable facility for the carrying out of the all works relating to Civil & Interior work items of Bank of Baroda, Astodia Branch, at Ahmedabad, Gujarat. telephone, electrical installation fittings, air-conditioning and other ancillary works in the manner laid down in the said conditions, and shall make good any damage done to walls, floors etc., after the completion of his work.
9. The Employer reserves to itself the right of altering the drawing and nature of the work by the adding to or omitting any item of work or having portions of the same carried out without prejudice to this contract.
10. The employer through the architect and civil engineers reserves to himself the right of altering the drawing and nature of the work of having portions of the same carried our without prejudices to this contract.
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 15 of 151
11. The said conditions shall be read and construed as forming part of this agreement and the parties hereto will respectively abide by to submit themselves to the conditions and stipulations and perform the agreements of their parts, respectively in such conditions contained.
12. Time shall be considered as the essence of this agreement and the contractor hereby agrees to commence the work soon after the site is handed over to him of from issue of formal work over as provided for in the said conditions. Whichever is late and to complete the entire work within 45 Days
subject never the less to provisions for extension of time.
13. All payments by the Employer under this contract will be made only at Ahmedabad.
14. All disputes arising out of or in any way connected with this agreement shall be deemed to have arisen in Ahmedabad and only the courts in AHMEDABAD shall have jurisdiction to determine the same.
15. The several parts of this contract have been read and fully understood by the contractor. In witness whereof the employer If the contractor have set partnership or and their respective hands to these individual. Presents and two duplicates here of the day and year first here in above written.
In witness where of the parties hereof the Employer if the contractor is has set its hand to these company.
Presents its duly authorized official and the contractor has caused its common seal to be affixed hereunto and the said two duplicates/ has caused these presents and the said two duplicates hereof to be exacted on its behalf, the day and year first herein above written.
SIGNATURE CLAUSE
SIGNED AND DELIVERED BY THE
hand of Shri by the
(Name and designation)
in the presence of :
1.
Address
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 16 of 151
Witness :
If the party is a partnership firm or an individual should be signed by all or on
behalf of all the partners.
SIGNED AND DELIVERED BY
In the presence of:
2.
Address
Witness :
THE COMMON SEAL OF
We hereunto affixed pursuant to the resolutions passed by its board of Directors at
the meeting held on in the presence of
1.
2.
If the contractor signs under its common seal, the signature clause Directors who
have signed these presents in the Articles of in taken there of in the presence of :
Association.
1.
2.
If the contractor is signing by the hand of power of Attorney.
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 17 of 151
GENERAL CONDTIONS OF CONTRACT Except where provide for in the description of the individuals items in the schedule of quantities and in the specifications and conditions laid down herein after and in the drawings the work shall be carried out as per standard specification and under the direction of Employer / Architect. THE CONDTIONS HERE IN BEFORE REFERRED TO INTERPRETATION CLAUSE In constructing these conditions, the specification, schedule of quantities and contract agreement, the following words shall have the meaning herein assigned to them except where the subject of context otherwise requires. I. “Employer” the term employer shall denote Bank of Baroda, Ahmedabad and any of its employee’s
representatives authorized on their behalf. II. “Architects” The term architects shall mean CREATION-J. R. CHOKSHI, Architects and Interior
Designers, or in the event of his/her ceasing to be the architect fort he purpose of this contract such other person/s as the employer shall nominate for the purpose.
III. “Civil Engineer” shall mean the civil engineer of B.O.B. IV. “Contractor” shall mean M/S ............................................................................and shall include his
(their) legal representative, assigns and successors. V. “Site” shall mean the site of the contract works, including any building an erections there on and any
other land (inclusively), as aforesaid, allowed by the employer for the contractor’s use. VI. “Site Engineer” The site engineer shall be appointed by the bank. The bank may also determine the
number of site engineers and the supporting staff at site office to assist them and also whether the site engineer shall be temporary or permanent. As far as possible, the site engineer should assume change of his post before the contractor reports on the site of work. Where more than one site engineer change of his post before the contractor reports on the site of work. Where more than one site engineer is appointed, one of them on shall be designated as senior site engineer by the premises and estate department and the other site engineer shall be reporting to the senior site engineer.
VII. “This contract” shall mean article of agreement, the special conditions and specification, attached here to and duly signed.
VIII. “Notice in writing” or “written notice” shall mean a notice in written typed or printed characters sent (unless delivered personally or otherwise proved to have been received), by registered post to the last known private or business address or registered office of the addresses and shall be deemed to have been received when in the ordinary course of post, it would have been delivered.
IX. “Act of Insolvency” shall mean nay act of insolvency as defined by the presidency town’s insolvency act or the provisional insolvency act or an act amending such original.
X. “Date of virtual completion” is the date when construction is sufficiently completed to the satisfaction of Architect / Interior designer in accordance to the contract document and the change of variation order agreed to by the parties so that the employer can occupy the building for use it was indented.
XI. “Drawings” The work is to be carried out in accordance with the drawings, specifications, schedule of quantities and any further drawings which may be supplied may any other instruction, which may be given by the employer during the execution of work . All drawings related to the work given to the contractor together with a copy of schedule of quantities are to be kept at site and the Employer / Architects shall be given access to such drawings of schedule of quantities whenever necessary. In case any detailed drawings are necessary contractor shall prepare such detailed drawings and / or dimensional sketches therefore and have it confirmed by the Employer / Architect prior to talking up such work. The contractor shall ask in writing for all clarifications on matters occurring anywhere in drawings, specifications and schedule of quantities or to additional instruction at least 10 days ahead from the time when it is required for implementation so that the Employer may be able to give decision thereon.
XII. “The works” shall means the work to be executed or done under this contract. XIII. “The schedule of quantities” shall mean the schedule of quantities as specified and forming par of
this contract. VIX “Priced schedule of quantities” shall mean the schedule off quantities duly priced with the accepted
quoted rates of contractor.
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 18 of 151
SCOPE The work consist of contract of works in accordance with the “drawings” and “schedule” Civil, & Interior works of , Bank of Baroda, ASTODIA Branch, Ahmedabad, Gujarat. are within the scope of this tender. It includes furnishing all materials, labours, tools and equipment and management necessary for the incidental to the construction and completion of the work. All work, during its progress and upon completion, shall conform to the lines, elevations and grades as shown on the drawings furnished by the employer/ architects occurrence, so that upon completion of the proposed work the same will be acceptable and ready for use. Employer / Architects may in their absolute discretion issue further drawings and / or written instructions, details, directions, and explanations, which are hereafter collectively refereed to as the “ The employer’s/architect’s instructions” in regards to:
(a) The variation or the modification of the design quality or quality of works of the addition or omission
or substitution of any work. (b) Any discrepancy in the drawings or between the schedule of quantities and/or drawings and/or
specification. (c) The demolition removal and/or re-execution of any work executed by the contractor/s. (d) The demolition removal and/or re-execution of any work executed by the contractor/s. (e) The dismissal form the work of any persons employed there upon. (f) The opening up for inspection of any work covered upon. (g) The rectification and making good of any defects under clauses hereinafter mentioned and those
arising during the maintenance period (retention period). The contractor shall forth while comply with and duly execute any work comprised in such employer’s/architect’s instructions, provided always that the verbal instructions, directions and explanations given to the contractor’s or his representative upon the works by the employer/architect shall if involving a variation be confirmed in writing to the contractor’s within seven days. No works for which rates are not specially mentioned in the priced schedule of quantities. Shall be taken up without written permission of the employer/architects. Rates of items are not mentioned in the priced schedule of quantities shall be fixed by the employer in consultation with the architects as provided in clause “variation”. Regarding all factory made products for which ISI marked products are available, only products bearing ISI marking shall be used in the work. TENDERE SHALL VISIT THE SITE The entire set of tender paper issued to the tendered should be submitted fully priced and also signed on the last page together with initials on every page. Initials/signature will indicate the acceptance of the tender papers by the contractor. The schedule of quantities shall be filled in as follows: I. The “rate” columns to be legibly filled in ink both English figures and English words. II. Amount column to be filled in for each item and the amount for each sub head as detailed in the
“schedule of quantities”. III. The ‘rate column’ for alternative items shall be filled up. IV. All corrections are to be initiated. V. The ‘Amount’ column for alternative items of which the quantities are not mentioned shall be filled
up. VI. In case of any errors/omissions in the quoted rates, the rates given in the tender marked ‘Original’
shall to be taken as correct rates. No modifications, writing or corrections can be made in the tender papers by the contractor, but may at his option offer his comments or modifications in a separate sheet of paper attached to the original tender papers. The employer reserves the right of reject the lowest or any tender and also to discharge any or all of the tender for each section or to split up and distribute any item of work to any specialist firm of firms, without assigning any reason. The contractor should note that the tender is strictly on the item rate basis and their attention is drawn to the fact that the rates for each and every item should be correct, workable and self-supporting. If called upon by the employer/architects detailed analysis of any or all the rates shall be submitted. The employer/architects shall not be bound to recognize the contractor’s analysis.
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 19 of 151
The works will be paid for as “measured work” on the basis of actual work done and not as “lump sum” contract. All items of work described in the schedule of quantities are to be deemed and paid as complete works in all respects and details including preparatory and finishing works involved, directly, related to and reasonable detectable from the drawings, specifications and schedule of quantities and do further extra charges will be allowed in this connection. In case of lump sum charges in the tender in respect of any item of works, the payment of such items of work will be made for the actual work done on the basis of lump-sum charges as will be assessed to payable by the employer/architects. The employer has power to add to omit from any work as shown in drawings or described in specifications or included in schedule of quantities and intimate the same in writing but n addition, omission or variation shall be made by the contractor without authorization form the employer. No variation shall violate the contract. The contractor shall note that his tender shall remain open for consideration for a period of three months from the date of opening of the tender. AGREEMENT The successful contractor may be required to sign agreement as may be drawn up to suit local conditions and shall pay for all stamps and legal expenses, incidental thereto. PERMITS AND LICENSES. The contractor will arrange permits and license for release of materials, which are under government control. The employer will render necessary assistance, sign any forms of applications that may be necessary. It may be clearly understood that no compensation or additional charges can be claimed by the contractor for non-receipt of the cement or any other controlled materials in due time on this account to his own requirements. The contractor will, however, be eligible to a proportionate extension of time on this account, which in the opinion of the employer/architect is reasonable. The contractor shall at his own arrange for storage shed adequate for taking delivery and storing of the quantity of controlled materials released by the authorities or supplied by the employer. The costs of storing, transporting etc., of all materials including those under government control are to be included by the contractor in his quoted rates. The employer/architects shall be indemnified against all government or legal actions for theft or misuse of cement M.S. rod and any other controlled materials in the custody of the contractor. GOVERNMENT AND LOCAL RULES The contractor shall conform to the provision of all-local-by-laws and acts relating to the work and to the regulations etc., of the government and local authorities and of any company with whose system the structure is propose to be connected. The contractor shall give all notices required by said act, rules, regulations and by-laws etc., and pay all fees payable to such authority / authorities for execution of the work involved. The cost, if nay, shall be deemed to have been included in his quoted rates, taking in to account all liabilities for license, fees for footpath encroachment and restorations etc. and shall indemnify the employer against liabilities and shall defend all actions arising form such claims or liabilities. TAXES AND DUTIES The tenders must include in their prices for all duties royalties, octroi and sales tax, vat or any other taxes or local charges on the work if applicable. No extra claims on this account will in any case be entertained. All rates should be inclusive of sales tax on works contract or turnover at any other related to work contract. QUANTITY OF WORK TO BE EXECUTED
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 20 of 151
The quantities shown in the schedule of quantities are intended to cover the entire work in the drawings but the employer reserves the right to execute only a part or the whole or any excess thereof without assign any reason therefore. OTHER PERSONS ENGAGED BY THE EMPLOYER The employer reserves the right to execute any part of the work included in this contract of any work, which is not included in this contract by other agency or persons, and contractor shall allow all reasonable facilities and use of this scaffolding for the execution of such work. The main contractor shall extend all co-operations in this regard. EARNEST MONEY AND SECURITY DEPOSIT The contractor will have to deposit an amount of Rs 14,000/- in the form of bank draft in favor of Bank of Baroda, Ahmedabad at the time of submission of tender as earnest money. The employer is not liable to pay interest on earnest money unsuccessful tenders will be returned without any interest soon after the decision to award work is taken or after the expiry of the validity period of the tender. The successful tender to whom the contract is awarded will have deposit as initial security deposit a further sum to make up 2% of the value of the accepted tender including the earnest money. The initial security deposit will have be made on the date acceptance of tender, failing which the employer at his discretion may revoke the latter of acceptance and forfeit the earnest money deposit furnished along with the tender. Apart from the initial security deposit made as above, retention money shall be deducted form progressive running bills @ 10% of the gross value of each running bill 50% of the total retention money (i.e. including the security deposit) shall be paid on virtual completion of the work). The remaining retention amount will be refunded to the contractor 14(fourteen) days after the end of defect liability period provided he has satisfactorily carried out all the work and attended to all defects in accordance with the conditions of the contract No interest is allowed on retention money. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE EVERY THING NECESSARY The contractor shall provide everything necessary for the proper execution of the work according to the intent and meaning of the drawings, schedule of quantities and specifications taken together whether the same may or may not be particularly shown or described therein provided that the same can reasonable be inferred there from and if the contractor finds any discrepancies therein he shall immediately and in writing, refer the same to the employer/architects whose decision shall be final and binding. The contractor shall make his won arrangement for ground and fresh water for carry out of the works at his own cost. The employer shall on no account be responsible for the expenses incurred by the contractor for hired ground or fresh water obtained from elsewhere. The rates quoted against individual items will be inclusive of everything necessary to complete the said items of work within the contemplation of the contract, and beyond the unit price no extra payment will be allowed for the incidental or contingent work, labour and/or materials inclusive of all taxes and duties whatsoever except for specific items, if any stipulated in the tender documents. The contractor shall supply, fix and maintain at his own cost, for the execution of any work, all tools, tackles, machinery’s and equipment’s and all the necessary centering, scaffolding, staging, planking, timbering, stuffing, horing, pumping, fencing, boarding, watching and lighting by night as well as by day required not only for the proper execution and protection of the said work but also for the protection of the said work but also for the protection of the public and safety of any adjacent roads, streets, wards, houses, buildings all other erections, matters and things and the contractor shall take down and remove any or all such centering, scaffolding, planking, timbering, strutting, shorting etc., as occasions shall be required or when ordered so to do, and shall fully reinstate and make good all matters and thing disturbed during the execution of works to the satisfaction of the employer/architects. The contractor shall also provide such temporary road on the site as may be necessary for the proper performance of the contract, and for his own convenience but not otherwise. Upon completion, such roads
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 21 of 151
shall be broken up and leveled where so required by the drawings unless the employer shall otherwise direct. The contractor shall at all times given access to workers employed by the employer or any ken employed on the buildings and to provide such parties with proper sufficient and if required, special scaffolding, hoists and ladders and provide them with water and lighting and leave or make any, holes, grooves etc. in any work where directed by the employers as may be required to enable such workmen to lay or fix pipes, electrical wiring, special fitting. The quoted rates of the tenders shall accordingly include all these above-mentioned contingent works. TIME OF COMPLETION EXTENSION ON TIME & PROGRESS CHART
Times of completion: The entire work is to be completed in all respects within the stipulated period. The work shall deem to be commenced within seventh day from the date of acceptance letter, time is essence of the contract and shall be strictly observed by the contractor.
The work shall not be considered complete until the Employer / Architects / Civil Engineers satisfied the work to delayed (a) by reason of any exceptionally inclement weather, or (b) by reason of instruction from the employer in consequence of proceeding taken or threatened by or disputes, with adjoining or neighboring owners or (c) by the works, or delay, of other contractors or tradesmen engaged or nominated by the employer and not referred to in the specification or (d) by reason of authorized extra and additions or (e) by reason of any combination workmen of strikes or lock-out, affecting any of the building trades or (f) from other causes which the employer may consider are beyond the control of contractor. The employer at the completion of the time allowed for the contract shall make fair and reasonable extension of time for completion in respect therefore. In the even of the employer failing to give possession of the site upon the day specified above the time completion shall be extended suitably. In case of such strikes or lock-outs, as are referred to above, the contractor shall use his best endeavors to prevent delay, and shall do all that may be reasonably required, to the satisfaction of the employer to proceed with the works and on his doing so that it will be ground of consideration by the employer for an extension of time as above provided the decision of the employer as to the period to be allowed for an extension of time for completion hereunder (which decision shall be final and binding on the contractor) shall be promulgated at the conclusion 3of such strike or lock-out and the employer shall then , in the event of an extension being granted, determine and declare the final completion date. The provision in clause 15 with respect to payments of liquidated damages shall, in such case, be read and constructed as if the extended date fixed by the employer were substituted for and the damages shall be deducted accordingly. 3. Progress of work: During the period of construction the contractor shall maintain proportionate progress on the basis of a program chart submitted by the contractor immediately before commencement of work and agreed to by the employer / architect. Contractor should also include planning for procurement of scare material well in advance and reflect the same in the program chart so that there is no delay in completion of the project. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES Should the work be not completed to the satisfaction of the employer / architects within the stipulated period, the contractor shall be bound to pay to the employer a sum calculated as given in appendix here to by way of liquidated damages and not as penalty during which the work remains uncommented or unfinished after the expiry of the completion date. For contracts having time for completion 1% of the accepted contracted sum per week 45days and less of delay subject to ceiling of 10% of the
Accepted contracted sum. TOOLS, STORAGE OF MATERIALS, PROTECTIVE WORKS AND SITE OFFICE REQUIREMENTS The contractor shall provide, fix up and maintenance in an approved position proper office accommodation for the contractor’s representative and staff which office shall be open at all reasonable hours to receive instruction notices or communications and clear away on completion of the works and make good all work disturbed. All drawings, maintained on the site are to be carefully mounted on boards of appropriate size and covered with a coat of approved varnish. They are to be protected from ravages of termites, ants and other insects.
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 22 of 151
The contractor shall provide at his own cost all artificial light required for the work and to enable other contractors and sub-contractors to complete the work within the specifies time. The contractor shall provide a suitable temporary hut for the watchmen and clear away the same when no longer required and to provide all necessary attendance, lights etc., required. Every precaution shall be taken by the contractor to prevent the breeding of mosquitoes on the works during the contraction, and all receptacles, cisterns, water tank etc., used for storage of water must be suitably protected against breeding of mosquitoes. The contractor shall indemnify the employer against any breach of rules in respect of anti-malarial measures. Protective Measures: The contractor from the time of being placed in possession of the site must make suitable arrangements for watching, lighting and protection the work, the site and surroundings properly by day, by night, on Sundays and other holidays. Storage of materials: The contractor shall provide and maintain proper sheds for the proper storage and equate protection of the materials etc., and other work that may be executed on the site including the tools and materials of sub-contractors and remove same on completion. Sheds for storage of cement are to have soiled floor raised above the ground. Tools: The dolite levels, prismatic compass, chain, steel and metallic tapes and all other surveying instruments found necessary on the works shall be supplied by the contractor, for the due performance of this contracts as instructed by the site engineer. All measuring tapes shall be of steel and suitable scaffolding and ladders that may be requirement for safely taking measurement and shall be supplied by the contractor. The masons and the supervisors on the work shall carry with them always a one meter or two meter steel tape, a measuring tape of 30 meters, a spirit level, a plumb bob and a square and shall check the work to see that the work is being done according to he drawings and specifications. The site engineer will use any or all measuring instruments or tools belonging to the contractors as he chooses for checking the works executed or being executed on the contract. The contractor should cover in his rates for making provisions for all reasonable facilities for the use of his scaffolding tools and plant etc., by subcontractors for their work. CLEARING SITE AND SETTING OUT WORKS The site shown on the plan shall be cleared of all obstructions, loose stone, and materials rubbish of all kinds. All holes or hollows whether originally existing or produced by removal of loose stone or material shall be carefully filled up with, well rammed and leveled off as directed at his own cost. The contractors shall set out works and shall be responsible for the true and perfect setting out of the work and for the corrections of the positions, levels, dimensions and alignment of all parts thereof. If at any time, any error shall appear during the progress of any part of the work, the contractor shall at his won expenses rectify such error, if called upon to the satisfaction of the employer. The contractor shall further set out the works to the alternative position at the site until one is finally approved and the rates quoted in his tender include for this and no extra on this account will be entertained. CONTRACTOR IMMEDIATLEY TO REMOVE ALL OFFENSIVE MATTERS All soils fifth or other matters of any offensive nature taken out of any trench, sewer, drain, cesspool of other place shall not be deposited on the surface but shall be at once away by the contractor to place provided by him. The contractor shall keep the foundation and works free from water and shall provide and maintain at his own expenses electrically and other power driven pumps and other plant to the satisfaction o the employer for the purpose, until the building is handed over to the employer . the contractor shall arrange for the disposal of the work so accumulated to the satisfaction of the employer and local authorities and no claim will be entertained afterwards if he does not include in his rates for this purpose.
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 23 of 151
MATERIALS, WORKMANSHIP, SAMPLES, TESTING OF MATERIALS All the works specified and provided for the specifications or which may be required to be in order to perform and complete any part thereof shall be executed in the best and most workmanlike manner with materials of the best and approved quality of the respective kinds in accordance with at he particular contained in and implied by the specifications and as represented by the drawings or according to such other additional particulars, and instructions as may form time to time be given by the Employer/Architects during the execution of the work and to his entire satisfaction. If required by the Employer / Architects the contactor shall have to carryout tests on materials and workmanship at site and at approved materials testing laboratories or as prescribed by the Employer / Architects at his own cost to prove that material etc., under test conform to the relevant I.S. Standards or as specified in the specifications. The necessary charges for preparation of mould (in case of concrete cube) transporting; testing etc. shall have to be borne by the contractor. No extra payment on this account should in any case be entertained. The contractor is required to maintain a small laboratory at site for testing the concrete cubes, bricks, slump, particle size destruction (for aggregates) slit content, weight of cement, aggregate etc., and small test the materials in presence of site engineer without any extra cost. All the materials (except where otherwise described) stores and equipment required for the full performance of the work under the contract must be provided through normal channels and must include charge for import duties, sales-tax, octroi and other charges and must be the best of their and available and the contractor/s must be entirely responsible for the proper and efficient carrying out of the work. The work must be done in the bet workmanship manner. Samples of all materials to be used must be submitted to the Employer / Architects when so directed by the Engineer/ Architects and written approval from Employer / Architects when so directed by the Engineer / Architects and written approval from Employer / Architects must be obtained prior placement of order. During the climate weather the contractor shall suspend concreting and plastering for such time as the Employer / Architects may direct and shall from injury all work when in course of execution. Any damage during construction any part of the work for any reason, due to rain, storm or neglect of contractor shall be rectified by the contractor in an approved manner at no extra cost. Should the work be suspended by the reason of rain, strike, lockouts or any other cause, the contractor shall take all precautions necessary for the protection of work and at his own expenses shall make good nay damage arising from any of these causes. The contractor shall cover up and protect from damage, from any cause, all new work and supply all temporary/ doors, protection to windows, and any other requisite protection for the execution of the work whether by himself or special tradesmen or sub-contractor and any damage caused must be made good by the contractor at his own expenses. REMOVAL OF IMPROPER WORK The Employer / Architect shall during the progress of the work have power to order in writing form time to time the removal from the work within such reasonable time o time as any be specified in the order of any materials which in the opinion of the Employer / Architects are not in accordance with specification or instructions, the substitution or proper re-execution of any work executed with materials or workmanship not in accordance with the drawings and specifications or instruction. In case the contractor refuses to comply with the order the employer shall have the power to employ and pay other agencies to carry out the work and all expenses consequent thereon or incidental thereof as certified by the employer/architects shall be borne by the contractor or may be deducted from any money due to or that may become due to the contractor. No certificate, which may be given by the architects, shall relieve the contractor from his liability in respect of unsound work or bad materials. The decision of the employers in this regard shall be final and binding on the contractor. SITE ENGINEER The term “Site Engineer” mean the person appointed and paid by the employer to superintend the work. The contractor shall afford the site engineer every facility and assistance for examining the works and materials and for checking and measuring work and materials. The site engineer shall have no power to revoke, alter, enlarge or relax any requirements of the contractor or to sanction any day work, deviations or omissions or
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 24 of 151
non-extra work, except in so far as such authority may be specially conferred by a written order of the employer. The site engineer shall have power to give notice to the contractor or to his Foreman, of non-approval of any work or materials and such work shall be suspended or the use of such materials shall be discontinued until the decision of the employer is obtained. The work will be examined time to time by the architects, engineer from the premises and estates department of the employer and the site engineer. But such examination shall not in any way exonerate the contractor from the obligation to remedy any defects, which may be found to exit at any stage of the work or after the same is complete. Subject to the limitations of this clause the contractor shall take instructions only form the architects/ employer / civil engineer. CONTRACTOR’S EMPLOYEES The contractor shall employ technically qualified and competent supervisors for the work shall be available (by turn) throughout the working hours to receive and comply with instructions of the Employer/architects. The contractor shall engage at least one experienced engineer as site in charge for execution of the work. The contractor shall employ in connection with the work persons having the appropriate skill or ability to perform their job efficiently. The contractor shall employ local laborers on the work as far as possible. No labourer below the age of sixteen years and who is not an Indian shall be employed on the work. Any labourer supplied by the contractor to be engaged on the work on day-work basis either wholly or party under the direct order on control of the employer or his representative shall be a person employed by the contractor. The contractor shall comply with the provisions of all labour legislation including the requirements of (a) The payment of wages act. (b) Employer’s liability act. (c) Workmen’s compensation act. (d) Contract labour (regulation & abolition) act, 1970 and central rules 1971. (e) Apprentices act. 1961. (f) Any other act or enactment relating thereto and rules framed hereunder from time to time. The contractor shall keep the employer saved harmless and indemnified against claims if any of the workmen and all costs and expenses as may be incurred by the employer in connection with any claim that may be made by nay workmen. The contractor shall comply at his own cost with the order of requirement of any health officer of the Sate or any local authority or the employer rewarding the maintenance of proper environmental sanitation of the area where the contractor’s laborers are housed or accommodated, for the prevention of small pos, cholera, plague, typhoid, malaria and other contagious diseases. The contactor shall provide, maintain and keep in good sanitary condition adequate sanitary accommodation and provide facilities for pure drinking water at all times for the use of men engaged on the works and shall remove and clear away the same on completion of the works. Adequate precautions shall be taken by the contactor to prevent nuisance of any kind of the works. Adequate precautions shall be taken by the contractor to prevent nuisance of any kind on the works or the lands adjoining the same. The contractor shall arrange to provide first-aid treatment to the labourers engaged on the works. He shall within 24 hours of the occurrence of any accident at or about the site or in connection with execution of the works, report such accident to the employer an also to the competent authority where such report is required by law. DISMISSAL OF WORKMEN The contractor shall on the request of the employer / architect immediately dismiss from works any person employed thereon by him. Who may in opinion of the employer/ architect is unsuitable or incompetent or who may misconduct himself. Such discharge shall not be the basis of any claim for compensation or damages against the employer or any of their chief officer or employee.
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 25 of 151
ASSIGNMENT The contractor shall execute the whole of the works included in the contract and the contractor shall not directly or indirectly transfer, assign or underwrite the contract or any part, share or interest therein not, shall take a new partner, without written consent of the employer and no subletting shall relieve the contractor from the full and entire responsibility of the contract or from active superintendence of the work during their progress. DAMAGE TO PERSONS AND PROPERTY INSURANCE ETC. The contractor shall be responsible for all injury to the work or workmen to persons, animals or things and for all damages to the structural and/or decorative part of property which may arise from the operations or neglect of himself or any sub-contractor or of any his or a sub-contractor’s employees, whether such injury or damages arise from carelessness, accident or any other causes whatsoever in any way connected with the carrying out of this contract. The clause shall be held to include any damages to buildings whether immediately adjacent or otherwise, and any damages to roads, streets, footpaths or ways as well as damages to the building and the works forming the subject of this contract by rain, wind or inclemency of the weather. The contractor shall indemnity the employer and hold harmless in respect of all and nay expenses arising from an by such injury or damages to persons or property injury or damages under acts of compensation or damage consequent upon such claim. The contractor shall reinstate all damage or every sort mentioned in these clauses, so as to deliver the whole of the contract works complete and perfect in every respect and so as to make good or otherwise satisfy all claims for damages to the property of third parties. The contractor shall affect the insurance necessary and indemnify the employer entirely from all responsibility in this respect. The insurance must be placed with a company approved by the employer and must be effected jointly in the name of the contractor and the employer and the policy logged with the latter. The scope of insurance is to include damage or loss to the contract itself till this is made over in a complete state. Insurance is compulsory and must be affected from the very initial stage. The contractor shall also be responsible for anything, which may be excluded from damage to any property arising out incidents, negligence of defective a carrying out of this contract. The employer shall be at liberty and is hereby empowered to deduct the amount of any damages, compensations, costs charges and expenses arising or occurring from or in respect of any such claim or damages from any sums due or to become due to the contractor. INSURANCE Unless otherwise instructed the contractor shall insure the works and keep then insured until the virtual completion of the contract against loss or damage by fire and/or earthquake, flood. The insurance must be placed with a company approved by the employer, in the joints names of the employer and the contractor for such amount and for any further sum if called to do so by the employer, the premium of such further sum being allowed to the contractor as an authorized extra. The contractor shall deposit the policy and receipt for premiums paid with the employer within 21 (Twenty one) days from the date of issue of work order unless otherwise instructed. In default of the contractor reinsuring as provided above the employer on his behalf may so insure and may deduct the premises paid from any money due, or which may become due to the contractor. The contractor shall as soon as the claim under the policy is settled or the work rein stead by the insurance company should they elect to do so, proceed with due diligence with the completion of works in the same manner as though the far has not occurred and in all respects under the condition of the contract. The contractor in case of rebinding or reinstatement after fire shall be entitled to extension of time for completion as the employer may deem fit. ACCOUNTS RECEIPTS & VOUCHERS
The contractor shall, upon the request of the employer furnish them with all the invoices, accounts, and receipts all other vouchers that they may require in condition with the works under this contract. If the contractor shall use materials less than what he is required under the contract, the value of the difference in the quantity of the materials he was required to use and that he actually used shall be deducted from his dues. The decision of the employer shall be final and binding on the contractor as to the amount of materials the contractor is required to use for any work under this contract.
MEASUREMENTS OF WORK
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 26 of 151
Before taking any measurement of any work the site engineer or a subordinate deputed by him shall give reasonable notice to the contractor. If the contractor fails to attend at the measurements after such notice or fails to countersign or to record the difference within a week from the date of measurement in the manner required by the site engineer then in any such event the measurements taken by the site engineer or by the subordinate deputed by him as the case may be is final and binding on the contractor and the contractor shall have no right to dispute the same.
PAYMENTS All bills shall be prepared and submitted by the contractor in the form prescribed by the employer/ architect/ civil engineer. Normally one interim bill shall be prepared each month subject to minimum value for interim certificate as agreed in these documents. The bills in proper forms must be duly accompanied by detailed measurements in support of the quantities of work done and must show deductions for all previous payments, retention money etc. duly signed by the site engineer and the contractor. The Employer/ Architects shall issue a certificate after due scrutiny of the contractor's bill stating the amount due to the contractor from the employer and the contractor shall be entitled to payment thereof within the period of honoring certificate named in these documents, vide appendix to these conditions. The amount stated in an interim certified shall be the total value of work properly executed up to the date of the bill less the amount to be retained by the employer as retention money vide clause 12 of these conditions and less installments previously paid under these conditions, provided that such certificate shall only include the value of said material and goods as and from such time as they are reasonably, properly and not prematurely brought to or placed adjacent to the work and then only if adequately protected against weather or other casualties. The employer will deduct retention money as described in clause 12 of these conditions. The refund of retention money will be made as specified in the said clause. If the Employer has supplied any materials or goods to the contractor, the cost of any such materials or goods will be progressively deducted from the amount due to the contractor in accordance with the quantities consumed in the work. All the interim payments shall be regarded as payments by way of advance against the final payment only and not as payments for work actually done and completed and shall not preclude the requiring of bad, unsound, and imperfect or unskilled work to be removed and taken away and reconstructed, or re-erected or be considered as an admission of the due performance of the contract, or any part thereon of the due performance of the contract, or any part thereof in any respect or the accruing of any part thereof in any respect or the accruing of any claim, nor shall, it conclude determine or affect on anyway the power of the employer under these conditions or any of them as to the final settlement and adjustment of the accounts or otherwise or in any other way very or affect the contract. The contractor shall submit the final bill within one month of the date fixed for completion of the work or of the date of certificate of completion furnished by the site engineer and payment shall be made within three months. The Certificate of the Architect shall of itself be conclusive evidence that any works of materials to which it relates as in accordance with the contract, neither will the contractors have claim for any amounts which the Architects might have certified in any interim bill and said by the Employer and which might subsequently be discovered as not payable and in this respect the Employers decision shall be final and binding. The Architect shall have power to withhold any certificate of the works or any parts thereof are not being carried out to his satisfaction. The Architect may by any certificate make any correction in any previous certificate, which shall have been issued by him. Architect shall issue no Certificate of payment if the contractor fails to insure the work and keep them insured till the issue of Virtual Completion Certificate. Payments upon the Architects Certificate shall be made within the period named in the schedule 'A' as "Period of honoring Certificates" after such Certificates have been delivered to the Employer. FINAL PAYMENT
The final bill shall accompany with a certificate of completion from the employer/ architects/ civil engineer. Payments of final bills shall be made after deduction of retention money as specified in clause 12 of these conditions, which sum shall be refunded after the completion of the defects liability period after receiving the Employer's/ Architect's certificate that the contractor has rectified all defects to the satisfaction of the Employer/ Architects/ Civil Engineer. The acceptance of payment of the final bills by the contractor would indicate that he would have to further claim in respect of the work executed.
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 27 of 151
VARIATION/DEVIATION The price of all such additional items/ non-tendered items will be worked out on the basis of rates quoted for similar items in the contract wherever existing or on engineering rate analysis based on prevalent fair price of labour, material and other components as required. The tender rates shall hold good for any increase or decrease in the tendered quantities.
SUBSTITUTION
Should the contractor desire to substitute any materials and workmanship, he/they must obtain the approval of the architects in writing for any such substitution well in advance. Materials designated in this specification indefinitely by such term as 'Equal" or “Other approved" etc. specific approval of the employer/ architects has been obtained in writing.
CLEARING SITE ON COMPLETION On completion of the works the contractor shall clear away and remove from the site all construction plant, surplus material, rubbish and temporary works of every kind and leave the whole of the site and the works clean and in a workmanlike condition to the satisfaction of the employer/ architects.
DEFECTS AFTER COMPLETION The contractor shall make good at this own cost and to the satisfaction of the employer/ architects all defects, shrinkage, settlements or other faults which may appear within 12 months after completion of the work- In default the employer may employ and pay other persons to amend and make good such damages, losses and expenses consequent thereon or incidental thereto shall be made good and borne by the contractor and such damages, loss and expenses shall be recoverable from him by the employer or may be deducted by the employer, in lieu of such amending and making good by the contractor, deduct from any money due to the contractor a sum equivalent to the cost of amending such work and in the even of the amount retained being insufficient, recover that balance from the contractor from the amount retained under clauses No. 12 together with any expenses the employer may have incurred in connection therewith.
CONCEALED WORK The contractor shall give due notice to the employer/ architects whenever any work is to be buried in the earth, enclosed or in the bodies of walls or otherwise becoming in accessible later on, in order that the work may be inspected and correct dimensions taken before such burial, in default where of the same shall, at the opinion of the employer/ architect be either opened up for measurement at the contractor's expenses or no payment may be made for such materials Should any dispute or differences arise after the execution of any work as to measurements etc. or other matters which cannot be conveniently tested or checked the notes of the employer/ architects shall be accepted as correct and binding on the contractor.
ESCALATION
The rate quoted shall be firm throughout the tenure of the contract including extension of time, if any, granted and will not be subject to any fluctuation due to increase in cost or materials, labour, sales tax, octroi, etc.
TERMINATION OF CONTRACT BY EMPLOYER If the contractor being a company go into liquidation whether voluntary or compulsory or being a firm shall be dissolved or being an individual shall be judged insolvent or shall make an assignment or a composition for the benefit of the grater part, in number of amount of his creditors or shall enter into a deed or arrangement with his creditors, or if the contractor in insolvency, or receiver of the contractor of the contractor in insolvency, shall repudiate the contract, or if a receiver of the contractor's firm appointed by the court shall be unable, within fourteen days after notice to him requesting him to do so, to show to the reasonable satisfaction of the employer that he is able to carry our and fulfill the contract, and if so to do so, to show to the reasonable satisfaction of the employer that he is able to carry our and fulfill the contract, and if so required buy the employer to give reasonable security therefore, or if the contractor shall suffer execution to be issued, or shall suffer any payment under this contract to be attached by or on behalf of and of the creditors of the contractors, or shall assign, charge or encumber this contract or any payments due or which may become due to the contractor, there under, or shall neglect or fail to observe and perform all or any of the acts matters of things by this contract to be observed and performed by the contractor within three clear days after the notice shall have been given to the contractor in manner hereinafter mentioned requiring the contractor to observe or perform the same or shall use improper materials or workmanship in carrying on the works, or shall in the opinion of the employer not exercise such due improper materials or workmanship in
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 28 of 151
carrying on the works, or shall in the opinion of the employer nor exercise such due diligence and make such due progress as would enable the work to be completed due time agreed upon, and shall fail to proceed to the satisfaction of the employer after three clear days notice requiring the contractor so to do shall have been given to the contractor as hereinafter mentioned, or shall abandon the contract, then and in any of the said cases, the bank may notwithstanding previous waiver determine the contract by a notice in writing to the effect as hereinafter mentioned, but without thereby effecting the powers of the employer of the obligations and liabilities of the contractor the whole of which shall continue in force as fully as if the contract, had not been so determined and if the works subsequently executed had been executed by or on behalf of the contractor (without thereby creating any trust in favour of the contractor) further the employer or his agent, or servants, may enter upon and take possession of the work and all plants, tools, scaffolding, sheds, machinery, steam and other power, utensils and materials lying upon premises or the adjoining lands or roads and sell the same as his won property or may employ the same by means of his own servants and workmen in carrying on and completing the works or by employing any other contractors or other persons or person to complete the works, and the contractor shall not in any way interrupt or do any act, matter or prevent or hinder such other contractors or other persons or person employed form completing and finishing or using the materials and plants of the works when shall be completed, or as soon thereafter as conveniently may be, the employer shall give notice in writing to the contractor to remove his surplus materials and plants and should the contractor fail to do so within a period of 14 days after receipt by him the employer may sell the same by public action and shall give credit to the contractor for the amount so released. Any expenses or tosses incurred by the employer in getting the works carried out by the contractor for the amount so released. Any expenses or losses incurred by the employer in getting the works carried out by other contractors shall be adjusted against the amount payable to the contractor by way of selling his tools and plants or due on account of work carried out by the contractor prior to engaging other contractors or against the security deposit
SIGNING OF TENDER The tender shall contain the name residence and place of business of person or person making the tender and shall be signed by the contractor with his usual signature. Partnership firms shall furnish the full name of all partners in the tender. It should be signed in the partnership name by all partners or by duly authorized representative followed by corporation shall be signed by an authorized representative, and in power of Attorney in that behalf shall accompany the tender. A copy of constitution of the firm with names of all partners shall be furnished.
TRANSFER OF TENDER DOCUMENTS
Transfer of tender documents purchased by one intending contractor to another is not permitted. SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT Special condition of contract shall be read in construction with the general conditions of contract, specifications of work, Drawings and any other documents formed part of this contract where the context so required.
Notwithstanding the sub-division of the documents into these separate sections and volumes every part of each shall be deemed to be supplementary to the complementary of every other part and shall be read with and into the contract so far as it may be practicable to do so. Where any portion of the General Conditions of Contract it repugnant to or at variance with any provisions of the Special Conditions of Contract, then unless a different intention appears, the provisions of the special conditions of contract shall be deemed to over ride the provisions of the General Conditions of Contract and shall, to the extent of such repugnancy of variations.
RIGHTS OP EMPLOYER/ ARCHITECTS TO FORFEIT SECURIT DEPOSIT Whenever any claim against the Contractor for the payment of a sum of money arises out of or under the contract, Employer/ Architects shall be entitled to recovery such sum by appropriating in part or whole, the security deposit of the contractor, and to sell Government securities, etc. forming whole or part of such security. In the event of the security being insufficient or if no security has been taken from the Contractor, then the balance or the total sum recoverable, as the case may be, shall be deducted from any sum then due or which at any time there after any become due to the Contractor under this or any other contract with the Employer / Architects and should this be not sufficient to cover the recoverable amount the contractor remaining due.
ACTION WHEN WHOLE OF SECURITY DEPOSIT IS FORFEITED
In any case in which under any clause or clauses of this contract the contractor shall have forfeited the whole of his security deposit (whether paid in one sum or deducted by installments) or have committed a breach of any of the terms contained in this contract Employer / Architects shall have power to adopt any of the following courses as they deem best suited to its interest.
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 29 of 151
(a) To rescind the contract of which rescission notice in writing to the contractor under the hand of the Site Engineer shall be conclusive evidence in which case the security deposit of the contractor shall stand forfeited and be absolutely at the disposal of Employer / Architects.
(b) To employee labour paid by Employer / Architects and to supply material to carry out the work or any
part of the work debiting contractor with the cost of labour and the price of the materials of the amount of which
cost and price, a certificate of the site Engineer shall final and conclusion against the contractor, and credit by him with the value of the work done, in all respect and same manner and at the same rates as if it had of carried out by the contractor under the terms of his contract. The certificate of the Site Engineer to the value of the work done shall be final and inclusive against the contractor.
To measure up the work of the contractor and to do such part thereof as shall be unexecuted of his to give is to another contractor to complete, which case may expenses which may be incurred in excess the sum which would have been paid to the original contractor had the work been executed by him (of amount of which excess the certificate in writing the Site Engineer shall be final and conclusive) shall borne and paid by the original contractor and may deducted from any money due to him otherwise or from his security deposit or from the proceeds of sale thereof, or a sufficient thereof. The event of any of the above course being adopted Employer / Architects the contractor shall have no claim compensation for any loss sustained by him be reason his having purchased or procured any material or bear onto any advances on account of or with a view the execution of The work or the performance of the contract And in case the contract shall not entitled to recover or be paid any sum for any work therefore actually performed under this contract unless and until the Site Engineer will certify in writing the performance of such work, and the value payable in respect of and he shall only be entitled to be paid so certified. Architects representative. EXECUTION OF WORKS All the works shall be executed in strict conformity, the provisions the contract documents and with explanatory detailed drawings, specifications and actions as may be furnished from time to time to contractor by the Site Engineer whether mentioned in the contract or not. The contractor shall be responsible for ensuring that works through are executed in the most substantial proper workmanship in strict accordance with the specifications and to the entire satisfaction of the Site Engineer. Wherever it is mentioned in the specifications that the contractor shall perform certain work or provide certain facilities/ materials, it is understood that the contractor shall do so at his cost The materials, design and workmanship shall satisfy the relevant Indian Standards, the job specifications contained herein and codes referred to. Where the job specifications stipulate requirements in addition to those contained in the standard codes and specifications, these additional requirements shall also be satisfied.
COORDINATION AND INSPECTION OF WORK The coordination and inspection of the day-today work under the contract shall be the responsibility of the Site Engineer. The Site Engineer or his authorized representative will normally pass the written instructions regarding any particular job. The contractor or his authorized representative will sign a work order book by a way of acknowledgement within 12 hours. This shall be in additional to instructions or orders issued in writing by the Site Engineer.
SCHEDULE OF RATE TO COVER CONSTRUCTIONAL PLANT, MATERIALS, LABOUR, ETC.
Without In any way limiting the provisions of the preceding sub-clause the schedule of Rates shall be deemed to include and cover the cost of all constructional plant, temporary works (except as provided for herein) pumps, materials, labour, insurance, fuel, stores, and appliances to be supplied by the contractor and all other matters in connection with each item in every respect maintained and as shown or described in the contract documents or as may be ordered in writing during the continuance of the contract.
SCHEDULE OF RATES TO COVER ROYALTIES, RENTS AND CLAIMS The Schedule or Rates shall be deemed to include and cover the cost of all royalties and fees for all articles, processes, protected by letters, patent or otherwise incorporated in or used in connection with the works, also all royalties, rents and other payments in connection with obtaining materials of whatsoever kind for the works and shall include an indemnity to Employer / Architects which the contractor hereby give against all actions, proceedings, claims, damages, costs and expenses arising from the incorporation or the use on the works of any such articles, processes or materials Octroi or other municipal or local Board charge, if levied on materials, equipment or machinery's to be brought to site and removed form site for use on work or after completion of the work, shall be borne by the contractor.
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 30 of 151
SALES TAX ON WORKS CONTRACT / TURNOVER TAX This being a works contract, no sales tax / turnover tax will be payable on the contract price or part thereof. However if at a later date due to any statutory amendment, the contractor is required to pay sales tax / turnover tax on the contract price or part thereof, it should be born by the contractor. PROCEDURE FOR MEASUREMENT & BILLING OF WORK IN PROGRESS
MEASUREMENTS All measurements shall be in metric system. All the works in progress will be jointly measured by the authorized agent progressively. Such measurements will be got record in the measurements book by the Site Engineer or his authorized representative and signed in taken of acceptance by the contractor or his authorized representative. For the purpose of taking joint measurement the contractor's representative shall be bound to be present whenever required by the Site Engineer. If the absent for any reasons whatsoever the. The Site Engineer or his representative will take measurements and this will be deemed to be correct, and binding on the contractor. Works that are likely to be covered up by subsequent operations should be got measure before such
covering up, failing which such covered works may be liable for not being measured. BILLING The contractor will submit a bill in approved Performa in triplicates to the Site Engineer of the work giving abstract and detailed measurement for the various items executed during a month. DISPUTE ABOUT MODE OF MEASUREMENT In case of any dispute as to the mode of measurement not covered by the contract to be adopted for any item or work, mode of measurement as per Indian Standard Specification No. 1200 shall be followed. RECEIPT FOR PAYMENT Receipts for payments made on account of work when executed by a firm, must be signed by a person holding due power of attorney in this respect on behalf of the contractor, except when the contractor is described in his tender as a limited company in which case the receipts must be signed in the name of the company by one of its Principal officers or by some other persons having authority to give effectual receipt for the company. The Employer shall have the right to cause a technical examination of the works and final bill of contractor including all supporting vouchers, abstracts, etc., to be made at the time of payment of the final bill. If is a result of this examination or otherwise any sum found to have been overpaid or over certified, it shall be lawful for the Employer to recover the sum. The project comes under purview of the Chief Technical Examiner, central valiance Commission, Govt. of India, New Delhi. The Chief Technical Examiner (CTE) may check the work and give comments observation, which the contractor is bound to comply at their own cost.
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 31 of 151
GENERAL RULES, SPECIAL CONDITION AND THE GUIDANCE OF TENDERERS
1. Tender are hereby invited on behalf of BANK OF BARODA for civil & interior work Bank of Baroda,
ASTODIA Branch, Ahmedabad. 2. Contract documents consisting of the plans, complete specifications, the schedule of quantities of
the various classes of work to be done, and the set of conditions of contract to be complied with by the person whose tenders may be accepted
Tenders, which should always be placed in sealed cover, with the name of the project written on the envelopes will be received by GENERAL MANAGER BANK OF BARODA AHMEDABAD CITY REGIONAL OFFICE, 4TH
FLOOR, BANK OF BARODA TOWER, NEAR LAW GARDEN, ELIS BRIDGE, AHMEDABAD-380 006,
3. up to 3.00 p.m. on 9/10/09.
4. The contractor should quote in figures as well as in words the rate, and amount tendered by them. The amount for each item should be worked out and requisite totals given.
5. When a contractor signs tender in an Indian language the percentage above or below the tendered
amount and the total amount tendered should also be written in the same language. In the case of illiterate contractors the rates or the amounts tendered should be attested by a witness.
6. Earnest money, amounting to Rs14,000/- in the form of bank Draft drawn in favour of The D.G.M,
B.O.B. tower , Law garden, Ellis Bridge, Ahmedabad. Must be accompany each tender in a sealed cover superscripted tender of for civil & interior works Bank of Baroda, ASTODIA Branch, Ahmedabad. The contractor, whose tender is accepted will be required to furnish by way of security deposit for the due fulfillment of his contract sum equal to 2% of the accepted tender value less the E.M.D.
7. The acceptance of a tender will rest with the Bank of Baroda, which does not bind itself to accept the
lowest tender, received without the assignment or a reason. All tenders in which any of the prescribed condition are not fulfilled or are incomplete in any respect are liable to be rejected.
8. Canvassing in connection with tenders is strictly prohibited and the tenders submitted by the
contractors who resort to canvassing will be liable to rejection.
9. All rates shall be quoted on the proper form of the tender alone.
10. An item rate tender containing percentage below / above will be summarily rejected. However, where a tender voluntarily offers a rebate for payment within a stipulated period, this may be considered.
11. On acceptance of the tender, the name of the accredited representatives(s) of the contractor who
would be responsible for taking instructions from the employer / architects shall be communicated to the employer.
12. Special care should be taken to write the rates in figures as well as in words and the amounts in
figures only, in such a way that interpolation is not possible. The total amount should be written both in figures and in words. In case of figures, the words ‘Rs’ should be written before the figure of rupees and words ‘P’ after the decimal figures, e.g. Rs.
15. 2.50 “p” and in case of words, the word “Rupees” should precede and the word “paise” should be
written at the end, unless the rate is in whole rupees and followed by the words ‘only’ should invariably be up to two decimal places. While quoting the rate is in schedule of quantities, the word ‘only’ should invariably be up to two decimal places. While quoting the rate is in schedule of quantities, the word ‘only’ should be written closely following the amount and it should not be written in the next line.
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 32 of 151
13. The bank does not bind itself to accept the lowest or any tender and reserves to itself the right of accepting the whole or any part of the tender and the tender shall be bound to perform the same at the rate quoted. Also the tender containing any conditions is liable for rejection.
14. Sales tax or any other tax on material or on finished woks like work’s contract tax, turn-over tax, etc.
in respect of this contract shall be payable by the contractor and the bank will not entertain any claim whatsoever in the respect.
15. The contractor shall give a list of his relatives working with the bank along with their designations
and addresses.
16. No employee of the bank is allowed to work as a contractor for a period of two years of his retirement form bank service, without the previous permission of the bank. This contract liable to be canceled if either the contractor or any of his employees is found at any time to be such.
17. The tender and the rates quoted for works shall remain open for acceptance for a period of 3 months
form the date of opening of tenders. If any tender withdraws his tender before the said period, then the bank shall be at the liberty to forfeit earnest money paid along with the tender.
18. The tender of the work shall not be witness by a contractor or contractors who himself / themselves
has/have tendered or who may and had/have tendered for the same work. Failure to observe this condition would render tenders of the contractors tendering as well as witnessing the tender liable to summary rejection.
19. It will be obligatory on the part of the tender to tender and sign and tender documents for all the
component parts and that, after the work is awarded, he will have to enter into and agreement for each component with the competent authority in the bank.
20. The tenderer, apart from being a competent contractor must associate himself with agencies of the
appropriate class who are eligible to tender for furnishing items.
21. The contractor shall carry the work strictly in accordance with drawings, details and instructions of the architects/ civil engineers and the structural consultant. If in the opinion of the architect or the civil engineer or the structural consultant changes have to be made in the design and with the prior approval in writing of the employer, that they desire the contractor to carry out the same, the contractor shall carry out the same without any extra charges. The architect/employers in, such cases shall be final and shall not be open to arbitration.
22. A schedule of probable quantities in respect of each work and specifications accompany this special
condition. The schedule of probable quantities is liable to alteration by omissions, deductions or additions at the discretion of the employer/architect. Each tender should contain not only the rates but also the value of each item should contain not only the rates but also the value of each item should be totaled in order to show the aggregate value of the entire tender.
23. The tender must obtain for himself on his responsibility and at his own expenses all information which may be necessary for the contract and must examine the drawing and must inspect the site of the work and acquaint himself with all local conditions, means of access to the work, nature of the work and all matters appertain thereto.
26. The rates quoted in the tender shall include all charges for clearing of site before commencement as
well as after completion, water electric consumption, meters, double scaffolding, centering including bailing, fencing, hoarding plate equipment storage sheds, watching and lighting by night as well as day including Sunday and holiday temporary plumbing, timbering, strutting, sorting, etc, as occasion shall require or when ordered to disturbed during the execution of the work and to the satisfaction of the architect. The rates quoted shall be deemed shall also be firm and shall not be measured at site. The rates shall also be form and shall not be measured at site. The rates variation, labour conditions, fluctuations in railway freights of any conditions, whatsoever, tenders must include in their rates sales tax, tax on works contract, excise duty, octroi and any other tax and duty or other levy levied, by the central Government or any state Government of local authority, if applicable. No claim in respect of sales tax, excise duty, octroi or other tax, duty or levy where existing or future shall be entertained by the employer.
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 33 of 151
24. The contractor should note that unless otherwise stated the tender is strictly on items rate basis and
each and every item should be corrects workable and self-supporting. The quality in the schedule of quantities approximately indicates the total in extent of work may vary to any extent and may even omit thus altering the aggregating value of the contract. No claim shall be entertained on this account.
25. Tenders will be considered only form recognized benefited contractors in the trade concerned. Each
tender shall submit with his tender a list of large works of a like nature he ahs executed giving details as to their nature and cost. The proportion of work done by the contractor in it and the time within which the works completed.
26. Special attention of the tenders is drawn to the alternative items in the schedule of probable
quantities the rates and amounts for these. Tender is informed that tender will not be considered unless the alternative rates are given for these items.
27. The contractor shall not be entitled to any compensation for any loss suffered by him non account of
delays commencing or executing the work, whatever the cause of delays may be, including delays arising out of modifications to the work entrusted to him or in any sub-contract connected therewith or delays in awarding contract of other trades of the practice or in commencement or completion of such works or in producing government controlled or other building materials or in obtaining water and power connections for constructing purpose or for any other reason what so ever and the employer shall not be liable for nay claim in respect thereof. The employer does not accept liability for any sum besides the tender amount. Subject to such variations as are provided for herein.
28. The successful tender must co-operate with the other contractors appointed by the employer so the
work shall be proceed smoothly with the least possible delay and to the satisfaction of the Architects.
29. The contractors must bear in mind that all work shall be carried out strictly in accordance with the specifications made by the architects and also in compliance of the requirements of the authority concerned and no deviation on any account will be permitted.
30. The successful tender should make his own arrangements to obtain all materials required for the
work including comment.
The rates quoted by the contractor shall include expenditure for providing all the material, labour etc, at site for which the contractor shall make his own arrangements
34. All local authorities body fees for drainage, electricity and water connection for construction purpose
shall be borne by the contractor and the fees if any payable for permanent connections shall be paid by the contractor. However the responsibility of getting such connections by liasioning with the local authority lies with the contractor.
35. The contractor shall strictly comply with the provision of a safety code annexed here to.
36. The contractor shall be responsible for the observance of all central and state government rules and
regularities framed by the concerned Government under the Contract labour (Regulation and Arbitration) Act. 1970 the owners shall be entitled to deduct all losses, damages which they might suffer on account of non-observance of thee rules by the contractor, from the amount payable to the contractor.
37. Contractors under no circumstances are allowed to remove materials bought at site and advance paid against the same.
38. The proposed work covered under this tender during its progress can also be inspected by the
CHIEF TECHNICAL EXAMINER/TECHNICAL EXAMINER or by an officer, of the vigilance cell of the authority on behalf of the engineer in charge/ Bank Architect for which the contractor shall extend all cooperation and assistance.
39. The contractor will not be allowed to proceed with his own R.C.C. design. They are supposed to
work as per the specifications mentioned in the tender and structural details and mix given by consultant or as directed by civil Engineer and / or Architect.
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 34 of 151
40. It is expressly understood that besides all taxes, levies etc. now in force and that may be effective in later stage, with or, without retrospective effect, the present sales tax on works contract is to born by the
41. contractor I/We hereby declare that I /WE have read and understood the above instruction for the
guidance of tenders.
Witness : Date: Signature for Contractor with seal Place: Ahmedabad Address :
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 35 of 151
SAFETY CODE
SCAFFOLDS
i. Suitable scaffolds shall be provided for workmen for all works that can not safely be done form the ground, of from slid construction except in the case of short duration work which can be done safely form ladders. When a ladder is used, it shall be rigid construction made either of good quality wood or steel. The steps shall have a minimum width of 450 mm and maximum rise of 330 mm. Suitable hand holds of good quality wood or steel shall be provided and the ladder shall be given an inclination not steeper than ¼ to 1 (horizontal and 1 vertical). ii. Scaffolding or staging more than 4m. above the ground floor, swung or suspended from an overhead support or erected with stationary support shall have a guard rail properly bolted, braced or otherwise secured, at least 1m above the floor or platform of such scaffolding or staging and extending along the entire length of the outside and ends thereof with only such openings as may be necessary for the delivery of materials. Such scaffolding or staging shall be so fastened as to prevent it from swaying from the building or structure. iii. Working or platforms, gangways and stairways shall be so constructed that they do not sag unduly or unequally and if the height of the platform, gangway or stairway is more than 4m. above ground level and floor level, they shall be closely boarded and shall have adequate width and be suitably fenced as described in (ii) above. iv. Every opening in the floor of a building or in a working platform shall be provided with suitable means to prevent the fall of persons or materials by providing suitable fencing or railing whose minimum weight shall be 1m. wherever there are open excavations in ground, they shall be fenced off by suitable railing and danger signals installed at night so as to prevent persons slipping in to the excavations. v. Safe means of access shall be provided to all working places. Every ladder shall be security fixed. No portable single ladder shall be over 9m. in length while the width between side rails in rung ladder shall in no case, be less than 290 mm. For ladder up to and including 3m. in length for longer ladders this width shall be increased at least 20mm for each additional meter of length. vi. A sketch if the ladders and scaffolds proposed to be used shall be prepared and approval of the engineer obtained prior to construction.
OTHER SAFETY MEASURES
vii. All personnel of the contractor working within the plant site shall be provided with safety helmets. All
welders shall wear welding goggles while doing welding work any all metal workers shall be provided with safety gloves. Persons employed on metal cutting and grinding shall wear safety glasses.
viii. Adequate precautions shall be taken to prevent danger from electrical equipment. No materials on
any of the sites of work shall he so stacked or placed as to cause danger or inconvenience to any of the sites of work shall be so stacked or placed as to danger inconvenience to any person or the public.
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 36 of 151
FIRST AID
3. (a) At every work place, there shall be maintained in readily accessible place first aid appliance including an adequate supply of sterilized dressing and sterilized cotton wool. The appliance shall be kept in good order and in large work place they shall be placed under the charge of a responsible person who shall be readily available during working hours. (b) At large work places, where hospital facilities are not available within easy distance of the works, first aid posts shall be established and be run by a trained compounder. (c) Where large work places are remote from regular hospitals, an indoor ward shall be provided with one bed for every 250 employees. (d) Where large work places are situated in cities., tones in their suburbs and no beds are considered necessary owing to the proximity of city or town hospital, suitable transport shall be provided to facilitate removal or urgent cases to the hospitals. At other work places some conveyance facilities such as a car, shall be kept readily available to take injured person or persons suddenly taken will to the nearest hospital.
Drinking Water
4. (a) In every work place, there shall be provided and maintained at suitable places easily accessible to labour sufficient supply of cold water fit for drinking. (b) Where drinking water is obtained form an intermittent public water supply, each work place shall be provided with storage where such drinking water shall be stored. (c) Every water supply of storage shall be at a distance of not less than 15m. form any latrines, drain or other source of pollution. Where water has to be drawn form an existing well which the proximity of latrine, drain or any other source of pollution, the well shall be properly chlorinated before water is drawn form it for drinking. All such wells shall be entirely closed in and be provided with a trap door, which shall be dust and waterproof. (d) A reliable pups shall be fitted to each covered well, the trap door shall be kept locked and opened only for cleaning or inspection which shall be done at least once a month.
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 37 of 151
SPECIFICATIONS
S E C T I O N “A” G E N E R A L
The scope of work covers of Civil, Interior Works of Bank Of Baroda , ASTODIA Branch, Ahmedabad. In accordance with the drawings and specifications prepared by and under the direction and to
the satisfaction of employer: - Contract: The following clauses shall be considered as an extension and not in limitation or the obligation of the contractor. Drawings: Two sets of drawings and one of set of the schedule of quantities and specification shall be furnished by the architects to the contractor for his own use until the completion of the contract and shall be accessible to the architect/employers or their representatives. Dimensions: Figured dimensions are in all cases to accepted in preference to scaled sixes, large scale details take preference over small scale drawings. In case of discrepancy the contractor is to ask for clarification before proceeding with the work. Contractor to inspect site : The contractor shall visit and examine the construction site and satisfy himself as to the nature of the existing roads or other means of communication, the character of the soil and the excavation, the extent and magnitude of the work and facilities for charges made in consequence of any misunderstanding or information on any of these points or on the grounds of insufficient description will be allowed. All expenses incurred by the contractor in connection with obtaining information for submitting this tender including his visits to the site or efforts in completing the tender shall be borne by the contractor no claim for reimbursement there of shall be entertained. Access to the Site: 1. The contractor is to include in his rates for forming access to the site with all-temporary roads and gangways required for the work. Setting out: 2. The contractor shall set out the building in accordance with place. All grid / center line to be pegged out to the satisfactions of the architect. The contractor shall be responsible for correctness of the lining out and any inaccuracies are to be rectifies at his own expenses. He will be responsible for taking ground levels of the site before setting out and recording them without any extra charges. Treasure Trove: 3. Should any treasure, fossils, minerals, or works of art of integral interest be found during excavation or while carrying out the works, the contractor shall give immediate notice to the architects of any such discovery and shall hand over such finds to the employer. 4. The contractor is to provide at all times during the progress of the works and the maintenance period proper means of access, with ladders, gangways, etc. and the necessary attendance of the works by the architect and owners their representatives. Attendance upon all trades: 5. The general contractor shall be required to attend on all the tradesmen of sub-contractor/ contractor appointed by the employer for water supply and sanitary, electrical installation, lifts, air-conditioning, security equipments hardware, telephone and other specialist contractor, and also allow the contractors appointed by the employer, use of his scaffolding and retain such time the relent subcontract works are completed.
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 38 of 151
6. Water shall be arranged in accordance with clauses 35(a) of social conditions of contract. The general contractor shall allow the use of water for another works on the site done by other contractors appointed by the employed and the architect shall apportion the cost. 7. Electric supply shall be arranged in accordance with clauses 35(a) of special conditions of contract. He shall also allow other contractors to use to facilities when requested but the architect will calculate consumption charges. Gatekeeper and Watchman: 8. The contractor from the time of being placed in possession of the site must make arrangement for watching, lighting and protecting the work, all materials, workmen and the public by day and night on all days including Sunday and holidays at his own cost. Sheds for materials: 9. The contractor shall provide for all necessary sheds of adequate dimension for storage and protection of materials like cement, lime, timber and such other materials including tools and equipment which are likely to deteriorate by the action of sun, wind, rain or other natural causes due to exposure in the open. All such sheds shall be cleared away and the whole area left in good order on completion of the contract to the satisfaction of the architect. All materials, which are stored on the site such as bricks, aggregate etc., shall be staked in such a manner as to facilitate repaid and easy checking of quantum of such materials. Cost of Transportation: 10. The contractor shall allow in his cost for all transportation, unloading, stacking and storing supplies of goods and materials for this work on the site and in the place approved from time to time by the architect. The contractor shall allow in his process for transport of all materials controlled of otherwise to the site. The contractor shall not be allowed to use existing lift for carrying out materials and labors. W.C. and sanitary accommodation and office accessories.
11. The contractor shall provide at his own cost and expense adequate closet and sanitary accommodation compiling in every respect to the rules and regulations in force of the local authorities and other public bodies, for his workmen, working in the building project and maintain the same in good order. Materials, Workmanship & Samples:
11. Materials shall be of approved quality and the best of their king available and shall generally conform to I.S. specifications. The contractor shall order all the materials, required for the execution of works as early as necessary and ensure that such materials are on site well ahead of requirements for use in the work. The work-involved calls for high standard of workmanship combined with speed and to the entire satisfaction of the architects. Rate for non-tender items: Rate of items not included in schedule of quantities shall be settled by the architects. Rate to include: The rates quoted shall be for all heights and depths for all finished work. The ascertain from contractors for other trades : The contractor shall ascertain form other contractor as directed by the architects all particulars of execution and the position in which chases, holes and similar times will be required, before the work is executed and/or for cutting away, work already executed in consequence of any neglect by the contractors to ascertain these particulars before hand. Before ordering materials, the contractor shall got the samples approved from the architects well in times. Testing of work and materials: 13. The contractors must arrange to the materials and/or portions of the work at his own cost in order to prove their soundness and efficiency. If after any such test the work or portion of works is found in the
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 39 of 151
opinion of the architects and re-do the same at his own cost. Defective materials shall immediately be removed from the site. Foreman and tradesmen: 14. All tradesman shall be experienced men properly equipped with suitable tools for carrying out at the work of carpentry and joinery and other specialist traders in a first class manner and where architects deem necessary the contractor shall provide any such tools. Special or ordinary, which are considered necessary for carrying out the work in proper manner. 15. The contractor shall prepare and submit to architect for approval, a bar chart showing the program of construction of various items, fitted within the period stipulated for completion, within 15 days the contractor shall also furnish necessary particular to the site engineer for compiling weekly progress reports in the form furnished by the architects. Cleaning of Site: 16. The contractor shall before commencement of work and also after completion of the clear the site of all debris and left over materials at his own expenses to the entire satisfaction of architects. Photographs: 17. The contractor shall at his own expenses supply to the architects with duplicate copies of large photographs not less than 15cm * 10cm (6”*4”) of the works taken from two approved portions of each building, set intervals of not more one months during the progress of the works, of at every important stage of construction. Preparation of building for occupation and use of completion : 18. The whole of the work shall be thoroughly inspected by the contractor and all deficiencies and defects put right. On completion of such inspecting, the contractor shall inform the architects in writing, that he has finished the work and it is ready for the architects inspection. On completion, the contractor shall clean all windows and doors and all glass panels, including cleaning of all floors, stair cases and every part of the building including oiling of all hardware. He will leave the entire building neat and clean and ready for immediate occupation and to the satisfaction of architects/ employer. Contractor to provide: 19. The contractor shall provide a notice board on proper supports 3m * 2m(10’*6’) in a position approved by the architects. He shall allow for painting and lettering stating name of work, of architects, structural consultants, general contractor and sub-contractor. All letters except that of the name of the works shall be in letters not exceeding 5cm. in height and all to the approval of the architects. Vouchers: 20. The contractor shall furnish architects with vouchers on request, to prove that the materials are as specified and to indicate the rates at which the materials are purchased in order to work out the rate analysis of the non tender items which he may be called upon to carry out thereafter. Protection: 21. The contractor shall properly cover up and protect all works throughout the duration of work until completion, particularly masonry, risers, moldings, steps, terrazzo of special floor finishes, stair cases balustrades, doors and windows, frames plaster angles, lighting and sanitary fitting, glass, plant and all finishing.
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 40 of 151
SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
1. Contractor shall Be go through all documents before quoting rates, and provide for necessary coats as may be included in either bill or material or specifications.
2. Contractor shall give prices in blank column. Entries in English made in ink. Arrive also the grand total
must also fill in all * Rate only columns * and sign all corrections. 3. Contract shall be invalid unless all rates are filled and no extra conditions shall be submitted. Contractor
shall sign by all the legal partners of the firm. 4. Each of the tender documents shall sign by the Contractor. 5. The Contractor whose tender is accepted shall be bound to implement the contract within eight days of
intimation from Architect. 6. Work shall be dome night and day without extra charge, if necessary. 7. Contractor shall provide for stacking materials in such a way as to facilitate rapid checking of quantities. 8. Materials supplied by owner shall be used only in owner’s site. 9. Contractors shall pay any local charges relating to execution of work. 10. Contractor shall arrange for all wastage. 11. Contractors shall arrange for all temporary connections. 12. No extra shall be paid, quantity sheets and drawings both to be considered jointly and Architect is the
final authority for the interpretation. 13. Site instruction shall be deemed for proper execution and shall be carried out without extra charge. 14. Order book with numbered pages shall be kept on site. Contractor shall carry out all instructions
property. 15. Contractor shall insure whole work against fore, PIC and third party insurance. 16. The contractor shall submit and get approval of the samples of all the materials and work item from the
architect or his authorized representative well in advance before commencing the bulk of work. The rest of the work shall be completed only on the express approval of the architect.
17. Work shall be carried out as per specifications in tender schedules / C.P.W.D specification 1977 Volume
I & II & along with the latest correction slips and the relevant Indian Standard Codes of practice & of as specified by the Architect. In case of doubts the decision of the Bank. Shall be final and binding on the contractor.
18. The General conditions of contract and standard contract form of the work will be followed as per
Circular No. ADV/ © /Gen-53/71/CIR/ 103-73 dated 6th February 1973 issued by the Bureau of Public
Enterprises, Ministry of Finance with latest modifications and as amended by bank. In their Paint Work procedure to suit their requirement.
19. Contractor must make arrangement for storage of cement at his cost. 20. Contractor shall be responsible for any damage to the property of the bank equipment or structure injury
to personnel during the progress of the work and he shall be liable to pay such compensation or may be decided by the Engineer-in charge in respect of such damages/ injuries. The contractor should rectify the damages at his cost of entire satisfaction of the architect / bank engineer.
21. The serviceable materials out of the dismantled materials will be property of Bank/ Employer and shall
be properly streaked by the Contractors as directed by the Engineer-in-charge on the serviceability on the contractor.
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 41 of 151
22. All labour employed by the Contractor shall be covered by works men’s compensation Act. Any death, injury of mishap to the workman of the Contractor will entirely be at the Contractor’s responsibility and Bank / Employer shall not be liable to pay any damages for the same.
23. The Contractor shall give his permanent account number (from the income tax department). 24. Guarantee of minimum 10 years will have to be given by the Tenders for the water proofing treatment
and indemnity bound for the purpose to be executed before release of the final payment / Security Deposit.
25. The work shall be carried out as per Indian Electricity Rules. 26. CREATINS - J.R.CHOKHI will be Architects for the subject work. 27. The contractor may be required to make his own arrangement for water and electricity for the work. 28. The drawing contains the sketches showing salient details at various scales indicating the ascent of work
& specifications must be followed, these can be modified from time to time in accordance with technical requirement at the site.
29. The prospective contractor, on intimation on acceptance of tender must submit progress net-work of the
complete work based on bar-chart within four days as such of modified with the consent of the contractor shall form a part of the agreement.
30. The work shall be of highest standard, both as regard its design & workmanship. Modern tools & first
class latest techniques shall be employed for its execution. 31. The contractor should employ adequate labour to complete the work with in the specified time. No claim
for the labour shall be entrained. The contractor shall also make his own proper arrangement for welfare, housing & safety of his material & labour.
32. The Architect shall have full powers to get the material or workmanship etc. inspected & tested by an
independent agency for its soundness & adequacy at the cost of contractor. 33. The contractor shall examine all drawings before commencing the actual work & report to the Architect
any discrepancies for omission & shortcomings in the drawings or when they conflict with works, or with each other.
34. The contractor shall visit the site of the work & shall satisfy himself as to the conditions under which the work has to be preformed. He shall also check & ascertain the location of the existing structure or equivalent or another, which may affect the work. No claim, made in ignorance or misunderstanding or the site conditions or a ground or insufficient description shall be entertained.
SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR WITH SEAL
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 42 of 151
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
This specification are for the work to be executed items to be supplied and materials to be used in the works as shown and defined on the drawings and described here in all under the supervision and to the satisfaction of the Architect/ Employer. the workmanship is to be the best available to a high standard. Use must of specialist tradesmen in all aspects of the works, and allowance must be in the rates for doing so. the materials and items to be provided by the contractor shall be the best of their respective kinds, approved by the architect in accordance with any samples which may be submitted for approval and generally in accordance with the specification. Where materials or products are specified in this specifications and/ or bill of quantities by the name of the manufacture or the brand trade name or catalogue references the contractor will require to obtain the approval of the architect/ employer before using a material or product other than the specified. The contractor shall produce all invoices, vouchers or receipted accounts for any materials of called upon to do so by the architect. Sample of all material are to be submitted to the architect for his approval before the contractor orders or delivers in bulk to the site. Also, the contractor will be required to submit finishes to colours, fabrics etc. for the approval of the architect before proceeding with the works. Should it be necessary to prepare shop drawings, then four copies of such drawings shall be submitted for the approval architect who will retain to copies, all at the contractors expenses.
1. MATERIALS The materials shall be of the best approval quality obtainable and shall comply with the respective Indian
Standard Specification. If directed, materials shall be tested in any approved Testing Laboratory and the test certificates in
original shall be submitted to the Architect and the entire charges for repeated testes, if ordered shall be borne by the Constructor.
It shall be obligatory for the contractor to furnish certificate, it demanded by the Architect from manufacturer of the material supplier that the work been carried out by using their material and as per their recommendations.
All materials supplied by the employer / any other specialist firm shall be properly stores and the Contractor shall be responsible for its safe custody until they are required on the works and till the completion of work.
Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings or mentioned in the “Schedule of Quantities” or Special specifications, the quality of materials, workmanship, dimensions etc., shall be as specified herein under.
The contractor without any extra cost for carrying out field-test on materials shall provide all equipments and facilities. 2. GLASS:
All glass shall be float glass of the best quality, free from specks, bubbles, smokes, veins, air holes, blisters and other defects. The kind of glass to be used shall be as mentioned in the item or specification or in the special provisions or as shown in detailed drawings thickness of glass panel shall be uniform. All glass to be approved manufacture complying with IS: 3548-1966 or as per approved quality and sample.
The compound for glazing to metal is to be special non-hardening compound manufacture for the purpose and of 9 brands and quality approved the Interior Designer.
In cutting glass, proper allowance shall be made for expansion. Each square of glazing to be in one whole sheet and after cutting the edges to be properly filled.
On completion, clean all glass inside and out, replace all cracked scratched or broken panes and leave in good condition to the satisfaction of the Architect.
The contractor shall furnish all labour, materials, and equipments required for the installation of glass and glazing items.
The glass shall be of the type, quality and substance specified in the bills of quantities.
In case of the glass being supplied by the owners, the contractor shall take the delivery of the glass at site and shall be responsible for proper handling and stacking. We shall insure glass against theft, fire, etc.
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 43 of 151
The contractor shall replace at his own expense all broken, damaged or disfigured glass caused in the execution of the work of faulty installation, before the virtual completion of the work. Patterned of translucent glass shall be 12 mm. In thickness and shall be approved by the Architects.. The putty used for glazing metal door, window or ventilator shall conform to I.S. 420:1953.
Before installation of the glass, the contractor shall ensure against the following
1. All glazing rebates shall be square, putty, true in plane, clear, dry and free of dust. 2. The frames shall be adjusted before glazing. The weight of the glass in side hung casement
causes it to drop slightly on its hinges. Before glazing the shall be set in slightly high position in its frame.
3. Glass edges shall be clean and cut to the exact size, chipped or damaged edges shall be rejected.
4. Sashes shall be glazing in the closed position and shall not be open till the putty is set.
The glass shall be set in teak wood beading or metal glazing chips and so installed to achieve water lightness. The platter glass shall be bedded on trips of leather or felt turned over the two sides of the glass to form packing between the glass and the metal coating. The ground glass shall be getting with smooth surface outside. Glazing large panes of glass, or when heavy wind pressure is experienced, glazing bead may be used instead of front putty. In this case putty shall be applied to the face of the bead, which is in contact with glass. Putty would also be necessary, at the back. Beads shall be of timber, rustproof steel or aluminum and shall have mitered corners. The position and size of the bead may depend on the thickness of glass used. The beads shall be fixed with screws 0” apart. On completion of the job, all glass shall be thoroughly cleaned. All paint or other marks to be removed.
3. FASTENINGS AND HARDWARE:
3.1. The fixtures and fastenings, that is, but hinges, tined strap hinges, shading door bolts, door bolts, tower bolts, door latch, bath room latch, handles, door stoppers, casement window fasteners, casement stays and ventilators catch shall be mage of the metal as specified in the item or its specification.
3.2. They shall be of iron, brass, aluminum, chromium plated iron, chromium plated brass, copper oxidized iron copper oxidized brass or anodized aluminum as specified.
3.3. The fixtures shall be heavy type. The fixtures and fastenings shall be smooth finished and shall be such as will ensure ease of operation.
3.4. The samples of fixtures and fastenings shall be got approved as regards quality and shape before providing them in position.
3.5. Brass fittings should be proper polish finished.
3.6. Screws, nails, bolts, will be of brass or non-corrosive metal. In hardware, they will match with the hardware items.
3.7. Nails, in a finished surface shall be nearly punched and the holes filled with wood filler matching the finish. Screws, in a finished surface will be round head. Rose head or sunk beneath the surfaces and the hole plugged with a wood plug with matching colour and grain of the wood surface, unless especially detailed.
4. HARDWARE
Hinges, locks, latches, door tracks etc. shall be as specified and as well as possible, by the manufacturer specified. In any variation of this quality of the substitute shall be equal to or better than the original specified, and the samples shall be submitted to the Architect for prior approval.
HARDWARE AND METALS
The hardware throughout shall be of approved brand and supply well made equal in every respect
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 44 of 151
to the samples deposited with the architect. The contractor may be required to produce and provide samples many different sources before the architect is able to make the decision and he should allow in his rates for doing so.
Fittings generally are to match the finish of the article to be fixed and to be rounded or flat headed or counter sunk as required.
Screws are to match the finish of the article to be fixed and to be rounded or flat headed or counter sunk as required.
Cover up and protect at the brass or powder coated surfaces with a thick grease or other suitable material, renew as necessary and subsequently clean off and clear away on completion.
All steel, brass, bronze, aluminum and stainless steel articles shall be submitted to a reasonable test for strength, if so required by the architect at the contractor expenses.
DOOR CLOSERS
The overhead door closer shall be of EFFICIENT GADGET make of E.G. As approved by the Architect. The overhead door closer shall be of colour as approved by the Architect. Fixing of the overhead door closer shall be done by and experienced worker After successful installation of the overhead door closer the same shall be checked for speed door closing. The contractor shall make necessary adjusted operating mechanism as per manufacturer’s guidelines to arrive at most suitable operating speed. The selected operating speed should remain constant on all repeated operations. If an overhead door closer is found to lose its adjusted operating speed often during warranty period then the shall have to be replaced with a new piece without charging any extra.
In case of a steel frame door the overhead door closer shall to be mounted on a special plate supplied by the manufacturer. No extra payment shall be due for such mounting plate.
The rate shall include all materials, labor, required civil work etc. complete and shall be paid per no. of overhead door closer/s installed.
5. TIMBER:
Timber generally is to be the best of its kind, well and properly seasoned, of mature growth, free from worm holes large loose or dead knots or other defects and sawn die square and will not supper warping, splitting or other defects through improper handling.
The hardwood is to be C.P. teak weighting not less then 45 lbs per cubic foot with moisture content not exceeding 12% to 14%. The moisture content of timber shall be determined according to method described in paragraph 4 of IS:287 for “Maximum permissible moisture content of Timber used for different purpose in different zones”.
In measuring cross-sectional dimensions of the frame pieces tolerance upto 1.5 mm shall be allowed for each planned surface.
Superior Quality Indian Teak Wood :
Superior quality Indian teak wood means Ghana teak , Balarshah and malabar Burma teak. It shall be of good quality and well seasoned. It shall have uniform colour, reasonably straight grains and shall be free form large, loose dead knots, cracks, shakes, warp, twosts, bends, borer, holes sal wood or defects of any kind. No individual hard and sound know shall be more than 1 cm. In diameter and aggregate area of all knots shall not exceed ½% of the area of the piece. It shall be close gained and there shall not be less than 6 growth rings per 2.5 cm width.
First Class Indian Teak Wood:
First class Indian teak means C.P. and Bulsar teak of good quality and well seasoned. It shall have uniform colour reasonably straight grains and shall be free from large, loose, dead knots, cracks, shakes, warp, sound knot shall be more than 2.5 cm. In diameter and aggregated area of all knots shall not exceed 1% of the area of the piece. There shall not be less than 4 growth rings per 2.5 cm width.
Second Class Indian teak Wood:
Second class Indian teak wood shall be similar to first class Indian teak wood except knot up to 4 cm diameter and aggregate area of all knots up to 11/2% of area of the piece shall be allowed. There shall not be less than 4 growth rings per 2.5 cm width.
5.1 Timber is to be cut to the required sizes and lengths as soon as practicable after the works are begun and stored under cover so that the air will circulate freely around it. Joinery is to be prepared, immediately after the placing of the contract, framed up (but not bonded) and stored until required for fixing in position, when it is to be bonded and wedged up. Any portions that warp or develop shakes or other defects are to be replaced before wedging up. The whole of the work is to be framed and finished in a proper and workman like manner, in accordance with the detailed drawings, and fitted with all necessary motets straps, belts screws etc. Running bonded joints are to be cross-tongued
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 45 of 151
with teak tongues and where over 1-1/2% thick double cross tongued. Joiner’s work generally is to be finished with fine class papered surfaces unless otherwise specified.
Templates boxes and moulds shall be accurately set out and rigidly constructed so as to remain accurate during the time they are in use.
Grounds are to be clean shown, free from large knots, splayed as required, plugged and fixed to walls etc. at 1’6” centers.
Wood plugs are to be put cut on twist. Patent wall plugs or plastic filling may be used in lieu of wood plugs with the approval of the Architect.
All unexposed surfaces of timber e.g. fails ceilings, backings fillets backs of doors frames backs of doors frames, cupboard framing, grounds etc. are to be treated with two coats of approved timber preservative like solignim, kirticite, termiseal or castrol or vacuum pressure impregnated with and approved water soluble timber preservative before fixing or bedding.
Carpentry And Joinery:
The carpenter and joiner shall include the finishing of all labour, materials, equipment, and appliances required to complete the work including the installation of hardware as per the drawing.
The timber shall be of the quality as described on the drawings or in the bills of quantities, shall be seasoned and uniform in texture, free from fungal growths, knots, wanes, open shake borer holes, rot decay, discoloration, soft or spongy spots, holes, rot, decay, discoloration, soft or spongy spots, hollow pockets, patch or box heart and all other defects.
Skilled workmen, using proper tools, shall carry out all the carpenter’s work. All joints shall be securely nailed without splitting the wood. Wherever it is necessary the members shall be lapped of joining by G.I Stapes or extra wood blocks. All joints and nailing shall be done in neatness, and shall be approved by the Architects. All assembly be exactly at right angles.
Finish woodwork and joinery including doors shall be surfaced with straight without any warp of bow and shall have smooth. Well-planed faces at right angles to each other. The frame members shall be planed on the three sides exposed at right angles to each other.
All joinery work shall be securely mortised and tongued with synthetic resin conforming to I.S.851-1957. Heads, posts, transoms, millions of door and window frames shall be made out of single pieces of timber only. The heads and posts shall be thought – tenoned into the mortises not less than ½”. Solid wood panels of not less than 5” and not more than 8” in width shall be used and jointed together with tongue groove joint.
All interior wood finish doors, cabinet work shall be smoothly treated and sanded after erection, until all the defects are entirely removed. Assembled door frame without sills shall be fitted with temporary stretchers. All exposed wood and plywood shall be straight-grained method grain and colour and shall be approved by the Architects. Interior wood finished doors cabinets and other fixed wooden equipments shall be properly installed, level plumb and true. But joints shall be avoided wherever possible, if unavoidable the joint shall be leveled. All exterior angles shall be mitered. Adjoining interior wood shall match and harmonies. All woodwork in contact with masonry shall be painted with bitumen paint or red oxide paint.
5.2 JOINTS:
All joints will be standard, mortised and tenon, dovetail, dowel, cross-halved, metered, tongued and grooved and rebated. Nailed or glued but joints, will not be permitted exceptional cases, ailed but joints will not be accepted. All joints shall be smeared with white lead.
Whenever solid wood is specified it shall be as per I.S.I and of good quality. The type of wood shall be got approved before collecting the same on site. Fabrication of wooden members shall be started only after approval. It shall be free from large, loose, dead of cluster knots, flows, shakes, warps, bends or any other defect. It shall be uniform in substance and of straight fibers as far as possible. It shall be free from rats, decay, harmful fungi and other dejects of nature which will effect the strength, durability of it usefulness for the purpose for which it is required. The colour of wood shall be uniform as far as possible. The scantlings planks etc. shall be seen in straight lines and planes in the direction of grain and of uniform thickness.
5.3 FIRST CLASS TEAK WOOD:
First class teak wood shall no individual hard and sound knots, more the 6 sq. cm. In size and the aggregate area of such knots shall not more then 1% of area of piece. The timber shall be closed grained.
5.4 SECOND CLASS TEAK WOOD:
No individual hard and knot’s shall be more than 15 sq. cm in size and aggregate area of such knot’s shall not exceed 2% of the area of piece.
6. PAINTING General: Wherever scaffolding is necessary, it shall be double scaffolding.
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 46 of 151
The surface shall be thoroughly brushed free from mortar droppings, and foreign matter. All steel work shall be cleaned of loose rust, mill scales, etc. so as to expose the original surface. All broken edges, cracks, loose-plaster and wavy surface be brought up either by patch plasterwork or by plaster of paris. All materials viz. Dry distemper, oil bound distemper, oil paint, flat oil paint, synthetic enamel paint, plastic emulsion paint, cement primer, red lead and other primers and metallic paints shall conform to respective I.S. specifications and shall be obtained form approved manufacturers. 7. Painting- Flat / Plastic Emulsion etc.: Ready mixed flat oil paint, plastic emulsion paint, ready mixed synthetic enamel paint, aluminum paint, etc. shall be brought in original containers and in sealed tins, if for any reason thinner is necessary, the brand and quality of thinner recommended by the manufacturer or as instructed by the Architect shall be used. The surface shall be prepared as specified above and a coat of approved primer shall be applied. After 24 hours drying, approved or specified quality paint shall be applied evenly and smoothly. Filler putty coating may be given to give to give a smooth finish. Each coat shall be allowed to dry out thoroughly and then lightly rubbed down with sand paper and cleaned of dust before the next coat is applied. Number of coats shall be as specified in the item and if the finish of the surface is not uniform, additional coats as required shall be applied to get good and uniform finish at no extra cost. After completion no hair marks from the brush or clogging of paint puddles in the corners of panels, angles or moldings etc. shall be cleaned of stains. Pigmented priming coat (emulsion thinned with water) followed by three or more finishing coats of plastic emulsion paint. Pasted filler to be applied every coat exempting the final finishing coat and sanded. When the final coat is applied, if directed the surface shall be rolled with a roller or if directed, it shall be stippled with a stippling brush. 8. ENAMEL PAINTS Oil paints shall be of first quality and of the specified colour and shade, and as approved. The ready mixed paints shall be only used. However, if ready mixed paint of specified shade or tint is not available while ready mixed paint with approved strainers will be allowed. In such a case, the contractor shall ensure that the shade of the paint so allowed shall be uniform. All the paints shall meet with the following general requirements:
i. Paint shall not show excessive setting in a freshly opened and shall not easily redispersed with a paddle with smooth homogeneous stage.
ii. Paint as revived shall brush easily, possess good leveling properties and show no running or sagging tendencies.
iii. The paint shall not skin within 48 hours in three quarters filled closed container. iv. The paint shall dry to a smooth uniform finish free from roughness, grit, unevenness and
other imperfections. Ready mixed paints shall be used exactly as received from the manufacturers and generally according to their instruction and without any admixtures what so ever. 9. POLISHING VARNISHING
a. French Polishing : French spirit polish shall be approved make conforming to I.S.:348. If it has to be prepared on site, dissolving 0.7 Kg shall make the polish. Of best shellac in 4.5 liters of methyl spirit without heating. To obtain required shade pigment may be added and mixed. Surface shall be cleaned. All unevenness shall be rubbed down smooth with sand paper and well dusted. Knots, if visible, shall be covered with a preparation of red lead and glue. Resinous or loose knots and gaps shall be filled with seasoned timber pieces and made level with rest of the surface. Holes on surface shall be filled with putty made of whiting and linseed oil. Surface shall be given a coat of filler made of 2.25Kg. Of whiting in 1.5 liter of methyl spirit. When it dries, surface shall again be rubbed down perfectly smooth with sand paper and wiped clean.
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 47 of 151
Piece of clean fine cotton cloth and cotton wool into shape of pad shall be used to apply polish. The pad shall be moistened with polish and rubbed hard on the surface applying the polish sparingly but uniformly and completely over the entire surface. It shall be allowed to dry and another coat applied in the same way. To give furnishing coat the pad shall be covered with a fresh piece of clean fine cotton cloth, slightly damped with methyl Spirit and rubbed lightly and quickly with a circular motion, till the finished surface attains uniform texture and high glass.
b. Wax Polishing :
Wax polish shall either be prepared on site or obtained ready made from market. Polish made on the state shall be prepared from a mixture of purr bees wax, linseed oil, turpentine oil and varnish in the ration or 2:1 ½:1: ½ by weight. The bee wax and the boiled linseed oil shall be heated over a slow fire. When the wax is completely dissolved the mixture shall be cooled till it is just warm, and turpentine oil and varnish added to it in the required proportions and the entire mixture is well stirred.
Surface shall be prepared as described under “French Polishing” except that the final rubbing shall be done with sand paper, which has been slightly moistened with linseed oil. Mixture or polish shall be applied evenly, with a clean cloth pad in such a way that no blank patches are left, and rubbed continuously for half an hour. When the surface is quite dry a second coat shall be applied in the same manner and rubbed continuously for an hour or until the surface is dry. Final coat shall then be applied and rubbed for two hours or more if necessary, until the surface has assumed a uniform and is quite dry showing no sign of stickiness when touched. Glass rubbing must be continuous and with uniform pressure and frequent change is direction. c. Varnishing: Surface shall be prepared as described above. After preparation of surface, two coats of clean boiled linseed oil shall be applied at sufficient interval of time. After the linseed oil has dried two coats of varnish obtained from approved manufacture shall be applied at sufficient interval of time. If the surface fails to produce the required glass an additional coat shall be applied without any extra cost.
10. MELAMINE FACED PARTICLE BOARD:
It should be three-layered wood based particleboard, such as Nova pan melamine paced pre- laminated on both sides. Particleboard should be ISI 3087 FPTH (type II, 1965) marked on edges and should impart good confirm to German Din standard Viz DIN 66761. It should impart good bending strength and screw holding strength. Melamine faced surface should has resistant to crack at 100 c and should pass cigarette burn test.
11. PLYWOOD
Plywood for general purpose shall confirm I.S. 303-1975. It shall be formed with 0.8 mm. Th. Commercial face veneers and 1.5 mm. Th. Intermediate veneers in two opposite grain direction shall be 1:1. The moisture content shall not be more than 12.5% by mass. It shall either be or Green ply , V.I. ply make or other equivalent approved make. Where B.W.P. grade is specified it should be boiling waterproof confirming to I.S. standards.
12. LAMINATES: All the laminate to be used shall be of 1.5 mm (or where specified) thickness in approved the colour and shade as proved and specified by the architect. It shall be matt finish manufactured by greenlam, Homemica . Or its equivalent as per sample shown by the consultant unless otherwise specified. It shall satisfy all the I.S. standards for melamine coated laminated fiberboards before the use of such fiberboard laminated. The contractor shall have to take approval of the department of each sheet of the laminates.
13. BRICK WORKS: The rate quoted below shall include:
1. Work in English bond or any other or design as directed by the Architects, for all shape, size for all
length, width, height and level. 2. Work in square and rectangular pillars, flower thoughts, under floor drains, making tapered surfaces
steps etc. 3. Forming openings, chases, grooves etc. 4. Embedding conducts, boxes, other fixtures of any descriptions holdfasts of doors, window, glazing
etc. no deduction shall be made for cavities so formed.
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 48 of 151
5. Making all drip courses, projected courses of any description, offsets, setbacks, corbels, architraves of any other feature of any description
6. Ranking out joints for plastering or pointing or finishing joints flush as directed. 7. Bonding with R.C.C. work 8. Work in narrow widths, small quantities etc. 9. Over lapping reinforcement and embedding reinforcement in adjoining walls in case of half brick
masonry walls. 10. Supplying moulds, talking briquettes, getting tested and any fees, costs etc. relating to the same . 11. All scaffolding curing etc. 12. Brick shall be best quality available bricks from approved brick kiln of village Adalaj, having minimum
compressive strength of 35 Kg / Sq. cm. 13. Wetting of bricks in drums for a minimum period of 15 minutes before using in works.
14. FLOORING AND FINISHING
The rates quoted for the various items under the section shall include the following in the scope of works:
15. FLOORING WORKS 1. Cleaning and final preparation of base sub grade or sub floor by trimming slight undulations etc.
including applying neat cement slurry. 2. Use and waste of all temporary fillets, side forms, templates, moulds, straight edges. 3. Laying floor to required slope in any shape of panels made either by wooden side forms or strips of
any description. 4. Making all construction and expansion joints. 5. Marbles and kota stone for floors, trades and rises of steps, skirting, wall cladding etc., shall be
machine cut and machine polished of sizes as per approved samples. 6. Cutting holes in marbles and stone for treads of steps for fixing staircase-railing balustrades. 7. Providing flooring as per design using different material, where each material shall be measured
under appropriate flooring item.
16. PLASTERING WORK 1. The item should include making grooves of the pattern shown. 2. Raking out joints, cleaning the surface and application of cement slurry before applying plaster
or any other treatment wherever required. 3. The additional thickness internal/ external plaster required to bring the finished surface to proper
line, level and plumb shall be carried out by the party at no extra cost. 4. Repairing and finishing the junctions of skirting and dados with plaster. 5. Work in patches, narrow widths, small quantities, curved surfaces, projected bands, set backs,
offsets, corbels, architraves etc. 6. The work should be carried out with DOUBLE Scaffolding.
PL. Note that all Plywood & Wood used are to be ANTI TERMITE treated and termite treatment on basic materials is to be provided on site & Contractor have to submit Anti termite safe bond for 5 Years from Rg. Vendor
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 49 of 151
LIST OF INDIAN STANDARD REFEREED TO
1. I.S. NO. 1200 – latest measurement of building and civil engineer work. 2. I.S. NO. 287 – 1973 recommendation for maximum permissible moisture content of timber used for
different purpose in different climatic zones 3. I.S.NO. 1141 – 1973 code of practice for seasoning of timbers. 4. I.S.NO. 6534 – 1971 guiding principals for grading and inspection of timber. 5. I.S.NO. 1200 (part XXI) 1973. 6. I.S.NO. 3845 – 1966 code of practice for joints used in wooden furniture. 7. I.S.NO. 4450 – 1967 wooden flush doors. Type to method of test for. 8. I.S.NO. 4970 – 1973 key for identification of commercial timber. 9. I.S.NO. 3364 (part II) – 1975 methods of measurements and evaluations of defects in timber, part II
converted timber. 10. I.S.NO. 1708 – 1969 methods of testing shall clear specimens of timber. 11. I.S.NO 6342 – 1971 Rose wood logs for production of sliced veneers. 12. I.S.NO 5248 – 1969Teakloges for production of sliced veneers. 13. I.S.NO. 2202 (part I) 1973. Specification for wooden flush door shutters (solid core type cat I
plywood). 14. I.S.NO. 2338 (part 1) 1967 code pf practice for finishing of wood based materials part 1 operations
and workmanship. 15. I.S. No. 7360 – 1975 Methods of sampling of plywood. 16. I.S.NO. 303 – 1975 Specification for plywood for general purposes.] 17. I.S.NO. 3129 – 1965 Specification for article board for insulation purposes. 18. I.S.NO. 3513 – 1966 (part – III & part iV) High and medium density wood based laminates part III
general purposes. Part IV sampling test. 19. I.S. NO. 1659 – 1979 Block boards. 20. I.S.NO. 7916 – 1974 Decorative plywood using plurality or veneers for decorative faces. 21. I.S NO. 3478 – 1966 Height density wood particle boards. 22. I.S. NO. 1734 (part 1 to XX) Plywood method of test for
Part I -General Part II -Plywood Part III -Battens
23. I.S.NO. 1328 – 1970 veneer decorative plywood. 24. I.S. NO 710 Marine ply. 25. I.S.NO 3087 – 1965 Wood particle boards (medium density) 26. I.S. NO. 3087 – 1965 Specification for synthetic rising adhesives for plywood (phonolic & Amino
plastic) 27. I.S.NO. 2046 – 1969 Specification for decorative laminate. 28. I.S. NO. 8273 – 1976 Fibrous gypsum plaster boards. 29. I.S. No. 2095 – 1964 Gypsum plaster boards. 30. I.S.NO. 2542 (part 1) – 1978 Gypsum plaster concrete products, methods of test for part 1 – plaster
and concrete. 31. I.S NO. 8272 – 1976 Gypsum plaster for use in the manufacture of fibers plaster boards. 32. I.S.NO. 2441 – 1963 Fixing coiling covering code of practice for. 33. I.S.NO. 2835 – 1977 Specification for flat transparent sheet glass. 34. I.S NO. 2395 (part 1) – 1966, 2395 (part 11) – 1967 painting to concrete masonry, plaster surface
code of practice for part –1 operation and workmanship part II schedule. 35. I.S.NO. 3548 – 1966 Glazing in building code of practice. 36. I.S.NO 6279 – 1965 Specification for ready mixed paint brushing, matt or egg-shell flat finishing,
interior. 37. I.S.NO. 137 – 1965 Specification for ready mixed paint brushing, matt or egg-shell flat finishing,
interior to Indian standard colours as required. 38. I.S.NO. 133- 1975 Specification for ready mixed paint brushing, wooden coating, interior ti Indian
standard colours. 39. I.S. NO 129 – 1950 Specification for enamel interior (a) under coating (b) finishing. 40. I.S.NO. 120- 1950 Specification for ready mixed paint brushing, finishing interior oil glass, for general
purposes to Indian standard colours. 41. I.SNO. 533-1973 Specification for gum spirit of turpentine (oil of turpentine.) 42. I.S.NO. 101 – 1964 Methods of test for ready mixed paints and enamel. 43. I.S.NO. 75-1973 Specification for linseed oil, and refined. 44. I.S.NO. 77 – 1973 Specification for linseed oil, and refined. 45. I.S.NO. 124 (part1) – 1976 Specification for ready mixed paint brushing finishing semi- gloss for
general purpose. 46. I.S.NO. 5884 – Specification for woolen carpets.
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 50 of 151
47. I.S.NO. 104- 1979 Specification for ready mixed paint Brushing finishing, zinc chrome primer. 48. I.S. NO 5391 – 1969 Adjustable metal chairs for use of typist and operators in telephone exchanges. 49. I.S.NO. 8756 – 1978 Ball catches for use in wooden almirahs. 50. I.S.NO 3499 – 1976 (part 11) chairs for office purposes metal revolving and tilting. 51. I.S.NO. 5416-1969 General purposes wooden chairs methods of test for. 52. I.S NO. 6185 – 1971 High chairs specification and safety requirements for. 53. I.S.NO> 4116 – 1976 Joints used in wooden furniture code of practice for. 54. I.S.NO 3485 – 1966 Joints used in wooden furniture code of practice for. 55. I.S.NO. 7070- 1973 Shelving racks wooden (adjustable and non-adjustable)type. 56. I.S.NO 4414-1977 table tops (wooden) 57. I.S.NO. 5967-1969 Tables, wooden method of test for. 58. I.S.NO. 3564 –1975 Door closures (hydraulically regulated). 59. I.SNO. 3564 – 1979 Drawer locks, cupboards and box locks. 60. I.S.NO. 7981 – (part1) – 1975 Glossary of terms relating to builders hardware – part 1 locks. 61. I.S.NO. 204- (part 1 & 11) 1978 Tower bolts ferrous metals and non-ferrous metals. Note : The various items to be used in the interior decoration work shall be of ISI standards. Whenever the items/ products do not have ISI marks standard, shall be got tested for its quality etc. at the laboratory and necessary testing charges shall be borne by the contractor.
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 51 of 151
APPENDIX (APPENDIX HERE IN AFTER REFERRED TO)
1. Defects Liability Period: 12 months after virtual completion.
2. Liquidated Damages : 1% of contract value per week up to maximum of 10% thereafter the employer may get the work done at contractor’s risk & cost i.e. delay beyond 5 weeks.
3. Validity of the Tender: Three months from the last date of opening of the tender.
4. Terms of Rates The rates shall be at the site of the work and shall include all taxes, Octroi, Labour, Transportation, Sales Tax, Works Contract Tax if any etc.
5. Period for honoring interim certificate. 15 Days/.
6. Period for honoring Final Certificate. 25 days after the submission of final certificate.
7. Validity of Rates The quoted rates in the tender shall remain valid till the completion of the work. No escalation in rates shall be allowed.
8. EXTRA ITEMS The contractor shall not execute the items for which the rate can not be derived from the tender. He shall submit the Rate Analysis for such item on actual cost plus 10% as over heads, establishment charges and contractor’s profit and get it approved by Architect / Employer before starting the work of such item.
9. Working at Contractor’s Work Shop etc: If the contractor wishes to simultaneously prepare Furniture or any other items in part or full at this work shop or other manufacturer factory etc, the contractor shall arrange top get it supervised by the Employer’s Site Engineer at his cost.
10. Working Hours: The work shall generally be executed after office hours of the Bank i.e. in the Evenings, Nights and Bank Holidays. The employers shall make necessary arrangements required on their part for such working. The work shall be carried out in such a way, that minimum disturbance is caused to the functioning of the Bank / Branches. The contractor shall make all necessary arrangement for clearing the premises every day and to ensure the complete safety of the Furniture, Machinery, Computer, Plants Equipment’s etc. lying in the premises and also provide safe grad from dust etc, for Night working no extra charges shall be paid.
11. Date of commencement: Immediate after the date on which the Engineer-in-charge issues written orders to commence the work or from the date of handling over the site whichever is later.
12. Period of completion: 45days from the date of work order.
13. Installment after virtual completion: 50% of the total retention money
14. Period of honoring final certification: 1 month from the date of certificate
SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR WITH SEAL
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 52 of 151
LIST OF APPROVED MAKES & GENERAL SPECIFICATION (INTERIOR & CIVIL)
SR. NO.
ITEMS PRODUCT
1. TEAK WOOD Only Seasoned Timber to be used
FOR EXTERNAL USE 1st quality Ghana Teak Wood/Steam beech, as suggested in details
specifications brown in color without knots, joints & bend wood.
FOR INTERNAL USE 1st quality C.P. Teak Wood, as suggested in details specifications
without knots, joints & bend wood. .
FOR WOODEN MOLDING
1st quality either Ghana Teak Wood, or C.P. wood as specifications
in detail specification of each item.
2. GLASS
1. Glass Modi float & frosting effect is provided where specified
2. Mirror Modi float
3. HARD WARE
1. Adhesives Fevicol SH or Approved by interior
2. floor spring Everite, ozonal or equivalent
3. Door stop E.G. Ozonal
4. Locks Efficient Gadget/ Godrej
5. Hinges Brass fittings or good qualities/ Heavy Duty/ on design approval.
6. Stoppers, Aldrap, Knobs
Brass- orbit make fixtures/ Heavy duty/ M.S powder coated/ on design approval
7. Drawer channel Door closer
Efficient Gadget or equivalent
8. Screw Nettle fold ‘GKW’ or equivalent
4. PLUMBING ACCESSORIES
Standard Architect approved Jaquar, plumber ,loret or equivalent
5. PLUMBING CODUIT Asian or equivalent
6. DRAINAGE CONDUIT
Prince or equivalent
* Stoneware pipe & G.T.
Ahmedabad Ceramic or equivalent
* Steel sink Nirali ,century or equivalent.
7. PLYWOOD, PARTICLA BOARD, M.D.F
1. Commercial ply wood & B.W.P.
Greenply, Century, Anchor or equivalent
8. LAMINATE Greenlam, Century, Tulip mica, Home mica or equivalent
9. PAINT & POLISH
1. Polish N.C. clear Lacquor polish Duco/ Asian Melamine
10. PAINTS
1. Paint Goodlass Nerolac(impression)- Asian (Royal Touch) / ICI (Velvet Touch)
2. Cement base paint Apex (Asian paint)
11. ALLUMINIUM
1. Alluminium sections 12G jindal / Hindalco or equivalent
2. Powder coating 50 microns
12. AEROCON PARTITION
Hydrabad cement
13. ECOBOARD CEILING
Everite Company
14. GYPSUM BOARD CEILING & PARTITION
India Gypsum or equivalent ISI make
15. VITRIFIEDFLOORING Nitco , Vermora, Asian or eqvivalent company
16. CERAMIC TILES Somany, Jhonson or equivalent
17. VERTICAL BLINDS Luxalon, Aerolux,vista levalor or equivalent
18. MINERAL FIBRE CEILING
Armstrong,
19. CEMENT Ambuja , Altra Tech
20 Glass brick Pilkington or equivalent
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 53 of 151
PL. Note that all Plywood & Wood used are to be ANTI TERMITE treated and
termite treatment on basic materials is to be provided on site & Contractor
have to submit Anti termite safe bond for 5 Years from Rg. Vendor
Note: In case of non-availability of any material of specified make, the alternative should be used only after its due approved by the Employer or the Architect.
The last decision of the choice of any of the agency rest with Interior Designer.
All Exposed edges other than post formed curve Edges should be treated with O.G.M thick paper melamine hot pressed.
All unexposed wooden surface to be protected with good quality enamel paint or polished.
All Dimensions given are for considerations can be changed as per site dimensions. All ply particleboard & wood surface shall be treated by anti termite treatment at site. All hardware / color shade shall be approved by site in charge or interior Designer. For all items only exposed elevation measurement shall be taken for bill amount hidden supporting members of furniture / supporting member of partition will not be taken in to account
SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 54 of 151
INSTRUCTIONS FOR CONTRACTORS
1. - TO BE PLEASE READ THIS CAREFULLY a. The rate for items in schedule of Quantities must be given in words and figures. Amount of
each items must also be entered in column and grand total of amount must be stuck out by the tenderer.
b. If the tendered is taken in favor of the company, a power of attorney in favor of the person who may have signed the tender for the company must accompany the tender.
c. The contractor should initial all pages of schedule of quantities etc.. d. Discrepancies and adjustment of errors.
Any error in quantity or amount in schedule of quantities showing item or work to be carried out shall be adjusted in accordance with the following rules: a. In the event of a discrepancy between description in words and figures quoted by a tenderer
in the rates column, the description in words shall prevail. In the event of an error occurring in the
amount column of the schedule of quantities showing items of work, as a result of wrong multiplication of the unit rate and quantity, the unit rate shall be regarded, as firm and multiplication shall be amended on the basis of the rate.
b. All errors in totaling in amount column in carrying forward total shall be corrected.
c. Any rounding of amount against ‘items’ or in ‘totals’ shall be ignored.
The tendered sum so altered shall for the purpose of the tender be substituted for the sum originally tendered and considered for acceptance. d. The clients/consultants have right to: 1) Reject any no. of quantities in the tender. 2) To decrease or to increase or to delete any quantity in the tender.
3) In case extra items are there it will be settled as exact cost of material +exact cost of labour
+ 10% profit including wastage.
Contractor will have to use jarry cutter. The scope is making good the same. 4) The contractor will have to use the first brand specified in the specified make list. If the same
is not available then be has to take written prior approval of the consultant before using the same.
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 55 of 151
Mandatory information required for Prequalification of the bidder for
Interior works Bank OF Baroda Astodia Branch Ahmedabad.
Important: 1. Please type or handwrite in capital letters.
2. Attach copies of the supporting documents.
3. Please use additional sheets if required.
Name of the Bidder :
email address :
Telephone number office :
Telephone number office :
Fax no. :
Address 1 :
Address 2 :
City :
Pin code :
Year of Establishment :
Status of the Firm : Proprietary/Partnership/Pvt. Ltd./Pub. Ltd.
Names of the directors/Partners/proprietor :
Name and address of the Bankers – 1 :
Name and address of the Bankers – 2 :
Name and address of the Bankers – 3 :
Registration number and date with Registrar
of Companies/Firms :
PAN Card Number :
Sales Tax Number :
Request copies of the Balance sheet :
Current solvency certificate from your
Banker for not less than Rs. Five Lacs :
Attach copy.
Empanelment with the other Companies/PSUs
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 56 of 151
Field of activities :
Main Activity :
Value of the total work done till date :
List particulars of minimum 10 successfully
completed works during last Seven years
amounting to Rs. Five lacs or more :
List Number of Technical staff working in the
organization :
List number of other staff working in the
organization :
Have you in past carried out any works for
Bank of Baroda or its subsidiaries? :
Have you been ever disqualified or levied
penalty by the Bank in past for non fulfillment
of the contractual obligations. If yes, please
provide details in brief. :
Have you been ever been put on a holiday list
or banned by any Public Sector Units? If
yes please provide details in brief:
I/We confirm that to the best of our knowledge this information is authentic and accept that any deliberate concealment will amount to disqualification at any stage.
Seal and Signature of the Bidder/s.
Date:
Place:
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 57 of 151
B.O.Q OF INTERIOR AND CIVIL WORKS- REFURBISHMENT OF
BANK OF BARODA AT ASTODIA BRANCH, AHMEDABAD.
ITEM QTY RATE
RS.
UNIT AMOUNTS
RS.
1. Full height Glass partition: Providing & fixing Partition of 8’ or specified height
with 12 m.m th .etched float glass panels & solid
panels of 6’.0’’hight and solid panel of 1-0 on top and
bottom on the rest, fitted with top , bottom & sides,
by 3”x3” Ghana Teak members complete with
melamine polish. The partition includes 12 m.m glass
door fixed on top & bottom. The door is operated by
floor spring & pivot system . The rest of hight above 7
feet is solid panel made up from Ghana Teak with both
side 6 m.mply finished with 1mm laminate in two
colours on both sides as per the drawing and the
instruction of the Architect.
All to be mechanically joined with all necessary
hardware, door-closure, pivot set of handles with
mortise lock(ozonal company) etc. as specifed.
complete as per architect instruction and as per the
designs/ details/ specifications/ instruction of the
Architect. Vartical member of the partitions shall be
inserted / fixed in the floor & also to the structural
ceiling for better grip.
270.00
Sq. ft.
2. Full height solid wooden Partition: Providing & fixing full height partitions and door with
solid panel up to full height flushed with both side
made up from 3”x 1.5” 1st cpt wood framing & both
sides 6 mm ply laminated by 1mm th .laminate in two
or more than two colour laminate pattern. double skin
solid type as per design of Architect the partition shall
have frame work made out of 2”x1.5” (Finished size)
1st C.P.T. wood sections
at every2’-0” center in both direction, cover on both
sides with 6mm th. commercial plywood. The plywood
will have 1mm th. laminate of approved as per
instructions including necessary hardware, fittings,
door closer, lock & painting etc. as directed The
partitions includes a door with style of 5”x1.75” (full
size) of Ghana teak section with 8 mm th. etched glass
as per pattern suggested. The Partition includes all
fixtures like door stop, Brass handles, hinges, stoppers
lock, rubber spacer, door closure etc. complete. The
Job includes filling the gaps either vertically or
horizontally with proper material. The vertical
members of the partitions shall be inserted/fixed in the
floor & also to the structural ceiling for better grip.
(No extra rate will be paid for providing & fixing of
door including necessary hardware, door closer as
detailed in drawing etc complete as directed.)
300.00
Sq.ft
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 58 of 151
3. Column Paneling:
Providing & fixing paneling on columns / walls by
putting hard frame work of size 1”x1 ½”/ req. size as
per site condition at suggested interval (not more than
2’0” on both direction) covered with 12 mm thick
plywood fixed on entire frame work. The paneling
should have necessary cutout for electrical
conduits/switch boards/Boxes etc. a to the shape T .W
molding of required size shall be fixed on the edge of
the paneling. Or As per design of Architect.
All the internal wooden frame work shall be painted
with black Japan & all the external plywood
components of entire paneling shall be finished with 1
mm th. 2 color combination laminate finish. The
external wooden components shall be in melamine matt
polish finish or color the measurement shall be counted
on site actual area will be considered..
R.O.
Sq.ft.
4.
Gypsum Board Ceiling: Providing and fixing gypsum board ceiling as per
manufactures specifications. Fixing of suspended Gyp
plain false ceiling by using standard company section
(Gyp steel R.), which includes providing and fixing GI
perimeter channels of size 0.55 MM thick having one
flange of 20 MM. and another flange of nylon sleeves
and screws, at 610 MM centers. Then suspending G.I
intermediate channels of size 45 MM, 0.9 MM thick
fixed with two flanges of 15 MM each from the soffits
at 1220 MM centers with ceiling angle of width 25
MM x 10 mm x 0.55 MM thick fix
ed to soffits with G.I cleat and steel expansion
fasteners. Ceiling section of 0.55 MM. thickness
having knurled web of 51.5 MM. and two flanges of 26
MM each with lips of 10.5 MM. area then fixed to the
intermediate channel with the help of connecting clips
and in direction perpendicular to the intermediated
channel at 457 MM. center 12.5 MM tapered edge Gyp
board (conforming to is 2095-1982) is then screw fixed
to ceiling section with 25 MM drywall screws at 230
MM centers. Screws fixing is done mechanically either
with screwdriver or drilling machine with suitable
attachment. Standard company manufactured section
(GYPSTEEL R or EQ.) should be used for the entire
framework. Finally the board are to be jointed and
finished so as to have a flush look which includes
filling and finishing the tapered and square edges of the
boads.
Armstrong Ceiling : Armstrong Beuti – Sky Tegular Ceiling module size
600 x 600 x 14 mm Item No: H 392 To comprise main
runner spaced at 1200 mm centers securely fixed to the
structural soffit using Armstrong suspension. System
(specifications below) at 1200mm maximum center.
Accessories manufactured and supplied by Armstrong
world Industries consisting of m6 Anchor Fasteners
with Vertical Hangers made of Galvanized steel of size
26 x 26 x 25 x 1.2mm with a galvanized Thickness of
80gsm, Apre Straightenned Hanger wire of dia- 2.68
mm of 1.83 m length, thickness of 80gsm and a tensile
strength of 344-413 Mpa, along with Adjustable hook
clips of 0.8mm thick, galvanized spring steel for 2.68
1,900.00
Sq ft.
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 59 of 151
mm with a minimum pull strength of 110 kg. The
adjustable clip also consists of a 3.5 mm aquiline wire
to be used with the main runner .
R.O
Sq ft
5. Sofa:
Fabricating, supplying & fixing the sofa in shape &
size as directed by Architect. made up from structure
of powder coated C.R.C pipe of ¾” dia 16 gauge as
decorative frame and inner structure of 1-1/4” dia. M.S.
pipe and upholstered in tapestry with 3” th. ISI
quality foam rubber & 18 mm ISI quality U foam of
40 density on seat and 2” th ISI quality foam rubber
and 18mm ISI quality U foam of 32 density on back
with tapestry on all sides as as directed. (Three seated)
a) 2 seater
b) 3 seater
c) 4 seater
R.O
2
R.O
No
6. Acrylic Emulsion paint: Providing and applying by the acrylic paint of
approved brand of ICI Dulux (valvet Touch), Asian
(Royal Touch) ,Nerolec (Impression) required shade
on wall surfaces to give an even shade by three coat
over priming coat and painting by scrapping & sand
papering the wall surface smooth including necessary
repairs to scratches, thoroughly brushing the surface
free from foreign matter. Preparing the surface even
and smooth (with Birla putty The brand, manufacturer
and colour shade of paint to be approved in advance.
Paint is to be brought in the sealed containers to be
opened in the presence of Architect. The paint to be
applied with brush with the last coat rolled with a
roller, all as approved by the Architect or project in
charge. The rate should include cost of all material,
labour, scaffolding charges complete.
(a ) For interior walls
(b) For ceiling
1330.00
1900.00
Sq.ft
Sq.ft
7. Vertical Blinds:
Providing and fixing vertical blinds of Dustguard
Classic range with 5mm high x 50mm and 100mm
wide 1.2mm thick walls of alluminium alloy head rail
with 3.5.1 planetary reduction gear box ( end control
unit ) with plastic tilting chain, tilt rod runners with
firm and gear machanism with 180 degree rotating
louvers with approved shades by Architect/Consultant
protected by dust guard. Fabric protector of VISTA
LEVOLOR /LUXALON / AEROLUX
250.00
Sq.ft.
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 60 of 151
8. Wooden Cabinet : Providing & fixing 18” Deep storage cabinet made out
of 19 mm. thk. Plywood 1. mm thk. Matching laminate
on outer surface and white enmel paint or polish on
inner surface. 6 mm. thk. Plywood at back. Shutter to
be made with 18 mm. thk. Plywood with 1. mm thk.
Laminate on outer surface operating on Auto closing
hinges. & with 2 nos. 18 mm. thk.ply shelf at equal
distance with 1. mm thk. Laminate on top for each
shelf. P.V.C. buffers supporting shelves with are to be
provided / complete as per drawings & design of
Cabinet to have 18-mm. thick plywood skirting with 1.
mm laminate on outer surface. All exposed edges of
plywood are to be finished with 6 mm. thk. Ghana
teakwood beading with melamine polish with approved
shade. All internal surfaces to be finished with three
coats of french polish of approved make. Rate to
includes all the required fixing hardware, handles &
locks and extention of top surface by 2’-0” as shown in
the drawing & design and directed by Architect.
100.00 Sq.ft
9. Server Work Station:
Providing & fixing 2’ 3” wide sever room table top
made from 18 mm commercial plywood finished by
1.5 mm laminate on top & 1 mm laminate on all
exposed edges. The table is support on 18mm
commercial plywood leg finished by 1mm thick
laminate as per architect design the exposed surface are
bided by ½” th. Wooden patti & laminate , all internal
surfaces are colour paint.
The table is provided by suspended metallic drawer
channel powder coated key board channel with mouse
pad, wire manager. All necessary hard ware,. Wooden
drawer as per design & requirement. Wooden C.P.U.
trolly unit & wooden footrest as per architect design
etc. comp.
11’-3’’
Rft.
10. P & F door:
Providing & fixing teakwood door frame 5’’x 2 ½ ‘’ &
35 MM water proof wooden flush door with laminate
finish including all fittings & accessories, biding of
exposed surface by Ghana teak /Steam Beech wood &
melamine polish etc. all as directed by architect or in
charge.
32.00
Sq. ft
11.
Writing desk with voucher container :-
container P&F writing desk made up from 19mm
plywood as per architect design. The internal surfaces
are finished by paint and exterior surfaces are finished
by 1mm th, laminate including all fixures as per
architect design and drawing.
1.00
No.
12. Cheque Drop Box :
P & F cheque drop box made up from 19 mm
plywood as per architect design finished with
1 mm thick laminate including all fixtures as
per architect design and drawing
1.00
No.
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 61 of 151
13. Removing/ Refixing Doors:
Removing existing door and window with
m.s. frame and refixing in wall including
dismantling brick masonry wall, finishing
with plaster and disposing debries form site as
and where required .
50.00
Sq. ft.
14
Glazed Tiles in Toilet:
Dismantling existing flooring, dado, w.c. pan 2Nos
etc of toilets and providing and laying new Kajaria /
Somani or equivalent 8” x 12” ivory coloured glazed
tiles flooring & dado of approved make for toilets &
pantry as per drawings & direction of architect
including disposing dismental debries from site as and
where required 350.00 Sq.ft.
15. W.C.: Providing and fixing white glazed vitreous china wall
mounting Europen WC pan of Hindware No: 20006
integrated ‘P’ or ‘S’ with or without vent concealed
pipes M.S. brackets/chairs etc. complete as directed
with following:
a) EWC pan with white plastic toilet seat and lid.
b) C.P. Brass Bib cock with cp brass cap of
approved quality.
c) C. P. jet sprey complete with C.P. angle cock
.
d) Concealed chromium plated brass 25 mm dia
half turn Flush cock of approved quality
including fixing in pipe line etc. complete
with unions of ISI quality at end.
e) Nanhi Trap – refitting
2.00
Nos.
16. Urinals : Providing & fixing white glazed Vitreous China small
flat back of Hind ware No: 60201 and Angular lipped
front Urinal basin 610 mm high with white glazed
vitreous china automatic flussing cistern with fittings,
15 mm dia C.P. brass concealed stop cock (heavy
quality) C.P. brass inlet connection of required length
with brass union, washer and C.P. brass dome and
spreaders with C.P. brass union and clamps, heavy
quality c.p. brass bottle trap of jaqyer or Nelson make
and concealed connection 32 mm dia G.I. concealed
waste pipe with fittings upto the floor trap, including
cutting and making good the wall, RCC work and floor
etc., wherever required. As per drawings & direction of
architect. 2.00 Nos
17. Urinal partition :
Providing & fixing in position 20 mm thick mirror
polished Jet black granite slab for urinal partitions
machine cut, 120 cm high x 60 cm deep, rubbed and
polished with edges, corners, rounded off including
making necessary chases in the wall and fixing the
same with cement concrete 1 : 2: 4 (1 cement : 2 coarse
sand : 4 graded stone aggregate of 6 mm nominal size)
and finished smooth with white cement with mixed
with pigment to match the shade.
1.00
No.
18. Wash basin :
Providing & fixing white glazed vitreous ovel shape
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 62 of 151
wash basin of Hindware No.10008 ( Viking )Hind ware
No: 10008 (VIKING) size 550 x 400 mm with central
tap hole with C.I. brackets painted white, Swan Neck,
C. P. brass pillar cock 15 mm dia, 32 mm dia C.P.
brass bottle trap with brass wall discharge pipe with
flange and cap, 32 mm dia G.I. waste pipe with fittings
upto floor trap, 32 mm dia C. P. brass waste couplin
with C.P. chain and rubber plug. 15 mm dia C.P. brass
stop valves (heavy quality) 5 mm heavy quality flexible
P.V.C. inlet connection of required length with brass
union, washer and C.P. brass cap complete in all
respects including cutting and making good the walls,
RCC work and floors etc. wherever required. As per
drawings & direction of architect.
1.00
No.
19. Repairing Existing M.S. windows:
Rmoving existing welded T.M.t bars including glass
and fixing square bars as per existing pattern , refixing
new 5m.m. clear flot glass of aroved make with fixing
clip and filing putty preparing surface by rubbing and
cleaning and applying 3 coats of synthetic emulsion
paint of approved make and tint as per manufacture‘s
specifications complete as instruction of architect (
frame to frame measurement will be pad for painting
work )
115.00
Sq.ft.
20. Vitrified Tiles Flooring :
Providing and laying 24’’X24’’ vitrified tiles flooring
and 3’’ skirting of approved quality of Nitco /
Vermora / Asian make of premium grade. The vitrified
tiles shall be fixed on existing flooring with approved
tile adhesive of Roff / Fairmat or equivalent including
filling joints with matching colours joint filling
compound cost of all materials and labour complet as
per / specifications and direction of Architect. Rate also
includes to provide protecting layer of plaster of paris
durings the entire execution and removal the same after
completions the work Rates are inclusive of cutting,
resizing making zari for skirting, and refinishing the
same.
1900.00 Sq.ft.
21. Ceramic tiles Flooring : Providing and laying 12’’X12’’ ceramic tiles flooring
of approved quality of Somany / Kajaria make of
premium grade. The ceramic tiles shall be fixed on
existing flooring with approved chemical of Roff /
Fairmat or equivalent including filling joints with
matching colours-cost of all materials and labour
complet as per / specifications and direction of
Architect.
750.00
Sq. ft.
22. Brick masonry Partition wall:
Providing and laying 6’’ brick masonry partional walls
in C.M. 1:6 including curing scaffolding complete as
per direction
65.00
Sq. ft.
23. Textured Paint on wall/Columns : Providing & fixing textured paint on wall/column.
Paneling shall be done on necessary wooden framing
with 12mm thick water proof plywood of Smart/Duro
(Sarda)/Century make. The plywood will be covered
with approved shade and Nova/Burger make texture
paint. This item will be carried out as per instructions
given by Architects.
R.O
Sq.ft.
24. Oil Bound Distemper : Providing & applying oil bound distemper of Asian, 2500.00 Sq.ft.
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 63 of 151
nerolac, dulux or equilent paint of two coats ,
including preparing surface by rubbing etc as directed
by Architect.
25. Oil Paint : Providing & and painting with oil paint of Asian or eq.
Of approved colour with preparing the surface incl.
Scraping old coating , cleaning , making necessary
fittings and providing two coats on wall & steelwork
Complete as directed by the Architect . (doors &
window will be measured from frame to Frame for
both sides)
1210.00
Sq.ft.
26. Polishing Entrance Door:
Providing & applying three coats of Malamine polish
to wooden glass door at main enterance including
rubbing surface with sand paper etc complete (only
one side will be measured being a glazed door)
60.00
Sq.ft.
27. Pantry Platform: Providing & fixing . 20 mm thick mirror polished jet
black Granite platform of 1’-9’’ width,3’-9’’ length and
2’-6’’ height , sandwiched with kota stone and with
side support of granite complete with wooden shutter &
drawers, made out of water proof ply, as per design &
direction of Architect.
a) Providing and fixing stainless steel kitchen sink of
Nirali, century or Navkar brand or approved equivalent
brand of size 16’’x18’’ for pantry platform including
C. P. brass waste couplin with chain & rubber plug,
swan neck long body bib cock, 32 mm dia G.I. waste
pipe upto floor trap, c. p. brass heavy quality bottle trap
etc. complete as directed, including necessary water
and drainage connections
1.00
No.
28. Polishing Kota stone of stair steps :
Polishing existing kota stone of stair steps with tread,
risers and landing
150.00
Sq.ft.
29. Cement plaster : 20mm thick Cement plaster in C.M.
1:3 including removing damaged or weak plaster including curing. etc complete.
100.00
Sq.ft.
30. Repairing water supply / dranage line:
Reparing and providing water supply and
drainage line wherever required with
necessary fixtures etc. comp.
a) 1” dia G.I. Pipe
b) ½” dia G.I. Pipe
c) 4” dia. Drainage
Pipe
.
Rft.
Rft.
Rft.
31. Glass Brick partition wall:
Providing & constructing glass brick partition wall ,
fixing with solution including t.w. frame with french
polish on top and sides. As per design and direction.
60.00
Sq.ft.
33. Center table:
Fabricating and supplying 2’ X 2’ center table made
out from structure of powder coated C.R.C. pipe of
½” dia 16 gauge as decorative frame complete with 12
mm float glass top as per design and direction by
Architect 1.00 N0.
Total Rs.
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 64 of 151
Tender Amount RS.__________
Amount In Words. Less Discount (If any) RS.__________ Net tender Amount RS.__________ Amount In Words Signature of Contractor with seal
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 65 of 151
BY BACK OFFER BY THE BIDDER FOR FOLLOWING ITEMS
Refurbishment work of Astodia Branch, Ahmedabad for Bank of Baroda.
( CIVIL/FURNISHING WORK )
No Description of Item Quantity RATE
RS
UNIT AMOUNT RS.
* BUY BACK OFFER
1. Removing and buying Back existing m.s.
doors and windows with frames.
21.0
Sq .ft.
2. Removing and buying Back all existing
wooden partitions with fixed counters , cash
cabins etc. including .
Table – 11 Nos
Chair - 30 Nos
Lump
sum
3. Removing and buying back Wash Basin 1 No
& Urinal 2 Nos. with accessories
L.S.
L.S.
Total RS.
Net Tender Amount Rs.______________
Deducting buy back Amount Rs.______________
Final Tender Amount Rs. _____________
Amount In Words
Signature of Contractor with seal
Date:
Place:
Notes:
(1) Rate for the demolishan , repairing and bay back offer shall be given by the bider after
Inspecting the site personally
(2) work to be executed in a working branch without disrupting the functioning of the branch.
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 66 of 151
DRAWING
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 67 of 151
TENDER FOR ELECTRICAL VOICE & DATA CABLING WORKS OF BANK OF BARODA ASTODIA BRANCH
AHMEDABAD GUJARAT
OWNER GENERAL MANAGER BANKOF BARODA AHMEDABAD CITY REGIONAL OFFICE
4TH FLOOR BANK OF BARODA TOWER
NEAR LAW GARDEN ELISBRIDGE AHMEDABAD- 380 006
ARCHITECT & INTERIOR DESIGNER
CREATIONS
J. R. CHOKSHI SHYAM KUTIR,
B/S GRUH FINANCE, NETAJI ROAD, ELLIS BRIDGE.
AHMEDABAD – 380 006.
PH.: 079 4004 9004 FAX: 079 2656 8882 CELL:98253-46825
E-MAIL - JITENCHOKSHI @ YAHOO.COM.
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 68 of 151
Tender FOR Electrical VOICE & data cabling WORKS FOR
BANK of Baroda, ASTODIA Branch.
AHMEDABAD. INDEX
SR.
NO.
CONTENT PAGE
1. INVITATION OF TENDER 68 to 71
2. FORM OF TENDER 72 to 73
3. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO CONTRACTORS 74 to 77
4. ARTICLES AGREEMENT 78 to 80
5. GENERAL CONDITION 81 to 83
6. SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT 84 to 85
7. APPENDIX REFERED TO IN THE GENERAL CONDITIONS 86
8. LIST OF APPROVED MAKE FOR THE MATERIALS TO BE
USED.
87
9. INSTALLATION TESTS CERTIFICATE BY ELECTRICAL
CONTRACTOR
88
10. GENERAL CONDITION SAFETY MODE 89 to 92
11. APPLICABLE STANDARDS 93 to 95
12. ELECTRICAL MATERIAL SPECIFICATION 96 to 106
13. INSTRUCTION OF CONTRACTOR 107
15. mandatory information 108 to 109
16. BILL OF QUANTITIES 110 to 116
17. DRAWING 117
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 69 of 151
Invitation of tender
M/s
_______________
_______________
_______________
Dear Sir, Bank of Baroda invites item rates sealed tenders from the reputed contractors for the work mentioned below. Tender copies will be available by download form the web site of Bank Of Baroda http:// bank of baroda.com. from 30/09/09 onwards. Conditional tenders will not be accepted. Bank of Baroda reserves the right to reject any or all the tenders without assigning any reasons thereof.
1. Name of work Electrification, Voice & Data cabling works for B.O.B. ASTODIA Branch, at AHMEDABAD CITY REGIONAL OFFICE, Gujarat.
2. Registration and minimum eligibility Criteria
( I ) CONTRACTORS REGISTERED WITH BANK OF BARODA OR OTHER NATIONALIZED BANK, P.W.D., HAVING EXPERIENCE IN SUCH TYPE OF WORKS. HAVING SOUND TECHNICAL & FINANCIAL CAPACITY MANDATORY INFORMATION REQUIRED FOR
PREQUALIFICATION OF THE BDDER. THE AUTHENTIC
CERTIFICATES / TESTIMONIALS IN SUPPORT OF MINIMUM
ELIGIBILITY CRITERIA SHALL HAVE TO BE ENCLOSED WITH THE
TENDER DOCUMENTS FAILING WHICH THE TENDER SHALL BE
REJECTED OUT RIGHT.
3. Time Limit
45 Days
4. Estimated Cost put to tender
Rs.4,00,000/-
5. Earnest Money Deposit
Rs. 8000/- to be submitted in the form of D.D. in favour of Bank of Baroda, Ahmedabad (D.D to be enclosed with the tender with technical bid)
6. Tender documents to be downloaded from B.O.B. website http://bankofbaroda.com or to be obtained
From Dt. 30/9/2009
7. Last date of receiving tenders.
9/10/09up to 15.00 Hrs. Tenders received after this date and time will not be entertained under any circumstances.
8. Date of Opening of Tender Techanical Bid on Dt. 9/10/09at 16.00 Hrs. Price Bid on Dt.9/10/09at16.30 Hrs
9. Mode of sending the Tender Documents in duplicate. i.e. two sets
BY RPAD OR SPEED POST OR COURIER OR BY HAND
DELIVERY ONLY ADDRESSED TO. GENERAL MANAGER
AHMEDABAD CITY REGIONAL OFFICE,4TH
FLOOR, BANK
OF BARODA TOWER, NEAR LAW GARDEN, ELIS BRIDGE, AHMEDABAD-380 006.
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 70 of 151
CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
NAME OF WORK: ELECTRIFICATION, VOICE & DATA CABLING WORKS FOR B.O.B. ASTODIA. BRANCH, AT AHMEDABAD, GUJARAT.
1. ESTIMATED COST OF TENDER
: Rs. 4,00,000/-
2. EARNEST MONEY DEPOSIT : RS.8000/- TO BE SUBMITTED IN THE FORM OF D.D. IN
FAVOUR OF BANK OF BARODA, AHMEDABAD VALID FOR
180 DAYS
3. MODE OF SENDING THE
TENDERS IN DUPLICATE.
IN SEALED COVER BY R P A
D/ SPEED POST / COURIER
OR HAND DELIVERY ONLY.
:
IN SEALED ENVELOPE SUPER SCRIBED THE NAME OF WORK.
4. TENDER VALIDITY PERIOD : 90 days
5. TIME OF COMPLETION : 45 Days.( WORK SHALL BE TAKEN UP ON HAND
IMMEDIATELY AFTER THE DATE OF ISSUE OF WORK ORDER )
6. RETENTION MONEY : 5 % OF TENDER AMOUNT.
7. DEFECT LIABILITY PERIOD 12 MONTHS AFTER ISSUE OF COMPLETION CERTIFICATE. RETENTION MONEY SHALL BE RELEASED AFTER COMPLETION
OF DEFECT LIABILITY PERIOD.
8. COMPENSATION FOR DELAY : 1% OF TENDER AMOUNT PER WEEK BUT NOT EXCEEDING
10 % OF TOTAL CONTRACT VALUE, THERE AFTER CLIENT MAY ARRANGE TO GET THE WORK DONE THROUGH SOME
OTHER AGENCY.
9. MINIMUM VALUE OF WORK
FOR INTERIM BILLS : RS. 2,00,000/-
10. LAST DATE OF RECEIPT OF
TENDER BY RPAD /SPEED
POST /COURIER
: AS MENTIONED IN TENDER NOTICE.
11.
12.
PLACE OF RECEIVING
TENDER COPIES
PERIOD OF FINAL
MEASUREMENT
:
:
GENERAL MANAGER BANK OF BARODA REGIONAL OFFICE 4TH
FLOOR
BANK OF BARODA TOWER NEAR LAW GARDEN, ELISBRIDGE AHMEDABAD- 380 006
ONE MONTH
13. INSURANCE : WORKERS INSURANCE CONTRACTOR’S RISK POLICY
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 71 of 151
1. The bank will not be bound to accept the lowest tender what so ever. and reserves the right to accept or reject any or all the tenders without assigning any reason
2. THE BANK OF BARODA, RESERVES THE RIGHT THAT WITHOUT ASSIGNING ANY REASON THERE OF :
(A) TO ACCEPT OR REJECT ANY TENDER IN WHOLE OR IN PART.TO INCREASE OR DECREASE THE
QUANTITIES OF ANY ITEM AND TENDERED HAS TO EXECUTE THE SAME AT THE RATE QUOTED.
3. TENDERER ARE REQUESTED TO READ THE TENDER DOCUMENTS, GENERAL CONDITIONS, SPECIAL
CONDITIONS, DRAWING, SPECIFICATIONS, SCHEDULE OF QUANTITIES, ETC. CAREFULLY AND OFFER MOST
COMPETITIVE RATE AFTER VISITING SITE. THE CLAUSE OF NOTICE INVITING TENDER PREVAILS OVER
GENERAL TERMS AND SPECIAL TERMS OF CONTRACT.
4. THE DATE OF COMPLETION OF JOB IS THE ESSENCE TO THIS CONTRACT. THE CONTRACTORS ARE
THEREFORE REQUESTED TO COMPLETE THE JOB IN THE STIPULATED TIME. ANY DEVIATION
WITH RESPECT TO TIME OR
SPECIFICATION BANK PREJUDICE HAS RIGHT TO
(A) CANCEL / REVOKE THE ORDER.
(B) IMPOSE PENALTY UP TO 10 % OF THE TOTAL VALUE OF JOB.
5. CONTRACTOR IN THEIR OWN INTEREST ARE ADVISED TO VISIT THE SITE & GET THEMSELVES FAMILIARISE INTHE PREVAILING SITUATIONS BEFORE SUBMITTING THEIR RATES. NO CLAIM WHATSOEVER FOR IGNORANCE, MISUNDERSTANDING SHALL BE ENTERTAINED LATER.
6. THE PROPOSED WORK IS TO BE DONE ON GROUND FLOOR HENCE CONTRACTOR HAS TO SO PLAN THAT THERE IS MINIMUM DAMAGE TO THE BUILDING. HE HAS TO WORK DURING THE DAY & NIGHT ALSO.
7. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR MAKING GOOD IN EXPEDITIONS & WORKMAN
LIKE MANNER.
8. ANY DEFECTS, WHICH MAY BE FOUND WITH IN TWELVE MONTHS OF THE HANDING OVER THE
POSSESSION OF
PREMISES, PUT TO BENEFICIAL USE. IN CASE CONTRACTOR FAILS TO DO SO, THE SAME WOULD BE GOT
DONE AT
HIS COST & RISK. THE COST INCURRED BY THE BANK SHALL BE DEDUCTED FROM THE RETENTION MONEY OR
ANY OTHER DUES.
8. RATES QUOTED SHALL BE INCLUSIVE OF ALL TAXES, LEVIES, DUTIES & ALL CHARGES SUCH AS FREIGHT,
INSURANCE, OCTROI, LOADING/UNLOADING, UNPACKING & MOVING THE POSITION IN SITE, ETC. FOR
COMPLETE ITEM.
9. THE SCHEDULE OF QUANTITIES IS ONLY APPROXIMATE & ALL THE WORK EXECUTED SHALL BE PAID FOR IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE ACTUAL MEASUREMENTS AS PER RELEVANT PART OF IS: 1200 :1974 OR OTHERWISE
PROVIDED. 10. IN CASE OF ANY DISPUTE, THE SAME SHALL BE REFERRED TO COURT AT AHMEDABAD AND ITS DECISION
SHALL BE FINAL & BINDING ON BOTH THE PARTIES.
11. AN ITEM RATE TENDER CONTAINING PERCENTAGE BELOW / ABOVE WILL BE SUMMARILY REJECTED.
HOWEVER IF THE TENDER VOLUNTARILY OFFERS REBATE FOR PAYMENT WITH IN STIPULATED PERIOD,
THIS MAY BE CONSIDERED.
12. THE TENDER DOCUMENTS SHALL BE DULY FILLED IN AND SIGNED BY THE TENDERER AND SHALL BE
ADDRESSED (IN SEALED COVER) TO THE OFFICE OF THE G.M. B.O.B. TOWER , LAW GARDEN, ELLIS
BRIDGE, AHMEDABAD.
THE FULL NAME AND ADDRESS OF THE TENDERER AND NAME OF THE WORK SHALL BE WRITTEN ON THE COVER.
13. UNIT RATES SHALL BE QUOTED IN ENGLISH IN FIGURES AS WELL AS IN WORDS WITH REFERENCE TO
EACH ITEM AND FOR ALL ITEMS SHOWN IN THE ATTACHED SCHEDULE OF QUANTITIES. THE AMOUNT OF
EACH ITEM SHOULD BE WORKED OUT.
14.ALL ENTRIES IN THE DOCUMENTS SHALL BE CLEARLY WRITTEN AND SHALL BE IN INK, CORRECTIONS IF ANY SHALL BE CLEARLY MADE ANY DULY SIGNED AND DATED BY THE TENDERER, ERASING AND OVER WRITINGS AND
SHALL NOT BE PERMITTED AND THE TENDER LIABLE FOR REJECTION.
15. THE TENDER SHALL SIGN AND EVERY PAGE OF THE TENDER DOCUMENTS INCLUDING THE LAYOUT DRAWINGS
ATTACHED HERE TO.
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 72 of 151
EACH TENDER SHALL BE SIGNED BY THE TENDERER WITH HIS USUAL SIGNATURES. TENDER BY PARTNERSHIP OF HINDU JOINT FAMILY FIRM MAY BE SIGNED IN THE FIRM'S NAME BY ONE OF THE PARTNERS OF THE KARTA OR
MANAGER AS THE CASE MAY BE OR ANY OTHER DULY AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE FOLLOWED BY THE NAME
AND DESIGNATION OF THE PERSON SO SIGNING. AN ATTESTED COPY OF THE PARTNERSHIP FIRM SHALL ALSO BE
ATTACHED.. TENDER BY A SHALL BE SIGNED WITH THE NAME OF THE COMPANY BY PERSONS AUTHORIZED IN THIS
BEHALF AND POWER OF ATTORNEY OR OTHER SATISFACTORY PROOF SHOWING THE PERSON SINGING THE
TENDER AS THE AUTHORIZED PERSON TO DO SUCH DOCUMENTS ON BEHALF OF THE COMPANY IS DULY
AUTHORIZED TO DO SO SHALL ACCOMPANY THE TENDER.
17.UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED ALL THE RATES AND PRICES IN THE TENDER SHALL COVER SALES TAXES, OCTROI, OTHER TAXES AND DUTIES, AND TRANSPORTATION, SALES TAX ON WORK CONTRACT ETC.
18. TENDER NOT CONTAINING THE FULL PARTICULARS AS MENTIONED ABOVE OR AS CALLED FOR IN THE SPECIAL CONDITIONS IS LIABLE TO SUMMARILY REJECTION.
19. WITH THEIR QUOTATIONS THE TENDERER SHALL SIGN ALL THE SCHEDULES SPECIFICATIONS, SPECIAL CONDITIONS, ETC. IN TAKEN OF ACCEPTANCE HERE OF. THE SIGNATURE ON THE TENDER SCHEDULE ALONE SHALL ALSO BE DEEMED TO BE TAKEN AS ACCEPTANCE OF ALL THESE.
20. THE UNSEALED TENDERS, TENDERS NOT SUPER SCRIBED AS THE PRESCRIBED TENDER DOCUMENTS, CONDITIONAL AND UNSIGNED TENDERS, TENDERS CONTAINING ABSURD RATES AND AMOUNTS, TENDERS THAT ARE INCOMPLETE OR OTHERWISE CONSIDERED DEFECTIVE ARE LIABLE TO BE REJECTED.
21.IN THE EVENT, THERE ARE TWO MORE PARTIES BETWEEN WHOM THE WORK HAS BEEN SPLIT, THE CONTRACTOR CARRYING OUT RELEVANT WORK ENTRUSTED TO HIM SHALL WORK IN CLOSE COORDINATION
WITHOUT CAUSING ANY DELAY OR HINDRANCE TO OTHER AGENCIES. EMPLOYER HAS THE RIGHT TO OMIT AT HIS DISCRETION ONE OR MORE ITEMS OF WORK WHEN PLACING THE ORDER.
22.THE WORK SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE COMMENCED FROM THE DATE ON WHICH THE CONTRACTOR TAKES
OVER THE SITE OR ISSUE OF WORK ORDERS WHICHEVER IS EARLIER. THE SITE WILL BE HANDED OVER TO THE
CONTRACTOR ONLY ON SUBMISSION OF INITIAL SECURITY DEPOSIT.
23.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL GIVE A PROGRAM FOR THE EXECUTION OF THE WORK DURING THE TOTAL
CONTRACT PERIOD AND GET IT APPROVED BY THE EMPLOYER AND THE ARCHITECT. IN CASE OF DELAY IN PROGRESS OF WORK AT ANY STAGE, THE EMPLOYER SHALL ISSUE THE CONTRACTOR A MEMO IN WRITING
POINTING OUT THE DELAY IN PROGRESS AND ASKING THE CONTRACTOR TO EXPLAIN THE CAUSES FOR THE
DELAY WITHIN 3 DAYS OF RECEIPT OF THE ABOVE. THE EMPLOYER RESERVES THE RIGHT TO DETERMINATE
THE CONTRACT AND FORFEIT THE SECURITY DEPOSIT IF SATISFACTORY EXPLANATION IS NOT OFFERED BY
THE CONTRACTOR FOR DELAY IN EXECUTION OF WORK.
24.IT WILL BE OBLIGATORY ON THE PART OF THE TENDERER TO SIGN ON EACH & EVERY PAGE OF THE TENDER & ALL COMPONENTS OF THE TENDER. CONDITIONAL TENDER SHALL BE SUMMARILY REJECTED.
25. THE SAMPLES OF ALL THE MATERIAL & WORK ITEM SHALL BE GOT APPROVED FROM THE ARCHITECT OR HIS REPRESENTATIVE BEFORE PROCEEDING FURTHER ON THE WORK.
26. THE DRAWING CONTAINS SKETCHES SHOWING SALIENT FEATURES DETAILS AT THE VARIOUS SCALES
INDICATING EXTENT OF WORK & SPECIFICATIONS TO BE FOLLOWED. THESE CAN BE MODIFIED BY THE BANK FROM TIME TO TIME IN ACCORDANCE WITH TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS AT THE SITE.
27. ANY DAMAGE DONE TO THE PROPERTY OF THE BANK DURING EXECUTION OF THE WORK SHALL BE
RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR & IT SHALL BE MADE GOOD BY HIM, AT HIS COST TO THE ENTIRE SATISFACTION OF ARCHITECT/BANK.
28. THE ARCHITECTS SHALL HAVE FULL POWER TO GET THE MATERIAL OR WORKMANSHIP ETC. INSPECTED & TESTED BY AN INDEPENDENT AGENCY FOR ITS SOUNDNESS & ADEQUACY AT THE COST OF CONTRACTOR.
29. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL EXAMINE ALL DRAWINGS BEFORE QUOTING & COMMENCING OF ACTUAL WORK & REPORT TO THE ARCHITECT/BANK ANY DISCREPANCIES FOR OMISSION & SHORTCOMINGS IN THE DRAWINGS.
30. THE WORK SHALL BE OF HIGHEST STANDARD BOTH AS REGARD TO MATERIAL & WORKMANSHIP. MODERN
TOOLS & FIRST-CLASS LATEST TECHNIQUES SHALL BE EMPLOYED FOR ITS EXECUTION.
31. THE WORK SHALL BE DONE AS PER ACCORDANCE WITH THE IBA GUIDELINES.
SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR WITH SEAL
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 73 of 151
FORM OF TENDER
TO, General Manager , Bank Of Baroda, Ahmedabad city Regional office 4th floor,
Bank of Baroda tower, Elis Bridge Ahmedabad-380 006.
DEAR SIR,
HAVING EXAMINED THE DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS, DESIGN AND SCHEDULE OF QUANTITIES RELATING TO THE
WORKS SPECIFIED IN THE MEMORANDUM HEREINAFTER SET OUT AND HAVING VISITED AND EXAMINED THE SITE OF THE
WORKS SPECIFIED IN THE SAID MEMORANDUM AND HAVING ACQUIRED THE REQUISITE INFORMATION RELATING THERE
TO AS AFFECTING THE TENDER. I/WE HEREBY OFFER TO EXECUTE THE WORKS SPECIFIED IN THE SAID MEMORANDUM
AT THE RATES MENTIONED IN THE ATTACHED SCHEDULE OF QUANTITIES AND IN ACCORDANCE IN ALL RESPECTS WITH
THE SPECIFICATIONS, DESIGNS, DRAWINGS AND INSTRUCTIONS IN WRITING REFERRED TO IN CONDITION OF TENDER,
THE ARTICLES OF AGREEMENT SPECIAL CONDITIONS, SCHEDULE OF QUANTITIES AND CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT AND
WITH SUCH MATERIAL AS ARE PROVIDED FOR, BY AND IN ALL OTHER RESPECTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH
CONDITIONS SO FAR AS THEY MAY BE APPLICABLE.
MEMORANDUM
1. A DESCRIPTION WORK: ELECTRIFICATION, VOICE & DATA CABLING WORKS IN BANK OF
BARODA AHMEDABAD ASTODIA BRANCH, AHMEDABAD, GUJARAT. B ESTIMATED COST: RS.4,00,000 /-
C EARNEST MONEY: RS.8,000 /-
D TIME ALLOWED FOR COMPLETION OF THE WORK: 45 DAYS FROM THE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF WORK
E. LIQUIDATED DAMAGE: 1% OF CONTRACT VALUE PER WEEK. MAXIMUM 10 % OF THE CONTRACT VALUE
1. WE UNDER TAKE TO COMPLETE AND DELIVER THE WHOLE OF THE WORKS COMPRISED IN THE CONTRACT WITH IN
THE TIME STATED IN THE SCHEDULE A TO THE GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT.
2. WE HAVE INDEPENDENTLY CONSIDERED THE AMOUNT OF LIQUIDATED DAMAGES IN THE SCHEDULE A TO THE CONDITIONS OF THE CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT AND AGREE THAT IT REPRESENTS FAIR ESTIMATED THE LOSS
LIKELY TO BE SUFFERED BY YOU IN THE EVENT OF THE WORKS NOT BEING COMPLETED IN TIME.
4. IF OUR TENDER IS ACCEPTED, WE WILL REQUIRED TO FURNISH THE SECURITY DEPOSIT OF THE CONTRACT FOR
THE DUE PERFORMANCE OF THE CONTRACT AS SPECIFIED IN THE GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT.
3. WE AGREE TO ABIDE BY THIS TENDER FOR THE PERIOD OF 90 DAYS FROM THE DATE FIXED FOR OPENING THE SECOND COVER (I.E. PRICE BID) AND IT SHALL REMAIN BINDING UPON AND MAY BE ACCEPTED AT TIME BEFORE
EXPIRY OF PERIOD.
4. UNLESS AND UNTIL A FORMAL AGREEMENT IS PREPARED AND EXECUTED THIS TENDER TOGETHER WITH YOUR
WRITTEN ACCEPTANCE THERE OF SHALL CONSTITUTE A BINDING CONTRACT BETWEEN US.
5. WE UNDERSTAND THAT YOU ARE NOT BOUND TO ACCEPT THE LOWEST OR ANY TENDER YOU MAY RECEIVE.
6. SHOULD THIS TENDER BE ACCEPTED, I/WE HEREBY AGREE TO ABIDE BY AND FULFILL THE TERMS AND
PROVISIONS OF THE SAID CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT ANNEXED TO SO FAR AS THEY MAY BE APPLICABLE OR IN
DEFAULT THEREOF TO FORFEIT AND PAY TO THE BANK OF BARODA, AHMEDABAD. THE AMOUNT MENTIONED IN
THE SAID CONDITIONS.
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 74 of 151
7. WE ARE ENCLOSING THE BANK DRAFT FOR A SUM OF 8,000 /- AS EARNEST MONEY DRAFT OF THE BANK OF
BARODA, Ahmedabad city Regional office. WHICH AMOUNT WILL NOT BEAR ANY INTEREST. SHOULD WE FAIL
TO EXECUTE THE CONTRACT WHEN CALLED UPON TO DO SO, I/WE DO HEREBY AGREE THAT THE BANK OF BARODA SHALL FORFEIT THIS SUM.
8. THE DETAILS OF PLANT, MACHINERY, MAJOR TOOLS, EQUIPMENT EMPLOYEES LIST OF SUCH MAJOR WORKS
EXECUTED TECHNICAL PERSONAL ALONG WITH THE COPIES OF LAST TWO YEARS I.T. ASSESSMENT ORDERS ARE
ENCLOSED FOR YOUR PERUSAL AND CONSIDERATION.
9. OUR BANKERS ARE:
10. THE NAMES OF THE PARTNERS OF OUR FIRM ARE:
NAME OF THE PARTNER OF THE FIRM AUTHORIZED TO SIGN OR NAME OF PERSON HAVING POWER OF ATTORNEY TO SIGN THE CONTRACT. (CERTIFIED TRUE COPY OF THE POWER OF ATTORNEY SHOULD BE ATTACHED.) (SIGNATURES AND ADDRESS OF WITNESSES.) YOURS FAITHFULLY, SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR. (1) (2) LIST OF ENCLOSURES : 1) PERT CHART (2) (3) (4) (5) PLEASE ENCLOSE SEPARATE SHEETS IF REQUIRED.
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 75 of 151
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO CONTRACTOR
1. SEALED TENDER IN DUPLICATE SHOULD BE ADDRESSED TO THE G.M. , B.O.B. TOWER , LAW GARDEN, ELLIS BRIDGE, Ahmedabad city Regional office.
2. NO TENDER WILL BE RECEIVED AFTER 3.00 P.M. ON DATE 9/10/09 UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES
WHATSOEVER. 3. THE CONTRACTORS ARE NOT EXPECTED TO INCLUDE ANY CONDITIONS CONTRARY TO TENDER PROVISIONS.
HOWEVER, IF IT IS NECESSARY TO INCLUDE CERTAIN CONDITIONS, THE SAME SHOULD BE SUBMITTED IN
SEPARATE SEALED COVER. TO FACILITATE THE PROCESSING OF OFFERS, TWO SEPARATE SEALED ENVELOPES, ONE CONTAINING CONDITIONS OR NON-CONDITIONS STATEMENT AND THE OTHER CONTAINING THE PRICES TENDER ONLY IN THE STIPULATED FORM SHOULD BE SUBMITTED. ALL LETTERS, ENCLOSURES, TENDERS ETC.,
SHOULD BE SUBMITTED IN DUPLICATE. THE TENDERS SHOULD BE PUT IN 2ND ENVELOPE. THE COVERS SHOULD BE SUITABLY SUPER SCRIBED INDICATING THE CONTENTS. ALL LETTERS, ENCLOSURES, TENDERS ETC., SHOULD BE SUBMITTED IN DUPLICATE. THE TENDERS SHOULD CLEARLY INDICATE ON EACH COPY OF THE PRICED TENDER, UNDER THEIR FULL SIGNATURE, WHETHER IT IS THE ORIGINAL OR DUPLICATE COPY.
A. MODE OF SUBMISSION OF TENDER: THE TENDER SHALL BE SUBMITTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROCEDURE DETAILED HEREIN. SPECIFIED
DOCUMENTS SHALL BE SEALED IN TWO ENVELOPES OF APPROPRIATE SIZES AND ENVELOPE SHOULD BE
PROPERLY SUPER SCRIBED AS: ENVELOPE NO. 1. EMD AND OTHER DOCUMENTS; AND ENVELOP NO. 2; PRICES & BILL OF QUANTITIES ONLY.
(A) ENVELOPE MARKED AS FIRST COVER: ENVELOPE MARKED AS FIRST SHALL CONTAIN
I. Earnest money deposit in the form as indicated in paragraph 3 above. Along with mandatory information required for prequalification of the bidder.
II. COVERING LETTER TO THE TENDER AND TENDER DOCUMENTS ISSUED BY THE ARCHITECTS. ( EXCLUDING PRICED
TENDER DULY SIGNED.)
III. ANY COMMENT WHICH THE TENDERER DESIRED TO MAKE IN THE FORM OF A STATEMENT AS BRIEF AS POSSIBLE AND WITH PROPER REFERENCE TO THE ITEMS, CLAUSES AND PAGES OF
THE DOCUMENTS TO WHICH THE COMMENTS PERTAIN.
IV. THE NAME AND ADDRESSES OF THE BANKERS TO THE TENDERER. THE SOLVENCY CERTIFICATE ISSUED BY THESE BANKERS.
V. LATEST INCOME TAX CLEARANCE CERTIFICATE.
VI. COMPLETE SET OF TENDER DRAWINGS WITH SIGNATURE OF THE TENDERER AND SEAL.
VII. WHETHER THE TENDERING FIRM HAS EVER BEEN BLACK LISTED? IF YES, GIVE DETAILS.
VIII. DETAILS OF REGISTRATION WITH NATIONALIZED BANKS / PUBLIC SECTOR UNDERTAKINGS / GOVERNMENT / SEMI GOVERNMENT ORGANIZATIONS.
IX. CERTIFICATE OF PERFORMANCE FROM THEIR PREVIOUS CLIENTS.
X. DETAIL ABOUT CONSTITUTION OF FIRM - WHETHER PROPRIETORSHIP, PARTNERSHIP, PRIVATE PUBLIC LTD CO., COOPERATIVE BODY ETC.
XI. NAME/S OR PROPRIETOR / PARTNERS / DIRECTORS ETC.
XII. REGISTRATION DATE.
XIII. OTHER RELEVANT INFORMATION AS PER ENCLOSED FORMAT.
XIV. PLEASE TAKE A CAREFUL NOTE THAT THE QUOTED TENDER PRICE SHOULD NOT BE INDICATED IN ANY OF THE DOCUMENTS ENCLOSED IN ENVELOPE MARKED FIRST.
XV. THE AFORESAID INFORMATION / DOCUMENT EMD ALONG WITH TENDER DOCUMENTS
(EXCLUDING PRICED TENDER) ISSUED BY THE ARCHITECTS SHOULD BE PUT IN THE ENVELOPE MARKED FIRST IN DUPLICATE AND DULY SIGNED BY THE TENDERER AND SHOULD
(B) ENVELOP MARKED AS SECOND COVER:
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 76 of 151
ENVELOP MARKED SECOND COVER SHALL CONTAIN ONLY PRICE TENDER IN DUPLICATE DULY SIGNED AND
DULY FILLED IN RATES AND AMOUNT IN WORDS AND FIGURES BY THE TENDERER AND SHOULD BE
PROPERLY SEALED.
B. OPENING OF TENDERS:
(A) THE SEALED ENVELOPS MARKED FIRST COVER CONTAINING THE TENDER DOCUMENTS / EMD / OTHER INFORMATION AS MENTIONED IN A PARAGRAPH A (A) ABOVE SHALL BE OPENED IN THE OFFICE OF THE G.M. B.O.B. TOWER , LAW GARDEN, ELLIS BRIDGE, AHMEDABAD CITY REGION.. ON DT. 9/10/09. AT 4 P.M IN PRESENCE OF REPRESENTATIVES OF THE ARCHITECTS AND AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVES
OF TENDERERS WHO CHOOSE TO REMAIN PRESENT.
(B) IF THE EARNEST MONEY DEPOSIT AND OTHER INFORMATION / DOCUMENTS CALLED FOR ARE NOT
FOUND AS PRESCRIBED IN PARAGRAPH A(A) ABOVE, THE TENDER SHALL BE REJECTED.
(C) THE TENDER WHICH IS FOUND SUITABLE TECHNICALLY AS WELL AS FINANCIALLY WHOSE PAST
PERFORMANCE IS FOUND SATISFACTORY TO CARRY OUT WORKS OF SIMILAR NATURE AND MAGNITUDE
AS PER THE DETAILS SUBMITTED BY THEM AND WHO HAVE FULFILLED ALL OTHER REQUIREMENTS AS
MENTIONED IN PARAGRAPH A(A) WILL BE CONSIDERED FOR DISCUSSING CONDITIONS, IF ANY AND THEN PRICED TENDER ENCLOSED IN ENVELOPE MARKED AS SECOND COVER WILL BE OPENED OF SUCH
SELECTED CONTRACTORS. ON DT. 9/10/09 AT 4 P.M THE PRICE BID OF REJECTED TENDERER KEEPING IN VIEW THE FIRST COVER WILL NOT BE OPENED AND E.M.D. WITHOUT INTEREST WILL BE
RETURNED TO THEM AS SOON AS THE BANK TAKES ANY DECISION TO THIS EFFECT.
(D) THE SELECTED CONTRACTORS WILL BE INTIMATED BY THE BANK REGARDING OPENING OT THE SECOND
COVER CONTAINING PRICED TENDER. THE TENDERER OR HIS AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE WHO IS
COMPETENT TO TAKE ON THE SPOT DECISION IN THE MATTER SHOULD BE PRESENT. AFTER DISCUSSING THE CONDITIONS, IF ANY, AND AFTER STANDARDIZING / WITHDRAWING THE CONDITIONS, THE SELECTED CONTRACTORS WILL HAVE TO SUBMIT THEIR OFFER IN A SEPARATE COVER AND SEALED
COVER CONTAINING PRICED TENDER (SUBMITTED EARLIER) WILL BE OPENED SIMULTANEOUSLY.
(E) AFTER OPENING THE ENVELOPE CONTAINING THE OFFER ON THE STANDARDIZED CONDITIONS AND OPENING OF THE PRICED TENDER, NO CORRESPONDENCE / REVISED OFFER WHATSOEVER MAY BE IN
NATURE, WILL BE ENTERTAINED.
(F) THE TENDER SHALL REMAIN OPEN FOR ACCEPTANCE BY THE BANK FOR A PERIOD OF 3 (THREE) MONTHS FROM THE DATE OF OPENING OF THE SECOND COVER CONTAINING THE PRICED TENDER
WHICH MAY BE EXTENDED FURTHER BY MUTUAL AGREEMENT AND THE TENDERER DURING VALIDITY
PERIOD FAILING WHICH EMD WILL BE FORFEITED.
(G) THE TENDERER MUST USE ONLY THE TENDER FORMS/DOCUMENTS ISSUED BY THE BANK. IF GIVEN SPACE FALLS SHORT FOR FURNISHING THE INFORMATION / SEPARATE SHEET MAY BE ADDED DULY
SIGNED BY THE CONTRACTORS.
(H) THE BANK RESERVES THE RIGHT TO REJECT OR SELECT THE TENDER FOR OPENING THE PRICED TENDER AND ALSO THE BANK WILL NOT BE BOUND TO ACCEPT THE LOWEST TENDER AND RESERVE THE
RIGHT TO ACCEPT OR REJECT ANY OR ALL THE TENDERS WITHOUT ASSIGNING ANY REASON
WHATSOEVER.
4. THE SITE FOR WORK SHALL BE MADE AVAILABLE IN PHASES (TWO OR MORE) SO THAT NORMAL FUNCTIONING OF THE BRANCH IS NOT HAMPERED.
5. THE TIME ALLOWED FOR THE COMPLETION OF WORK WILL BE 45 DAYS FROM THE DATE OF ISSUE OF WORK
ORDER.
6. THE CONTRACTOR SHOULD QUOTE IN FIGURES AS WELL AS IN WORDS THE RATE, THE AMOUNT TENDERED BY THEM. THE AMOUNT FOR EACH ITEM SHOULD B WORKED OUT AND REQUISITE TOTALS GIVEN.
7. INTENDING TENDERERS SHALL PAY AS EARNEST MONEY A SUM OF RS.8,000/ BY BANK DRAFT, DRAWN IN THE
NAME THE G.M., B.O.B. TOWER , LAW GARDEN, ELLIS BRIDGE, AHMEDABAD.. PAYABLE AT AHMEDABAD. A TENDER, WHICH IS NOT ACCOMPANIED BY SUCH AN EARNEST MONEY, WILL NOT BE CONSIDERED. THE EARNEST MONEY WILL BE RETURNED TO THE TENDERER IF HIS TENDER IS NOT ACCEPTED, BUT WITHOUT ANY INTEREST.
8. THE CONTRACTOR WHOSE TENDER IS ACCEPTED WILL BE REQUIRED TO FURNISH BY WAY OF SECURITY DEPOSIT
FOR THE DUE FULFILLMENT OF HIS CONTRACT, SUCH SUM AS WILL AMOUNT 2 % OF TOTAL TENDER AMOUNT, INCLUDING EARNEST MONEY DEPOSIT.
9. THE SECURITY DEPOSIT SHALL BE COLLECTED AS DETAILED IN CLAUSE NO 12 (TWELVE) OF THE GENERAL
CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT.
10 THE EMD OF THE CONTRACTOR WHOSE TENDER IS ACCEPTED SHALL BE FORFEITED IN FULL IN CASE HE DOES
NOT SUBMIT THE INITIAL SECURITY DEPOSIT WITHIN THE STIPULATED PERIOD OF START THE WORK BY THE
STIPULATED DATE MENTIONED IN THE AWARD LETTER.
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 77 of 151
11. THE ACCEPTANCE OF THE TENDERER WILL REST WITH THE BANK WHICH DOES NOT BIND ITSELF TO ACCEPT THE
LOWEST TENDER, AND RESERVES TO ITSELF THE AUTHORITY TO REJECT ANY OR ALL THE TENDERS RECEIVED WITHOUT ASSIGNMENT OF A REASON. ALL TENDERS IN WHICH ANY OF THE PRESCRIBED CONDITIONS ARE NOT
FULFILLED OR ARE INCOMPLETE IN ANY RESPECT ARE LIABLE TO BE REJECTED.
12. CANVASSING IN ANY FORM WITH TENDERS IS STRICTLY PROHIBITED AND THE TENDER SUBMITTED BY THE
CONTRACTORS WHO RESORT TO CANVASSING WILL BE LIABLE TO REJECTION.
13. ALL RATES SHALL BE QUOTED IN THE BILL OR QUANTITIES OF THE TENDER ALONE.
14. AN ITEM RATE TENDER CONTAINING PERCENTAGE BELOW / ABOVE WILL BE SUMMARILY REJECTED. HOWEVER
WHERE A TENDERER VOLUNTARILY OFFERS A REBATE FOR PAYMENT WITH IN A STIPULATED PERIOD THIS MAY BE
CONSIDERED.
15. ON ACCEPTANCE OF THE TENDER, THE NAME OF THE ACCREDITED REPRESENTATIVE(S) OF THE CONTRACTOR WHO WOULD RESPONSIBLE FOR TAKING INSTRUCTIONS FROM THE EMPLOYER / ARCHITECT SHALL BE COMMUNICATED TO THE EMPLOYER.
16. SPECIAL CARE SHOULD BE TAKEN TO WRITE THE RATES IN FIGURES AS WELL AS IN WORDS AND THE AMOUNT IN
FIGURES ONLY IN SUCH AS WAY THAT INTERPOLATION IS NOT POSSIBLE. THE TOTAL AMOUNT SHOULD BE WRITTEN
BOTH IN FIGURES AND IN THE WORDS. IN CASE OF FIGURES, THE WORDS "RS." SHOULD BE WRITTEN BEFORE THE
FIGURES OF RUPEES AND WORD "P" AND AFTER THE DECIMAL FIGURE, E.G. RS. 2.15 'P' AND IN CASE OF WORDS
THE WORD 'RUPEES' SHOULD PROCEED AND THE WORD 'PAISE' SHOULD BE WRITTEN AT THE END, UNLESS THE RATE IN WHOLE RUPEES FOLLOWED BY WORDS ONLY IT SHOULD INVARIABLE BE UPTO TWO DECIMAL PLACES. WHILE QUOTING THE RATE IS IN SCHEDULE OF QUANTITIES, THE WORD 'ONLY' SHOULD BE WRITTEN CLOSELY
FOLLOWING THE AMOUNT AND IT SHOULD BE WRITTEN IN THE NEXT LINE.
17. THE BANK DOES NOT BIND ITSELF TO ACCEPT THE LOWEST OR ANY TENDER AND RESERVES TO ITSELF THE RIGHT
OF ACCEPTING THE WHOLE OR ANY PART OF THE TENDER AND THE TENDER SHALL BE BOUND TO PERFORM THE
SAME AT THE RATE QUOTED.
18. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL GIVE THE LIST OF HIS RELATIVES IF ANY WORKING WITH THE BANK ALONG WITH THEIR
DESIGNATIONS ADDRESS.
19. NO EMPLOYEE OF THE BANK IS ALLOWED TO WORK AS A CONTRACTOR FOR A PERIOD OF TWO YEARS OF HIS
RETIREMENT FROM BANK. THIS CONTRACT IS LIABLE TO BE CANCELLED IF EITHER THE CONTRACTOR OR ANY OF HIS EMPLOYEE IS FOUND AT ANY TIME TO BE SUCH A PERSON WHO HAD NOT OBTAINED THE PERMISSION OF THE
BANK, AS AFORESAID BEFORE SUBMISSION OF THE TENDER OR ENGAGEMENT IN THE CONTRACTOR'S SERVICE.
20. THE TENDER SHALL NOT BE WITNESSED BY A CONTRACTOR OR CONTRACTOR WHO HIMSELF / THEMSELVES HAS / HAVE TENDERED FOR THE SAME WORK. FIGURE TO OBSERVE THIS CONDITION WOULD RENDER TENDER OF THE
CONTRACTOR TENDERING AS WELL AS WITNESSING THE TENDER THE TENDER LIABLE TO SUMMARY REJECTION.
21. IT WILL BE OBLIGATORY ON THE PART OF THE TENDERER TO SIGN THE TENDER DOCUMENTS FOR ALL THE
COMPONENT PARTS AND THAT, AFTER THE WORK IS AWARD, HE WILL HAVE TO ENTER IN TO AN AGREEMENT FOR
EACH COMPONENT WITH THE COMPETENT AUTHORITY IN THE BANK.
22. PRICES QUOTED BY THE TENDERER SHOULD INCLUDE ALL TAXES, LOCAL TAXES, OCTROI, SALES TAX, EXCISE DUTY, SALES TAX ON WORK CONTRACT ETC. MATERIALS, LABOUR, DELIVERY, INSTALLATION CHARGES ETC. NO EXTRA WILL BE PAID ON ANY ACCOUNT.
23. PRICES QUOTED BY THE TENDERER SHALL REMAIN FIRM DURING EXECUTION OF THE WORK AND NO ESCALATION
SHALL BE ENTERTAINED ON ACCOUNT OF VARIATION IN THE PRICES OF RAW MATERIALS, LABOUR, TAXES AND ANY GOVERNMENT LEVIES ETC.
24. TENDERER NOT INTERESTED IN EXECUTION OF THE ABOVE WORK SHALL RETURN BLANK TENDER AND DRAWINGS
TOGETHER WITH THEIR COVERING LETTER IN A SEALED ENVELOP AT THE ADDRESS MENTION ABOVE BEFORE LAST
DATE OF SUBMISSION.
25. SALES TAX OR ANY OTHER TAX ON MATERIAL OR ON FINISHED WORK LIKE WORK'S CONTRACT TAX, TURN OVER TAX ETC. IN RESPECT OF THIS CONTRACT SHALL BE PAYABLE BY THE CONTRACTOR AND THE BANK WILL
NOT ENTERTAIN ANY CLAIM WHAT SO EVER IN THIS RESPECT.
26. THE CONTRACTOR HAS TO SUPPLY AND ADHERE TO THE SPECIFIC MAKES AND SPECIFICATIONS OF ALL THE
ITEMS, WHICH ARE MENTIONED BELOW.
27. ALL QUANTITIES INDICATED IN TENDER ARE APPROXIMATE & ARE LIKELY TO CHANGE. CONTRACTOR MUST TAKE
ACTUAL MEASUREMENT AT SITE, BEFORE STARTING THE WORK.
28. BILLING TO BE DONE AS PER ACTUAL MEASUREMENT OF WORK DONE AT SITE.
29. CONTRACTOR TO FURNISH SAMPLE OF VARIOUS ITEMS TO BE USED FOR APPROVAL.
30. RATES QUOTED IN TENDER SHOULD BE INCLUSIVE OF ALL TAXES, TRANSPORTATION, LOADING/UNLOADING ETC.
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 78 of 151
31. WORK HAS TO BE GOT EXECUTED AT SITE IN CO-ORDINATION WITH VARIOUS OTHER AGENCIES.
32. SOME OF THE ABOVE ITEMS MAY NOT BE OPERATED AT ALL. IT WILL BE CLIENT'S / ARCHITECT'S DISCRETION. CONTRACTOR CANNOT CLAIM ANY CHARGES/COMPENSATION FOR NON-OPERATION OF ANY ITEMS.
33. THE CONTRACTORS WOULD USE ALL THE MATERIALS FOR VARIOUS ITEMS STRICTLY AS PER ENCLOSED LIST OF
APPROVED BRANDS AND MAKES AND HE SHOULD JUSTIFY THE PURCHASE OF ALL THE MATERIALS TO THE
ARCHITECT'S AND BANK'S ENGINEER'S SATISFACTION.
34. ALL MEASUREMENT SHOULD BE TAKEN AS PER I.S. 1200.
35. IF THE TENDERER HAS A RELATIVE EMPLOYED IN ANY CAPACITY WITH THE BANK OF BARODA, HE SHALL INFORM
THE AUTHORITY CALLING THE TENDERS OF THE FACT WHEN SUBMITTING HIS TENDER, FAILING WHICH HIS
CONTRACT MAY BE RESCINDED, AND IF THE FACT SUBSEQUENTLY COMES TO LIGHT, HE SHALL BE LIABLE TO MAKE GOOD TO THE EMPLOYER ANY LOSS OF DAMAGE.
36. NO ADDITION OF EXTRA WORK OUTSIDE THE CONTRACT, HOWEVER PATTY, MAY BE CARRIED OUT EXCEPT UNDER
IN ACCORDANCE WITH A DULY EXECUTED AGREEMENT OR ON A SPECIAL WRITTEN AUTHORITY FROM DULY
AUTHORIZED OFFICER OF THE EMPLOYER.
37. NO AGREEMENT IS VALID UNLESS SIGNED BY THE CONTRACTOR OR HIS DULY AUTHORIZED AGENT AND BY A
COMPETENT PERSON ON BEHALF OF THE EMPLOYER.
38. THE AGREEMENT, THE TENDER, INVITATION TO TENDER, INSTRUCTION TO TENDERERS, GENERAL CONDITION
OF CONTRACT, SPECIAL CONDITION CONTRACT, SPECIFICATION, DRAWINGS, TIME SCHEDULES, AND THE RATES AND THE AMOUNT QUOTED AGAINST THE ITEM OF THE TENDER SCHEDULE TOGETHER WITH THE LETTER OF INTENT AWARDING THE WORK SHALL FROM THE CONTRACT. IF THERE IS ANY CONFLICT BETWEEN ANY OF PROVISIONS IN THE
SPECIAL CONDITIONS AND ANY OF OTHER DOCUMENTS REFUND, THE PROVISION IN THE SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT SHALL PREVAIL. SIMILARITY, IF THERE BE ANY DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THE DESCRIPTION IN THE
SPECIFICATION AND DRAWINGS AND WORKS ITEM IN THE SCHEDULE OF QUANTITIES, THE DESCRIPTION IN THE SCHEDULE OF QUANTITIES SHALL PREVAIL.
DATE: SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR WITH SEAL.
PLACE: AHMEDABAD
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 79 of 151
ARTICLES OF AGREEMENT
ARTICLES OF AGREEMENT MADE THIS AT AHMEDABAD. ON THIS ..............DAY OF ..........2009, BETWEEN THE G.M. B.O.B. TOWER , LAW GARDEN, ELLIS BRIDGE, AHMEDABAD.. (HERE IN AFTER CALLED "THE EMPLOYER" OF THE ONE PART), AND NAME : M/S.................................................... (HEREINAFTER CALLED THE CONTRACTOR OF
THE OTHER PART) WHERE AS THE EMPLOYER IS DESIROUS OF HAVING ELECTRICAL & VOICE CABLING WORK AND HAS
CAUSED DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS DESCRIBING THE WORK TO BE DONE AS PREPARED BY CREATIONS - J. R. CHOKSHI, ARCHITECTS AND INTERIOR DESIGNERS, SHYAM KUTIR,B/S GRUH FINANCE,NETAJI ROAD, ELLISHBRIDGE, AHMEDABAD - 06, AS ITS ARCHITECTS AND WHEREAS THE SAID DRAWINGS HAVE BEEN SEEN, THE SPECIFICATIONS AND/OR THE SCHEDULE OF QUANTITIES HAVE BEEN SIGNED BY OR ON BEHALF OF THE PARTNERS HERETO THE CONTRACTOR AND WHEREAS THE CONTRACTOR HAS AGREED TO EXECUTE UPON AND SUBJECT TO ALL CONDITIONS OF
CONTRACT (ALL OF WHICH ARE COLLECTIVELY HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AS "THE SAID CONDITIONS") THE WORK
SHOWN UPON THE SAID DRAWING AND/OR DESCRIBED IN THE SAID SPECIFICATIONS AND INCLUDED IN THE SAID SCHEDULE OF QUANTITIES AT THE RESPECTIVE RATES MENTIONED IN THE PRICED SCHEDULE OF QUANTITIES OF RS.
……………………. (RUPEES: ……………………………………………………….) AND WHERE AS THE
CONTRACTOR HAS DEPOSITED RS. /- (RUPEES: RUPEES ONLY) WITH THE
EMPLOYER/ CONSULTANTS FOR THE DUE PERFORMANCE OF HIS AGREEMENT.
NOW IT IS HEREBY AGREED AS FOLLOWS
1. IN CONSIDERATION OF THE SAID CONTRACT AMOUNT TO BE PAID AT THE TIME AND IN THE MANNER SET FORTH IN
THE SAID CONDITIONS EXECUTE AND COMPLETE THE WORK SHOWN UPON THE SAID DRAWINGS AND DESCRIBED IN
THE SAID SPECIFICATIONS AND THE SCHEDULE OF QUANTITIES, EITHER IN WHOLE OR IN PART.
2. THE EMPLOYER SHALL PAY THE CONTRACTOR THE SAID CONTRACT AMOUNT OR SUCH OTHER SUM AS SHALL
BECOME PAYABLE AT THE TIME AND IN THE MANNER HEREINAFTER SPECIFIED IN THE SAID CONDITIONS.
3. THE TERM "THE ARCHITECTS" IN THE SAID CONDITIONS SHALL MEAN THE SAID CREATIONS - J. R. CHOKSHI, ARCHITECTS AND INTERIOR DESIGNERS, SHYAM KUTIR, B/S GRUH FINANCE,NETAJI ROAD, ELLISHBRIDGE, AHMEDABAD -06. ARCHITECTS AND INTERIOR DESIGNERS, OR IN THE EVENT OF THEIR DEATH OR CEASING TO BE THE ARCHITECTS FOR THE PURPOSE OF THIS CONTRACT, SUCH OTHER PERSON OR PERSONS AS SHALL BEING A NOMINATED FOR THE PURPOSE BY THE EMPLOYER NOT BEING A PERSON TO WHOM THE CONTRACTOR SHALL
OBJECT FOR REASONS (MAINTAINED IN SAID CONDITIONS) CONSIDERED TO BE SUFFICIENT BY THE EMPLOYER. PROVIDED ALWAYS THAT NO PERSON OR PERSONS SUBSEQUENTLY APPOINTED TO BE ARCHITECTS UNDER THIS
CONTRACT SHALL BE ENTITLED DISREGARD OR OVERRULE ANY PREVIOUS DECISION OR APPROVAL OR DIRECTION
GIVEN OR EXPRESSED IN WRITING BY THE ARCHITECT FOR THE TIME BEING.
4. THE SAID CONDITIONS AND APPENDIX SHALL BE READ AND CONSTRUED AS FORMING PART OF THIS AGREEMENT
AND THE PARTIES HERETO SHALL RESPECTIVELY ABIDE BY TO SUBMIT THEMSELVES TO THE CONDITIONS AND
PERFORM THE RESPECTIVE AGREEMENTS ON THEIR PART AS CONTAINED IN THE SAID CONDITIONS CONTAINED.
5. THE STRUCTURAL CONSULTANT REFERS TO CREATIONS - J. R. CHOKSHI, OR APPOINTED BY HIM.
6. THE PLANS, AGREEMENTS AND DOCUMENTS MENTIONED HEREIN SHALL FORM THE BASIS OF THIS CONTRACT.
7. THE CONTRACT IS NEITHER A FIXED LUMP SUM CONTRACT NOR A PIECE WORK CONTRACT, BUT IS A CONTRACT TO CARRY OUT WORK IN RESPECT OF THE ELECTRICAL & VOICE CABLING WORK ITEMS OF BANK OF BARODA AHMEDABAD BRANCH AND ALSO SOME ADDITION AND ALTERATION WORKS TO BE PAID FOR ACCORDING TO
ACTUAL MEASURED QUANTITIES AT THE RATES CONTAINED IN THE SCHEDULE OF RATES AND PROBABLE
QUANTITIES AS PROVIDED IN THE SAID CONDITIONS.
8. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL AFFORD EVERY REASONABLE FACILITY FOR THE CARRYING OUT OF THE ALL WORKS
RELATING TO ELECTRICAL VOICE & DATA CABLING WORK ITEMS OF BANK OF BARODA, ASTODIA BRANCH,
AHMEDABAD, GUJARAT.. INSTALLATION OF LIFTS, TELEPHONE, ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION FITTINGS, AIR-CONDITIONING AND OTHER ANCILLARY WORKS IN THE MANNER LAID DOWN IN THE SAID CONDITIONS, AND SHALL MAKE GOOD ANY DAMAGE DONE TO WALLS, FLOORS ETC., AFTER THE COMPLETION OF HIS WORK.
9. THE EMPLOYER RESERVES TO ITSELF THE RIGHT OF ALTERING THE DRAWING AND NATURE OF THE WORK BY THE
ADDING TO OR OMITTING ANY ITEM OF WORK OR HAVING PORTIONS OF THE SAME CARRIED OUT WITHOUT
PREJUDICE TO THIS CONTRACT.
10. THE EMPLOYER THROUGH THE ARCHITECT AND CIVIL ENGINEERS RESERVES TO HIMSELF THE RIGHT OF
ALTERING THE DRAWING AND NATURE OF THE WORK OF HAVING PORTIONS OF THE SAME CARRIED OUR
WITHOUT PREJUDICES TO THIS CONTRACT.
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 80 of 151
11. THE SAID CONDITIONS SHALL BE READ AND CONSTRUED AS FORMING PART OF THIS AGREEMENT AND THE
PARTIES HERETO WILL RESPECTIVELY ABIDE BY TO SUBMIT THEMSELVES TO THE CONDITIONS AND STIPULATIONS
AND PERFORM THE AGREEMENTS OF THEIR PARTS, RESPECTIVELY IN SUCH CONDITIONS CONTAINED.
12. TIME SHALL BE CONSIDERED AS THE ESSENCE OF THIS AGREEMENT AND THE CONTRACTOR HEREBY AGREES TO
COMMENCE THE WORK SOON AFTER THE SITE IS HANDED OVER TO HIM OF FROM ISSUE OF FORMAL WORK OVER
AS PROVIDED FOR IN THE SAID CONDITIONS. WHICHEVER IS LATE AND TO COMPLETE THE ENTIRE WORK WITHIN
25 DAYS SUBJECT NEVER THE LESS TO PROVISIONS FOR EXTENSION OF TIME.
13. ALL PAYMENTS BY THE EMPLOYER UNDER THIS CONTRACT WILL BE MADE ONLY AT AHMEDABAD.
14. ALL DISPUTES ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE
ARISEN IN AHMEDABAD AND ONLY THE COURTS IN AHMEDABAD SHALL HAVE JURISDICTION TO DETERMINE THE
SAME.
15. THE SEVERAL PARTS OF THIS CONTRACT HAVE BEEN READ AND FULLY UNDERSTOOD BY THE CONTRACTOR. IN WITNESS WHEREOF THE EMPLOYER IF THE CONTRACTOR HAVE SET PARTNERSHIP OR AND THEIR RESPECTIVE HANDS TO THESE INDIVIDUAL. PRESENTS AND TWO DUPLICATES HERE OF THE DAY AND YEAR FIRST HERE IN
ABOVE WRITTEN.
IN WITNESS WHERE OF THE PARTIES HEREOF THE EMPLOYER IF THE CONTRACTOR IS HAS SET ITS HAND TO THESE
COMPANY.
PRESENTS ITS DULY AUTHORIZED OFFICIAL AND THE CONTRACTOR HAS CAUSED ITS COMMON SEAL TO BE
AFFIXED HEREUNTO AND THE SAID TWO DUPLICATES/ HAS CAUSED THESE PRESENTS AND THE SAID TWO
DUPLICATES HEREOF TO BE EXACTED ON ITS BEHALF, THE DAY AND YEAR FIRST HEREIN ABOVE WRITTEN.
SIGNATURE CLAUSE
SIGNED AND DELIVERED BY THE
HAND OF SHRI BY THE
(NAME AND DESIGNATION)
IN THE PRESENCE OF :
1.
ADDRESS
WITNESS :
IF THE PARTY IS A PARTNERSHIP FIRM OR AN INDIVIDUAL SHOULD BE SIGNED BY ALL OR ON
BEHALF OF ALL THE PARTNERS.
SIGNED AND DELIVERED BY
IN THE PRESENCE OF:
2.
ADDRESS
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 81 of 151
WITNESS :
THE COMMON SEAL OF
WE HEREUNTO AFFIXED PURSUANT TO THE RESOLUTIONS PASSED BY ITS BOARD OF DIRECTORS AT
THE MEETING HELD ON IN THE PRESENCE OF
1.
2.
IF THE CONTRACTOR SIGNS UNDER ITS COMMON SEAL, THE SIGNATURE CLAUSE DIRECTORS WHO
HAVE SIGNED THESE PRESENTS IN THE ARTICLES OF IN TAKEN THERE OF IN THE PRESENCE OF :
ASSOCIATION.
1.
2.
IF THE CONTRACTOR IS SIGNING BY THE HAND OF POWER OF ATTORNEY, WHETHER
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 82 of 151
GENERAL CONDITIONS
(1) SEALED TENDERS SHOULD BE ADDRESSED TO THE G.M. B.O.B. TOWER , LAW GARDEN, ELLIS BRIDGE,
Ahmedabad city Regional office. AND SUPERSCRIPTED
NAME OF WORK : ELECTRIFICATION VOICE & DATA CABLING WORKS OF ASTODIA BRANCH,
AHMEDABAD, GUJARAT AHMEDABAD AND SHOULD REACH THE BANK BEFORE 3:00 PM ON DT. 09/2009
NO TENDERS WILL BE CONSIDERED RECEIVED AFTER 3.00 P.M. ON DT.9/10/09 AND THE TENDERS
TECHNICAL BID OPEN ON DT.9/10/09AT 4. PM & PRICE BID ON DT.9/10/09 WILL BEAT 4.30 P.M.
UNLESS OTHERWISE INFORMED.
(2) THE TENDERS WILL REMAIN VALID FOR A PERIOD OF 3 MONTHS FROM THE DATE OF OPENING OF
TENDERS. BANK RESERVES THE RIGHT TO ACCEPT OR REJECT ANY OR ALL THE TENDERS WITHOUT
ASSIGNING ANY REASON TO DO SO. BANK DOES NOT BIND ITSELF FOR ACCEPTING THE LOWEST TENDER.
(3) AT THE TIME OF SUBMISSION EVERY TENDER MUST BE ACCOMPANIED BY A DEMAND DRAFT ONLY IN
FAVOR OF THE D.G.M. B.O.B. TOWER , LAW GARDEN, ELLIS BRIDGE, AHMEDABAD. AS EARNEST MONEY. NO INTEREST WILL BE PAID ON EARNEST MONEY. ANY TENDER WHICH IS NOT ACCOMPANIED BY
THE EARNEST MONEY SHALL BE REJECTED.
(4) THE TENDERS SHOULD QUOTE THE RATES IN FIGURES AS WELL AS IN WORDS. (5) ALL ERASURES, CORRECTIONS AND ALTERATIONS MADE WHILE INITIALS OF TENDERER MUST ATTEST
FILLING THE TENDER. OVERWRITING OF THE FIGURES IS NOT PERMITTED.
(6) THE EARNEST MONEY OF THE SUCCESSFUL TENDER SHALL BE ADJUSTED IN THE SECURITY DEPOSIT.
(7) THE BANK RESERVES THE RIGHT TO REJECT ANY OR ALL THE TENDERS, ACCEPT PART OF ANY TENDER OR ENTRUST THE ENTIRE WORK TO ANY CONTRACTOR OR DIVIDE THE WORK TO MORE THAN ONE
CONTRACTOR (ITEM WISE) WITHOUT ASSIGNING ANY REASON OR GIVING ANY EXPLANATION. THE RATES QUOTED BY THE CONTRACTOR WILL HOLD GOOD FOR THIS BIFURCATION AND NO COMPENSATION WILL BE
PAID ON THIS ACCOUNT.
(8) JOINT TENDERS SHALL NOT BE CONSIDERED.
(9) WITHIN 7 DAYS OF RECEIPT OF INTIMATION REGARDING ACCEPTANCE OF HIS TENDER BY THE BANK, THE TENDERER SHOULD SEND HIS ACCEPTANCE OF THE WORK ORDER IN WRITING. IF THE TENDER DOES NOT DO THAT, OR DOES NOT START THE WORK WITHIN 7 DAYS OF SUCH INTIMATION TO HIM OR FAILS TO GIVE
JUSTIFIED REASONS NOT TO DO SO, ACCEPTANCE OF HIS TENDER WOULD BE WITH DRAWN AND EARNEST
MONEY DEPOSIT WOULD BE LIABLE TO BE FORFEITED.
(10) THE RATES QUOTED IN THE TENDER SHALL INCLUDE ALL CHARGES OF SCAFFOLDING, LIFT, ANY TOOLS AND PLANTS RAILWAY FREIGHT LABOUR CONDITIONS AND FLUCTUATION IN THE RATES, EXCISE DUTY, SALES TAX, OCTROI AND ANY OTHER TAXES OR EXPENDITURE FOR CARRYING OUT THE WORK.
(11) THE CONTRACTOR WILL ARRANGE FOR WATER AND ELECTRICITY FOR COMPLETING THE WORK. IN CASE
WATER AND ELECTRICITY ARE ALREADY AVAILABLE AT THE SITE, THE BANK WILL PROVIDE THE SAME AND
RS. NIL WILL BE DEDUCTED FROM THE BILL.
(12) NO ESCALATION IN RATES WILL BE ALLOWED UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES.
(13) THE SUCCESSFUL TENDERER IS BOUND TO CARRY OUT ENTIRE WORK WITHIN THE PERIOD STIPULATED IN
THE APPENDIX. THE TENDERER WILL HAVE TO PAY LIQUIDATED DAMAGES FOR NON-COMPLETION OF JOB
WITHIN STIPULATED PERIOD AT THE RATE OF RS. …….. PER DAY AFTER EXPIRY OF PERIOD OF COMPLETION SUBJECT TO MAXIMUM OF 10 % OF THE CONTRACT VALUE.
(14) THE LIQUIDATED DAMAGES AS MENTIONED ABOVE MAY NOT BE REFACED IF THE CONTRACTOR APPLIES SUFFICIENTLY IN ADVANCE FOR EXTENSION OF TIME MENTIONING THE UNAVOIDABLE REASONS FOR
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 83 of 151
EXTENSION. THE BANK SHALL, IF IN ITS OPINION (WHICH SHALL BE FINAL AND BIDING UPON THE
CONTRACTOR) FINDS GENUINE REASONS SHOWN BY THE CONTRACTOR FOR SUCH REQUEST, GRANT SUITABLE EXTENSION IN TIME, LIMIT. ANY CLAIM FOR DAMAGE OR COMPENSATION IN RELATION THERE TO BY CONTRACTOR IS NOT PERMISSIBLE. ALSO OTHER TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT WILL
REMAIN UNALTERED IN THE EXTENDED PERIOD.
(15) THE SUCCESSFUL TENDERER IS BOUND TO CARRY OUT ITEMS OF WORK NECESSARY FOR COMPLETION
OF JOB EVEN THOUGH THE SAME ARE NOT INCLUDED IN THE SCHEDULE OF QUANTITY. RATES OF EXTRA
ITEMS WILL BE DERIVED FROM THE TENDER. IN CASE THE RATES DO NOT EXIST IN THE TENDER AND EXTRA ITEM IS NOT SIMILAR TO TENDER TIME, THEN THE RATES WILL BE WORKED OUT ON SIMILAR TO
TENDER ITEM, THEN THE RATES WILL BE WORKED OUT ON ACTUAL COST OF MATERIAL AND LABOUR, ANY OTHER EXPENDITURE FOR COMPLETING THAT WORK PLUS 10 % TOWARDS CONTRACTOR’S PROFIT & OVERHEADS. FOR THIS CONTRACTOR MUST SUBMIT THE RATE ANALYSIS SUPPORTED BY ORIGINAL
VOUCHERS FOR PURCHASE AND LABOUR.
(16) THE CONTRACTOR MUST CO-OPERATE WITH OTHER CONTRACTORS APPOINTED BY THE BANK SO THAT
ENTIRE WORK SHALL PROCEED SMOOTHLY WITH LEAST POSSIBLE DELAY AND TO THE SATISFACTION OF
THE BANK.
(17) THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE ALL RUBBISH ETC. OUT OF SITE/PREMISES WASH AND CLEAN THE
FLOORS AND HAND OVER THE SITE IN PROPER AND TIDY CONDITION NON-THE COMPLETION OF WORK.
(18) THE TENDERER SHALL ACQUAINT HIMSELF WITH THE SITE CONDITIONS MAKING HIS OWN ARRANGEMENT FOR STORING OF MATERIAL AT SITE, LIFT, CARTAGE ETC.
(19) CONTRACTOR SHALL BE PREPARED TO WORK AT TIMES CONVENIENT TO THE BANK. NO CHARGES SHALL
BE PAID FOR THE SAME.
(20) 8 % PERCENT OF THE VALUE OF WORK DONE SHALL BE DEDUCTED AS SECURITY DEPOSIT FROM THE
BILLS OF THE CONTRACTOR, OF THE SAME SHALL BE RELEASED AFTER THE DEFECTS LIABILITY PERIOD, PROVIDED NO DEFECTS ARE NOTICED DURING THE PERIOD. THE SECURITY DEPOSIT INCLUDES EARNEST MONEY DEPOSITED BY THE CONTRACTOR WITH THE TENDER. HOWEVER SECURITY DEPOSIT DOES NOT
CARRY ANY INTEREST.
(21) THE CONTRACTOR WILL ATTEND TO ALL DEFECTS NOTICED FAILS TO ATTEND DURING DEFECT LIABILITY
PERIOD. IF THE CONTRACTOR FAILS TO ATTEND THE DEFECTS WITHIN A REASONABLE TIME THE BANK
WILL RECTIFY THESE DEFECTS AND THE EXPENDITURE INCURRED ON THIS ACCOUNT WILL BE RECOVERED
FROM SECURITY DEPOSIT, OR ANY OTHER MONEY DUE ON TO TIME.
(22) THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE ADEQUATE ARRANGEMENT FOR WATCH AND WARD OF HIS MATERIAL AND
SHALL ENSURE THE SAFETY, BREAKAGE AND ANY THEFT OF MATERIAL FIXED OR UNFIXED BY HIM OR
OTHER SUBCONTRACTORS.
(23) THE WORK EXECUTED SHOULD BE GOT APPROVED BY THE BANK AND CONTRACTOR SHALL RECTIFY ANY
BAD WORKMANSHIP POINTED OUT AT ANY STAGE AND REMOVE FROM SITE ALL THE REJECTED MATERIAL
IMMEDIATELY.
(24) THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR APPLICATION OF LABOUR LAWS, COMPENSATION FOR INJURY AND ACCIDENT TO PERSON, WHETHER EMPLOYED BY HIS OR BY SUB-CONTRACTOR.
(25) THE CONTRACTOR WILL TAKE NECESSARY PRECAUTIONS FOR CARRYING OUT THE WORK AVOIDING ANY
DAMAGE TO FIXED OR LOOSE FURNITURE, STRUCTURES/DECORATIVE PARTS OF THE PROPERTY. THE CONTRACTOR WILL RECTIFY ANY DAMAGES DONE AT HIS COST.
(26) THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ENSURE THAT WORKMEN EMPLOYED BY HIM FOR EXECUTION OF WORK ARE
SUITABLY COVERED AGAINST WORKMEN’S COMPENSATION ACT AND THAT ALL LIABILITIES ARISING OUT OF WORKMEN’S COMPENSATION ACT, ESIS AND OTHER LEGISLATIVE ENACTMENTS APPLICABLE TO SUCH WORKS AND WORKMEN SHALL BE TO THE CONTRACTOR’S ACCOUNT.
(27) THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INFORM THE BANK TO CHECK QUALITY/MEASUREMENTS OF ANY WORK, WHICH
IS LIKELY TO BE HIDDEN BEFORE COVERING.
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 84 of 151
(28) THE CONTRACTOR WILL SUBMIT RUNNING BILLS FOR THE VALUE OF WORK DONE NOT LESS THAN INTERIM
PAYMENTS (AS MENTIONED IN THE APPENDIX) MENTIONING FULL NOMENCLATURES OF ITEMS, RATES, AMOUNT, MEASUREMENTS SHEETS, REASONS FOR PART RATES CLAIMED, IF ANY.
(29) IN CASE OF NON-COMPLETION OR DELAY IN COMPLETION OF WORK OR REMOVAL OF DEFECTS IN TIME,
THE BANK SHALL BE FREE TO APPOINT ANOTHER AGENCY TO GET THE JOB DONE AT CONTRACTOR’S RISK AND COST.
(30) IN COME-TAX AT THE RATE OF 2.16% (OR APPLICABLE RATE) OF THE BILL AMOUNT WILL BE DEDUCTED
AT SOURCE FROM THE CONTRACTOR’S BILL AND WILL BE DEPOSITED WITH THE I.T.O AS PER RULES.
(31) THE BANK MAY DELAY THE PROGRESS OF WORK WITHOUT, IN ANY WAY, VITIATING THE CONTRACT AND GRANT SUCH EXTENSION OF TIME FOR THE COMMENCEMENT/COMPLETION OF THE CONTRACT AS IT MAY
THINK PROPER AND SUFFICIENT IN CONSEQUENCE OF SUCH DELAY AND THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT
MAKE CLAIM FOR COMPENSATION OR DAMAGE IN RELATION THERE OF.
(32) THE CONTRACTOR WILL NOT EXECUTE ANY EXTRA ITEM WITHOUT BANK’S PERMISSION IN WRITING.
(33) THE QUANTITIES MENTIONED IN THE SCHEDULE OF QUANTITIES ARE APPROXIMATE. PAYMENT WILL BE ON
ACTUAL WORK DONE BY THE CONTRACTOR. HOWEVER THE CONTRACTOR SHOULD NOT DEVIATE THE
QUANTITY WITHOUT BANK’S PERMISSION.
(34) CONDITIONAL TENDERS QUOTED BY THE TENDER ARE LIABLE TO BE REJECTED.
(35) THE BANK HAS A RIGHT TO ALTER THE NATURE OF WORK AND TO ADD OR OMIT ANY ITEMS OF WORK OR
TO HAVE THE OPTION OF THE SAME CARRIED OUT DEPARTMENTALLY OR OTHERWISE AND SUCH
ALTERNATIONS OR VARIATIONS SHALL BE CARRIED OUT WITHOUT PREJUDICE TO THIS CONTRACT.
(36) THE BANK HAS A RIGHT TO TERMINATE THE CONTRACT, IF THE CONTRACTOR ABANDONS THE WORK, OR FAILS TO COMMENCE AND COMPLETE THE WORK IN TIME, OR FAILS TO ABIDE BY THE CONTRACT CONDITIONS.
(37) MEASUREMENT FOR ALL ITEMS SHALL BE TAKEN AS PER ACTUAL WORK DON AND NO CLAIM FOR ANY
WASTAGE IN ALL MATERIAL SHALL BE CONSIDERED.
(38) CONTRACTOR MUST QUOTE BALANCED RATES AS QUANTITIES MENTIONED IN THE TENDER ARE
APPROXIMATE AND MAY VARY TO ANY EXTENT, NO EXTRA RATES SHALL BE GIVEN ON THIS ACCOUNT.
(39) ALL THE ELECTRICAL WORK SHALL CONFIRM TO RELEVANT ISI. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL
NECESSARY TEST CERTIFICATES REQUIRED BY THE BANK.
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 85 of 151
SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT: -
1. TENDERER SHALL GO THROUGH ALL DOCUMENTS BEFORE QUOTING RATES, & PROVIDE FOR NECESSARY COST AS MAY BE INCLUDE IN EITHER BILL OR MATERIAL OF SPECIFICATIONS.
2. TENDERER SHALL GIVE PRICES IN BLANK COLUMN. ENTRIES IN ENGLISH SHALL BE MADE IN INK. TO ARRIVE AT THE GRAND TOTAL MUST ALSO FILL IN ALL “RATE ONLY COLUMNS” AND SIGN ALL CORRECTIONS.
3. TENDERS SHALL BE INVALID UNLESS ALL RATES ARE FILLED IN. NO EXTRA CONDITIONS SHALL BE SUBMITTED. TENDERS SHALL SIGNED BY ALL THE LEGAL PARTNERS OF THE FIRM.
4. THE TENDERER SHALL SIGN EACH PAGE OF THE TENDER DOCUMENTS. 5. THE TENDERER WHOSE TENDER IS ACCEPTED SHALL BE BOUND TO IMPLEMENT THE CONTRACT WITHIN EIGHT
DAYS OF INTIMATION FORM ARCHITECT. 6. WORK SHALL BE DONE NIGHT & DAY WITHOUT EXTRA CHARGE, IF NECESSARY. 7. TENDERER SHALL PROVIDE FOR STACKING MATERIALS IN SUCH A WAY AS TO FACILITATE RAPID CHECKING OF
QUANTITIES. 8. MATERIALS SUPPLIED BY OWNER SHALL BE USED ONLY IN OWNER’S SITE. 9. CONTRACTORS SHALL PAY ANY LOCAL CHARGES RELATING TO EXECUTION OF WORK. 10. THE RATE QUOTED BY CONTRACTOR IS INCLUDING WASTAGES. 11. CONTRACTORS SHALL ARRANGE FOR ALL TEMPORARY CONNECTIONS. 12. NO EXTRA SHALL BE PAID FOR VARIATION IN THE QUANTITY. QUANTITY SHEETS & DRAWINGS BOTH ARE TO
BE CONSIDERED JOINTLY AND ARCHITECT/BANK’S ENGINEER IS THE FINAL AUTHORITY FOR THE
INTERPRETATION. 13. SITE INSTRUCTION SHALL BE DEEMED SUFFICIENT FOR PROPER EXECUTION, AND SHALL BE CARRIED OUT
WITHOUT EXTRA CHARGE. 14. ORDER BOOK WITH NUMBERED PAGES SHALL BE KEPT ON SITE. CONTRACTOR SHALL CARRY OUT ALL
INSTRUCTIONS PROPERLY. 15. CONTRACTORS SHALL INSURE WHOLE WORK AGAINST FIRE, PIC & THIRD PARTY.
16. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT SAMPLES OF OR FOR THE APPROVAL OF THE ARCHITECT/BANK BEFORE
COMMENCING THE BULK OF WORK. THE REST OF THE WORK SHALL BE COMPLETED ONLY ON THE EXPRESS
APPROVAL OF THE ARCHITECT.
17. THE MENTIONED SPECIFICATIONS TO BE APPLICABLE FOR ALL THE TENDER ITEMS WHETHER MENTIONED OR
NOT MENTIONED IN THE INDIVIDUAL ITEM DESCRIPTION.
18. PRICES QUOTED BY THE TENDERER SHALL REMAIN FIRM DURING EXECUTION OF THE WORK AND NO
ESCALATION SHALL BE ENTERTAINED ON ACCOUNT OF VARIATION IN THE PRICES OF RAW MATERIALS,
LABOUR, TAXES AND ANY GOVERNMENT LEVIES ETC.
19. SALES TAX OR ANY OTHER TAX ON MATERIAL OR ON FINISHED WORK LIKE WORK'S CONTRACT TAX, TURN
OVER TAX ETC. IN RESPECT OF THIS CONTRACT SHALL BE PAYABLE BY THE CONTRACTOR AND THE BANK WILL
NOT ENTERTAIN ANY CLAIM WHAT SO EVER IN THIS RESPECT.
20. ALL QUANTITIES INDICATED IN TENDER ARE APPROXIMATE & ARE LIKELY TO CHANGE. CONTRACTOR MUST
TAKE ACTUAL MEASUREMENT AT SITE, BEFORE STARTING THE WORK.
21. BILLING TO BE DONE AS PER ACTUAL MEASUREMENT OF WORK DONE AT SITE.
22. WORK HAS TO BE GOT EXECUTED AT SITE IN CO-ORDINATION WITH VARIOUS OTHER AGENCIES.
23. THE CONTRACTORS WOULD USE ALL THE MATERIALS FOR VARIOUS ITEMS STRICTLY AS PER ENCLOSED LIST
OF APPROVED BRANDS AND MAKES AND HE SHOULD JUSTIFY THE PURCHASE OF ALL THE MATERIALS TO THE
ARCHITECT'S AND BANK'S ENGINEER'S SATISFACTION.
24. THE CONTRACTOR IS INSTRUCTED OF GET APPROVAL OF ALL THE MATERIAL, FIXTURES, COLOR AND SHADE
BEFORE STARTING THE WORK. IF REQUIRED, HE SHOULD PROVIDE DIFFERENT SAMPLE OF MATERIALS FOR
APPROVAL, BEFORE EXECUTION OF WORK.
25. CONTRACTOR IS STRICTLY INSTRUCTED TO GET IT APPROVED THE SAMPLES OF EACH AND EVERY ITEM
BEFORE PUTTING THE FINISHING MATERIAL ON IT.
26. NO CHANGES IN THE DESIGN SHOULD BE DONE WITHOUT ANY DISCUSSION WITH THE ARCHITECT AND FOR
ANY CLARIFICATION, THE ARCHITECTS MAY BE CONTACTED.
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 86 of 151
27. IF THE TENDERER HAS A RELATIVE EMPLOYED IN ANY CAPACITY WITH THE BANK OF BARODA, HE SHALL
INFORM THE AUTHORITY CALLING THE TENDERS OF THE FACT WHEN SUBMITTING HIS TENDER, FAILING WHICH
HIS CONTRACT MAY BE RESCINDED, AND IF THE FACT SUBSEQUENTLY COMES TO LIGHT, HE SHALL BE LIABLE
TO MAKE GOOD TO THE EMPLOYER ANY LOSS OF DAMAGE.
28. IF EXTRA ITEMS ARE TO BE EXECUTED THE RATE WILL BE PAID ON ACTUAL COST OF MATERIAL AND LABOUR
AND ADDITIONAL 10% AS CONTRACTOR’S PROFIT, THE RATE FOR EXTRA ITEMS GIVEN BY ARCHITECT WOULD
BE FINAL.
29. WORK SHALL BE CARRIED OUT AS PER SPECIFICATIONS IN TENDER SCHEDULES / C.P.W.D SPECIFICATION
1977 VOLUME I & II & ALONG WITH THE LATEST CORRECTION SLIPS AND THE RELEVANT INDIAN STANDARD
CODES OF PRACTICE & OF AS SPECIFIED BY THE ARCHITECT. IN CASE OF DOUBTS THE DECISION OF THE
BANK. SHALL BE FINAL AND BINDING ON THE CONTRACTOR.
30. THE GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT AND STANDARD CONTRACT FORM OF THE WORK WILL BE
FOLLOWED AS PER CIRCULAR NO. ADV/ © /GEN-53/71/CIR/ 103-73 DATED 6TH FEBRUARY 1973 ISSUED
BY THE BUREAU OF PUBLIC ENTERPRISES, MINISTRY OF FINANCE WITH LATEST MODIFICATIONS AND AS
AMENDED BY BANK. IN THEIR PAINT WORK PROCEDURE TO SUIT THEIR REQUIREMENT.
31. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY DAMAGE TO THE PROPERTY OF THE BANK EQUIPMENT OR
STRUCTURE INJURY TO PERSONNEL DURING THE PROGRESS OF THE WORK AND HE SHALL BE LIABLE TO PAY
SUCH COMPENSATION OR MAY BE DECIDED BY THE ENGINEER-IN CHARGE IN RESPECT OF SUCH DAMAGES/
INJURIES. THE CONTRACTOR SHOULD RECTIFY THE DAMAGES AT HIS COST OF ENTIRE SATISFACTION OF THE
ARCHITECT / BANK ENGINEER.
32. THE SERVICEABLE MATERIALS OUT OF THE DISMANTLED MATERIALS WILL BE PROPERTY OF BANK/ EMPLOYER
AND SHALL BE PROPERLY STREAKED BY THE CONTRACTORS AS DIRECTED BY THE ENGINEER-IN-CHARGE ON
THE SERVICEABILITY ON THE CONTRACTOR.
33. ALL LABOUR EMPLOYED BY THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE COVERED BY WORKS MEN’S COMPENSATION ACT.
ANY DEATH, INJURY OF MISHAP TO THE WORKMAN OF THE CONTRACTOR WILL ENTIRELY BE AT THE
CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITY AND BANK / EMPLOYER SHALL NOT BE LIABLE TO PAY ANY DAMAGES FOR
THE SAME.
SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR WITH SEAL
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 87 of 151
APPENDIX REFERED TO IN THE GENERAL CONDITIONS
1. DEFECTS LIABILITY PERIOD : 12 MONTHS 2. DATE OF COMMENCEMENT : IMMEDIATELY FROM THE DATE OF ISSUE
OF LETTER AWARDING THE JOB.
3. DATE OF COMPLETION : 45 DAYS FROM ISSUE OF LETTER OF INTENT.
4. STIPULATED PERIOD FOR : 45 DAYS
COMPLETION
5. MINIMUM VALUE OF WORK DONE : RS. 2,00,000/- FOR INTERIM PAYMENT
6. INTERIM PAYMENT : RS. 2,00,000/-
7. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES FOR NON- : 1% OF TOTAL AMOUNT OF WORK PER WEAK SUBJECT TO A COMPLETION OF WORK WITHIN MAXIMUM OF 10% OF TOTAL COST STIPULATED PERIOD OF WORK DONE.
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 88 of 151
LIST OF APPROVED MAKE
ALL MATERIAL USED SHALL BE FIA & BIS APPROVED.
SR. NO.
ITEMS MAKES RECOMMENDED
1 RIGID PVC CONDUIT MEDIUM GAUGE WALL THICKNESS ISI & FIA APPROVED & MANUFACTURED FROM VIRGIN MATERIAL. PRECISION PLASTIC
INDUSTRIES, NIHIR, AKC.
2 ACCESSORIES FOR CONDUIT SAME MAKE AS OF PIPE.
3 FLEXIBLE COPPER WIRES R.R.KABLE, FINOLEX (FRLS TYPE ONLY)
4 SWITCHES MK (LOGIC), CRABTREE, ANCHOR WOODS
5 MCBS /ELCBS /ELMCBS MDS (LEXIC), SCHNEIDER MG (MUTI 9)
6 DISTRIBUTION BOARDS MDS (LEXIC), SCHNEIDER MG (MUTI 9)
MCB & DISTRIBUTION BOARDS MUST BE OF SAME MAKE ONLY.
7 TELEPHONE WIRES FINOLEX, DELTON, AT&T AS PER ITD S/WS-113 B
8 PVC TAPE STEEL GRIP, ANCHOR
9 MAIN CABLES DOWN STREAM UP TO 35 SQ. MM
PVC XLPE ARMOURED CABLE FOR 1.1 KV AS PER ISI 1554 FINOLEX, HAVELLS, TORRENT, POLYCAB
10 BRANCHED CABLE DOWNSTREAM
FROM 35 SQ.MM FINOLEX, HAVELLS, TORRENT, POLYCAB
11 GLANDS COMPRESSION TYPE, HEAVY DUTY AND DEEP THREADING WITH
RUBBER RING AND DOUBLE WASHERS. (SAMPLE TO BE APPROVED) HMI
12 CABLE LUAS DOWELLS, 3-D. (LONG NECK)
13 MATAL CLAD PLUGS MDS, BHARTIA C.H. FOR THREE PHASE.
14 CONNECTORS TECHNOPLAST, PORCELAIN.
15 BUTTON HOLDER, ANGLE HOLDER, CEILINA ROSE
ANCHOR.CPL
16 M.S. BOXES FABRICATED OUT OF 14 GAUGE CONTINUOUSLY WELDED (SAMPLE TO BE APPROVED) WITH POWDER COATING
17 TELEPHONE TAG BLOCK KRONE.
18 LIGHT FIXTURE-INDOOR AS PER BOQ., PHILLIPS
19 EXHAUST FAN USHA, ALMONARD, CLIPSAL, CROMPTON.
20 STEEL WIRE RAIN FORCED PVC
FLEXIBLE HOSE FLEXI- HOSE
21 HIGH FREQUENCY BALLAST TRIDONICS, OPAL, ATCO, VOSSLOH.
22 LOW LOSS BALLEST ATCO, VOSSLOH, CLLPSAL
SPECIAL NOTES:
� THE SUCCESSFUL TENDERER WILL HAVE TO SUPPLY THE MAKES FROM ABOVE IN CONSULTATION WITH THE
CLIENT/ARCHITECT/CONSULTANT WITHOUT ANY EXTRA COST. CLIENT/ARCHITECT/CONSULTANT RESERVE
THE RIGHTS TO CHOOSE ANY MAKE OUT OF ABOVE LIST OR EQUIVALENT. � TENDERER SHOULD HAVE TO SPECIFY THE LIST OF MAKES CONSIDERED IN THE TENDER WHILE QUOTING THE
RATES IN THE TENDER, IN COVERING LETTER OF SEPARATE LETTER ENCLOSURE, HOWEVER, THE FINAL DECISION FOR ACCEPTING MAKE SPECIFIED BY TENDERER WOULD BE OF CLIENT/ARCHITECT/CONSULTANTS.
� AS FAR AS POSSIBLE, THE SUCCESSFUL TENDERER WILL HAVE TO PLACE ORDER DIRECTLY TO THE
MANUFACTURER OR IT’S AUTHORIZED DEALER. � THE CLIENT/ARCHITECT/CONSULTANTS HAVE RIGHT TO CHECK THE CHALLANS OF SUPPLIER. � THE MCB AND MCB DBS MUST BE OF SAME MAKE. � MAKE OF COMPONENTS REQUIRED TO BE USED BY CONTRACTOR TO COMPLETE THE INSTALLATION, IF NOT
MENTIONED ANYWHERE, SHALL BE REQUIRED TO GOT II APPROVED BY CLIENT/ARCHITECT/CONSULTANT
BEFORE INSTALLATION IN WRITING MANNER. � WITHIN A WEEK OF WORK ORDER, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT THE SAMPLE OF EACH ITEM /
COMPONENT OF ABOVE-MENTIONED APPROVED MAKE FOR THE APPROVAL OF THE
CLIENT/ARCHITECT/CONSULTANT.
SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR WITH SEAL
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 89 of 151
INSTALLATION TESTS CERTIFICATE BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR
THIS CONTRACTOR IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE WORK IS CARRIED OUT WORK CONFIRMING TO IE RULES AND
CODE OF PRACTICE. HE HAS TO GIVE THE TEST REPORT IS AS UNDER. (I) INSULATION RESISTANCE TEST IS R - N M- OHMS Y - N M- OHMS B - N M- OHMS (II) LOAD TEST :- 5A - 1000 W POWER POINT - 15 MINUTES 15A - 3000 W POWER POINT - 15 MINUTES (III) EARTH RESISTANCE FOR EAH ELECTRODE 1 - OHM 2 - OHM 3 - OHM
SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR WITH SEAL
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 90 of 151
GENERAL CONDITION SAFETY MODE
1. SUITABLE SCAFFOLDS, OF SOUND MATERIAL, HAVING ADEQUATE STRENGTH AND IN PROPER CONDITION, SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR WORKMEN FOR ALL WORKS THAT CANNOT BE SAFELY DONE FROM THE GROUND
OR FROM SOLID CONSTRUCTION EXCEPT SUCH SHORT PERIOD WORK AS CAN BE DONE SAFELY FROM
LADDERS. WHEN A LADDER IS USED AN EXTRA MAZDOOR SHALL BE ENGAGED FOR HOLDING THE LADDER
AND IF THE LADDER IS USED FOR CARRYING MATERIALS AS WELL, SUITABLE FOOTHOLDS AND HANDHOLD SHALL BE PROVIDED ON THE LADDER AND THE LADDER SHALL BE GIVEN AN INCLINATION NOT STEEPER THAN ¼ TO 1 (¼ HORIZONTAL AND 1 VERTICAL). SCAFFOLDS SHALL NOT BE OVERLOADED AND SO FAR AS PRACTICABLE THE LOAD SHALL BE EVENLY DISTRIBUTED. BEFORE INSTALLING THE LIFTING GEAR ON SCAFFOLDS, SPECIAL PRECAUTION SHALL BE TAKEN TO ENSURE STRENGTH AND STABILITY OF THE SCAFFOLDS. COMPETENT PERSON SHALL PERIODICALLY INSPECT SCAFFOLDS. BEFORE ALLOWING A
SCAFFOLD TO BE USED BY HIS WORKMAN, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL, WHETHER THE SCAFFOLD HAS BEEN
ERECTED BY HIS WORKMEN OR NOT, TAKE STEPS TO ENSURE THAT IS COMPLIES FULLY WITH THE
REGULATIONS HEREIN SPECIFIED. 2. SCAFFOLDING OR STAGING MORE THAN 3.25 METERS ABOVE THE GROUND OR SOLID CONSTRUCTION,
SWUNG OR SUSPENDED FROM AN OVERHEAD SUPPORT OR ERECTED WITH STATIONARY SUPPORT, SHALL HAVE A GUARD RAIL PROPERLY ATTACHED, BOLTED, BRACED AND OTHERWISE SECURED AT LEAST 1 METER HIGH ABOVE THE FLOOR OR PLATFORM OF SUCH SCAFFOLDING OR STAGING AND EXTENDING ALONG THE
ENTIRE LENGTH OF THE OUTSIDE AND ENDS THEREOF WITH ONLY SUCH OPENINGS AS MAY BE NECESSARY
FOR THE DELIVERY OF MATERIALS. SUCH SCAFFOLDING OR STAGING SHALL BE SO FASTENED AS TO PREVENT IT FROM SWAYING FROM THE BUILDING OR STRUCTURE.
3. WORKING PLATFORM, GANGWAYS, AND STAIRWAYS SHALL BE SO CONSTRUCTED THAT THEY DO NOT SAG
UNDULY OR UNEQUALLY, AND IF HEIGHT OF A PLATFORM OR GANGWAY OR STAIRWAYS IS MORE THAN 3.25 METERS ABOVE GROUND LEVEL OR SOLID CONSTRUCTION, IT SHALL BE CLOSELY BOARDED, HAVE ADEQUATE WIDTH AND BE SUITABLY FENCED, AS DESCRIBED IN 2 ABOVE.
4. EVERY OPENING IN FLOOR OF A BUILDING OR IN A WORKING PLATFORM SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH SUITABLE
MEANS TO PREVENT FALL OF PERSONS OR MATERIALS BY PROVIDING SUITABLE FENCING OR RAILING WITH
A MINIMUM HEIGHT OF 1 METER. 5. SAFE MEANS OF ACCESS SHALL BE PROVIDED TO ALL WORKING PLATFORM AND OTHER WORKING PLACES.
EVERY LADDER SHALL BE SECURELY FIXED. NO PORTABLE SINGLE LADDER SHALL BE OVER 9 METERS IN LENGTH. WIDTH BETWEEN SIDE RAILS IN A RUNG LADDER SHALL IN NO CASE BE LESS THAN 30 CM. FOR LADDERS UP TO AND INCLUDING 3 METERS IN LENGTH. FOR LONGER LADDERS THIS WIDTH SHALL BE
INCREASED AT LEAST 6 MM. FOR EACH ADDITIONAL 30 CM. OF LENGTH. UNIFORM STEP SPACING SHALL NOT
EXCEED 30 CM. ADEQUATE PRECAUTIONS SHALL BE TAKEN TO PREVENT DANGER FROM ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. NO
MATERIALS ON ANY OF THE SITES SHALL SO STACKED OR PLACED AS TO CAUSE DANGER OR
INCONVENIENCE TO ANY PERSON OR THE PUBLIC. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY
FENCING AND LIGHTS TO PROTECT PUBLIC FROM ACCIDENTS AND SHALL BE BOUND TO BEAR EXPENSES OF
DEFENSE OF EVERY SUIT, ACTION OR OTHER PROCEEDINGS AT LAW THAT MAY BE BROUGHT BY ANY
PERSON FOR INJURY SUSTAINED OWING TO NEGLECT OF THE ABOVE PRECAUTIONS AND TO PAY ANY
DAMAGES AND COSTS WHICH MAY BE AWARDED IN ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDINGS TO ANY SUCH PERSON OR WHICH MAY WITH THE CONSENT OF THE CONTRACTOR BE PAID TO COMPROMISE ANY CLAIM BY
ANY SUCH PERSON. 6. EXCAVATION AND TRENCHING: ALL TRENCHES, 1.5 METERS OR MORE IN DEPTH, SHALL AT ALL TIMES BE
SUPPLIED WITH AT LEAST ONE LADDER FOR EACH 30 METERS IN LENGTH OR FRACTION THEREOF. LADDER SHALL BE EXTENDED FROM BOTTOM OF TRENCH TO AT LEAST 1 METER ABOVE SURFACE OF THE GROUND. SIDES OF A TRENCH, WHICH IS 1.5 METERS, OR MORE IN DEPTH SHALL BE STEPPED BACK TO GIVE SUITABLE SLOPE, OR SECURELY HELD BY TIMBER BRACING SO AS TO AVOID THE DANGER OF SIDES COLLAPSING. EXCAVATED MATERIAL SHALL NOT BE PLACED WITHIN 1.5 METERS OF EDGE OF TRENCH OR HALF OF DEPTH OF TRENCH, WHICHEVER IS MORE. CUTTING SHALL BE DONE FROM TOP TO BOTTOM. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL UNDERMINING UNDERCUTTING BE DONE.
9. DEMOLITION: BEFORE ANY DEMOLITION WORK IS COMMENCED AND ALSO DURING THE PROCESS OF THE
WORK
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 91 of 151
A) ALL ROADS AND OPEN AREAS ADJACENT TO THE WORK SITE SHALL EITHER BE CLOSED OR SUITABLY
PROTECTED. B) NO ELECTRIC CABLE OR APPARATUS WHICH IS LIABLE TO BE A SOURCE OF DANGER OVER A CABLE OR
APPARATUS USED BY OPERATOR SHALL REMAIN ELECTRICALLY CHARGED; C) ALL PRACTICAL STEPS SHALL BE TAKEN TO PREVENT DANGER TO PERSONS EMPLOYED, FROM RISK OR
FIRE OR EXPLOSION OR FLOODING. NO FLOOR, ROOF, OR OTHER PART OF A BUILDING SHALL BE SO OVERLOADED WITH DEBRIS OR MATERIALS AS TO RENDER IT UNSAFE.
8. ALL NECESSARY PERSONAL SAFETY EQUIPMENT AS CONSIDERED ADEQUATE BY THE ENGINEER-IN-CHARGE
SHALL BE AVAILABLE FOR USE OF PERSONS EMPLOYED ON THE SITE AND MAINTAINED IN A CONDITION
SUITABLE FOR IMMEDIATE USE; AND THE CONTRACTOR SHALL TAKE ADEQUATE STEPS TO ENSURE PROPER
USE OF EQUIPMENT BY THOSE CONCERNED. A) WORKERS EMPLOYED ON THE JOB SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH PROTECTIVE FOOTWEAR AND
PROTECTIVE GOGGLES. B) THOSE ENGAGED IN HANDLING ANY MATERIAL WHICH IS INJURIOUS TO EYES SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH
PROTECTIVE GOGGLES. C) THOSE ENGAGED IN WELDING WORKS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH WELDER'S PROTECTIVE-SHIELDS. D) WHEN WORKERS ARE EMPLOYED IN SEWERS AND MANHOLES, WHICH ARE IN USE, THE CONTRACTOR
SHALL ENSURE THAT MANHOLE COVERS ARE OPENED AND MANHOLES ARE VENTILATED AT LEAST FOR
AN HOUR BEFORE WORKERS ARE ALLOWED TO GET INTO THEM. MANHOLES SO OPENED SHALL BE
CORDONED OFF WITH SUITABLE RAILING AND PROVIDED WITH WARNING SIGNALS OR BOARDS TO
PREVENT ACCIDENT TO PUBLIC. E) THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT EMPLOY MEN BELOW THE AGE OF 18 AND WOMEN ON THE WORK OF
PAINTING WITH PRODUCTS CONTAINING LEAD IN ANY FORM. WHENEVER MEN ABOVE THE AGE OF 18 ARE EMPLOYED ON THE WORK OF LEAD PAINTING, THE FOLLOWING PRECAUTIONS SHALL BE TAKEN:
I) NO PAINT CONTAINING LEAD OR LEAD PRODUCTS SHALL BE USED EXCEPT IN THE FORM OF
PASTE OR READY. II) SUITABLE FACEMASKS SHALL BE SUPPLIED FOR USE BY WORKERS WHEN PAINT IS APPLIED IN
THE FORM OF SPRAY OR A SURFACE HAVING LEAD PAINT DRY RUBBED AND SCRAPED. III) OVERALLS SHALL BE SUPPLIED BY THE CONTRACTOR TO WORKMEN AND ADEQUATE
FACILITIES SHALL BE PROVIDED TO ENABLE WORKING PAINTERS TO WASH DURING AND ON
CESSATION OF WORK. 9. WHEN WORK IS DONE NEAR ANY PLACE WHERE THERE IS RISK OF DROWNING, ALL
NECESSARY EQUIPMENT SHALL BE PROVIDED AND KEPT READY FOR USE AND ALL NECESSARY
STEPS TAKEN FOR PROMPT RESCUE OF ANY PERSON IN DANGER AND ADEQUATE PROVISION
MADE FOR PROMPT FIRST AID TREATMENT OF ALL INJURIES LIKELY TO BE SUSTAINED DURING
THE COURSE OF THE WORK.
10. USE OF HOISTING MACHINES AND TACKLE INCLUDING THEIR ATTACHMENTS, ANCHORAGE AND SUPPORTS SHALL CONFIRM TO THE FOLLOWING:
A) I. THESE SHALL BE OF GOOD MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION, SOUND MATERIAL AND ADEQUATE
STRENGTH AND FREE FROM PATENT DEFECTS AND SHALL BE KEPT IN GOOD REPAIR AND IN
GOOD WORKING ORDER. II. EVERY ROPE USED IN HOISTING OR LOWERING MATERIALS OR AS A MEANS SUSPENSION
SHALL BE OF DURABLE QUALITY AND ADEQUATE STRENGTH, AND FREE FROM PATENT DEFECTS.
B) EVERY CRANE DRIVER OR HOISTING APPLIANCE OPERATOR SHALL BE PROPERLY QUALIFIED AND NO
PERSON UNDER THE AGE OF 21 YEARS SHALL BE IN CHARGE OF ANY HOISTING MACHINE INCLUDING ANY SCAFFOLD WINCH OR GIVE SIGNALS TO OPERATOR.
C) IN CASE OF EVERY HOISTING MACHINE AND OF EVERY CHAIN RING HOOK, SHACKLE SWIVEL AND
PULLEY BLOCK USED IN HOISTING OR LOWERING OR AS MEANS OF SUSPENSION, SAFE WORKING LOAD
SHALL BE ASCERTAINED BY ADEQUATE MEANS. EVERY HOISTING MACHINE AND ALL REAR REFERRED TO ABOVE SHALL BE PLAINLY MARKED WITH SAFE WORKING LOAD. IN CASE OF A HOISTING MACHINE HAVING A VARIABLE SAFE WORKING LOAD, EACH SAFE WORKING LOAD AND THE CONDITIONS UNDER
WHICH IT IS APPLICABLE SHALL BE CLEARLY INDICATED. NO PART OF ANY MACHINE OR OF ANY GEAR
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 92 of 151
REFERRED TO ABOVE IN THIS PARAGRAPH SHALL BE LOADED BEYOND SAFE WORKING LOAD EXCEPT
FOR THE PURPOSE OF TESTING. D) IN CASE OF A DEPARTMENTAL MACHINE, SAFE WORKING LOAD SHALL BE NOTIFIED BY THE
ENGINEER-IN- CHARGE. AS REGARDS CONTRACTOR'S MACHINES THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY
SAFE WORKING LOAD OF EACH MACHINE TO THE ENGINEER-IN-CHARGE WHENEVER HE BRINGS IT TO
SITE OF WORK AND GET IT VERIFIED BY THE ENGINEER-IN-CHARGE. 11. MOTORS GEARING, TRANSMISSION, ELECTRIC WIRING AND OTHER DANGEROUS PARTS OF HOISTING
APPLIANCES SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH EFFICIENT SAFEGUARDS; HOISTING APPLIANCES SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH SUCH MEANS AS SHALL REDUCE TO THE MINIMUM RISK OF ACCIDENTAL DECENT OF LOAD
ADEQUATE PRECAUTIONS SHALL BE TAKEN TO REDUCE TO THE MINIMUM RISK OF ANY PART OF A
SUSPENDED LOAD BECOMING ACCIDENTALLY DISPLACED. WHEN WORKERS ARE EMPLOYED ON ELECTRICAL
INSTALLATIONS, WHICH ARE ALREADY ENERGIZED, INSULATING MATS WORKING APPAREL SUCH AS GLOVES, SLEEVES AND BOOTS AS MAY BE NECESSARY, SHALL BE PROVIDED. WORKERS SHALL NOT WEAR ANY
RINGS, WATCHES AND CARRY KEYS OR OTHER MATERIALS, WHICH ARE GOOD CONDUCTORS OF
ELECTRICITY. 12. ALL SCAFFOLDS, LADDERS AND OTHER SAFETY DEVICES MENTIONED OR DESCRIBED HEREIN SHALL BE
MAINTAINED IN A SAFE CONDITION AND NO SCAFFOLD, LADDER OR EQUIPMENT SHALL BE ALTERED OR REMOVED WHILE IT IS IN USE. ADEQUATE WASHING FACILITIES SHALL BE PROVIDED AT OR NEAR PLACES OF
WORK. 13. THESE SAFETY PROVISIONS SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE NOTICE OF ALL CONCERNED BY DISPLAY ON A
NOTICE BOARD AT A PROMINENT PLACE AT THE WORK SPOT. PERSONS RESPONSIBLE FOR ENSURING COMPLIANCE WITH THE SAFETY CODE SHALL BE NAMED THEREIN BY THE CONTRACTOR.
14. TO ENSURE EFFECTIVE ENFORCEMENT OF THE RULES AND REGULATIONS RELATING TO SAFETY
PRECAUTIONS, ARRANGEMENTS MADE BY THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE OPEN TO INSPECTION BY THE ENGINEER-IN-CHARGE OR HIS REPRESENTATIVES AND THE INSPECTING OFFICERS.
15. NOTWITHSTANDING THE ABOVE CONDITIONS 1 TO 14 THE CONTRACTOR IS NOT EXEMPTED FROM THE
OPERATION OF ANY OTHER ACT OR RULE IN FORCE. 16. IN ADDITION TO THE ABOVE, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ABIDE BY THE SAFETY CODE PROVISIONS AS PER
C.P.W.D. SAFETY CODE FRAMED FROM TIME TO TIME. 17. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ALSO ARRANGE TO OBTAIN VALID GATE PASSES FOR HIS MEN AND EQUIPMENT
FROM THE CONCERNED AUTHORITIES OF THE PROJECT. 18. NO MAN/MATERIAL/EQUIPMENT NOT COVERED BY VALID PASSES SHALL BE PERMITTED WITHIN THE
PROJECT AREA AND NO MATERIAL/EQUIPMENT SHALL BE PERMITTED TO BE TAKEN OUT OF THE PROJECT AREA, UNLESS THE WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER IN-CHARGE.
19. WHEN PERSONS ARE EMPLOYED ON A ROOF WHERE THERE IS DANGER OF FALLING FROM A HEIGHT
EXCEEDING 3.25 M. (TO BE PRESCRIBED) SUITABLE PRECAUTION SHALL BE TAKEN TO PREVENT THE FALL OF PERSONS OR MATERIAL. SUITABLE PRECAUTIONS SHALL BE TAKEN TO PREVENT PERSONS BEING STRUCK BY ARTICLES, WHICH MIGHT FALL FROM SCAFFOLDS OR OTHER WORKING PLACES.
20. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING REGULATIONS AS REGARDS THE HOISTING APPLIANCES TO BE USED BY HIM:
(A) HOISTING MACHINES AND TACKLE, INCLUDING THEIR ATTACHMENTS, ANCHORAGE AND SUPPORTS SHALL:
(I) BE OF GOOD MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION, SOUND MATERIAL AND ADEQUATE STRENGTH AND FREE FROM PATENT DEFECT; AND:
(II) BE KEPT IN GOOD REPAIR AND IN WORKING ORDER. (B) EVERY ROPE USED IN HOISTING OR LOWERING MATERIALS OR AS A MEANS OF SUSPENSION SHALL BE
OF SUITABLE QUALITY AND ADEQUATE STRENGTH AND FREE FROM PATENT DEFECT. (C) HOISTING MACHINES AND TACKLE SHALL BE EXAMINED AND ADEQUATELY TESTED AFTER ERECTION ON
THE SITE AND BEFORE USE AND BE RE-EXAMINED IN POSITION AT INTERVALS TO BE PRESCRIBED BY ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER-IN-CHARGE.
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 93 of 151
(D) EVERY CHAIN, RING, HOOK, SHACKLE, SWIVEL AND PULLEY BLOCK USED IN HOISTING OR LOWERING
MATERIALS OR AS A MEANS OF SUSPENSION SHALL BE PERIODICALLY EXAMINED. (E) EVERY CRANE DRIVER OR HOISTING-APPLIANCE-OPERATOR SHALL BE PROPERLY QUALIFIED. (F) NO PERSON WHO IS BELOW AGE OF 15 YEARS SHALL BE IN CONTROL OF ANY HOISTING MACHINE,
INCLUDING ANY SCAFFOLD, NOR SHALL GIVE SIGNALS TO THE OPERATOR. (G) IN THE CASE OF EVERY HOISTING MACHINE AND OF EVERY CHAIN, RING, HOOK, SHACKLE, SWIVEL AND
PULL BY BLOCK USED IN HOISTING OR LOWERING OR AS A MEANS OR SUSPENSION, THE SAFE WORKING
LOAD SHALL BE ASCERTAINED BY ADEQUATE MEANS. (H) EVERY HOISTING MACHINE AND ALL GEARS REFERRED TO IN PRECEDING REGULATION SHALL BE
PLAINLY MARKED WITH THE SAFE WORKING LOAD. (I) IN THE CASE OF HOISTING MACHINE HAVING A VARIABLE SAFE WORKING LOAD, EACH SAFE WORKING
LOAD AND CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH IT IS APPLICABLE SHALL BE CLEARLY INDICATED. (J) NO PART OF ANY HOISTING MACHINE OR ANY GEAR REFERRED TO IN REGULATION `G' ABOVE SHALL BE
LOADED BEYOND THE SAFE WORKING LOAD EXCEPT FOR THE PURPOSE OF TESTING. (K) MOTORS, GEARS, TRANSMISSIONS, ELECTRIC WIRING AND OTHER DANGEROUS PARTS OF HOISTING
APPLIANCE SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH SUFFICIENT SAFEGUARDS. (L) HOISTING APPLIANCES SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH SUCH MEANS AS SHALL REDUCE TO A MINIMUM THE
RISK OF THE ACCIDENTAL DESCENT OF THE LOAD. (M) ADEQUATE PRECAUTIONS SHALL BE TAKEN TO REDUCE TO MINIMUM THE RISK OF ANY PART OF A
SUSPENDED LOAD BECOMING ACCIDENTALLY DISPLACED.
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 94 of 151
APPLICABLE STANDARDS SR. NO. IS NO. DESCRIPTION 1) IS:2026-1977 : DISTRIBUTING TRANSFORMERS & FITTINGS. IS 3639 FITTINGS AND ACC. FOR P.T. 2) IS:7886 IS:660 : INSTALLATION OF TRANSFORMER. 3) IS:2516-1972 : SPECIFICATION FOR AC CIRCUIT BREAKERS. 4) IS:335 : INSULATING OIL FOR TRANSFORMERS & SWITCH
GEAR. 5) IS:2705 : CT FOR MEASURING AND PROTECTION. 6) IS:3155 : VOLTAGE (POTENTIAL) TRANSFORMERS. 7) IS:3236 PART II : VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER. 8) IS:373 : BUSBAR ARRANGEMENT AND MARKING. 9) IS:2099 : BUSHING 10) IS:5621 : LARGE HOLLOW PORCELAINS 11) IS:2544 : INSULATORS 12) IS:2629 & 2633 : HOT DIP GALVANIZING 13) IS:3842 : RELAYS. 14) IS:1248-1958 : METERS (MEASURING). 15) IS:3072-1975 : INSTALLATION OF SWITCH GEARS. 16) IS:692 : HV CABLE. 17) IS:1255 : INSTALLATION OF HV CABLES AND JOINTING. 18) IS:3043 : CODE OF PRACTICE FOR EARTHING. 19) IS:4047-1977 : HD AIR BREAKER, SWITCH GEARS AND FUSES FOR
VOLTAGE NOT EXCEEDING 1000 VOLTS. 20) IS:8106-1966 : SELECTION, INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE OF FUSES
UPTO 650 VOLTS. 21) IS:4237-1967 FOR VOLTAGE NOT EXCEEDING 1000 VOLTS. 22) IS:2607-1976 : AIR-BREAK ISOLATORS FOR VOLTAGE NOT EXCEEDING
1000 VOLTS. 23) IS:8623-1977 : FACTORY BUILT ASSEMBLIES OF SWITCH GEARS AND
CONTROL GEARS FORVOLTAGE UPTO AND INCLUDING
1000 VOLTS A.C. AND 1200 VOLTSD.C. 24) IS:375-1963 : MARKING AND ARRANGEMENT OF SWITCH GEAR
BUSBARS MAIN CONNECTORS AND AUXILIARY WIRING.
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 95 of 151
25) IS:2147-1962 : CUBICAL BOARDS. 26) IS:8084-1972 : INSULATED CONDUCTOR RATING. 27) IS:2675-1983 : ENCLOSED DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOARDS AND CUTOUTS
FOR VOLTAGE NOT EXCEEDING 1000 VOLTS. 28) IS:8828-1978 : MINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKER. 29) IS:9926-1981 : FUSE WIRE USED IN RE-WEARABLE TYPE ELECTRIC
FUSES UPTO 650VOLTS. 30) IS:1554 (PART I) : PVC INSULATED ELECTRIC CABLES HEAVY
DUTY. 31) IS:3961 (PART II) : RECOMMENDED CURRENT RATING FOR
CABLES. 32) IS:2982 : COPPER CONDUCTOR IN INSULATED CABLES AND CORES. 33) IS:8130 : CONDUCTOR FOR INSULATED ELECTRIC CABLES AND
FLEXIBLE ORDS. 34) IS:3975 : MILD STEEL WIRES, STRIPS AND TAPES FOR ARMOURING
CABLES. 35) IS:5831 : PVC INSULATION AND SHEATH OF ELECTRIC
CABLES. 36) IS:1753 : ALUMINUM CONDUCTOR FOR INSULATED ABLES. 37) IS:4288 : PVC INSULATED AND PVC SHEATHED SOLID ALUMINUM
CONDUCTORCABLES OF VOLTAGE RATING NOT
EXCEEDING 1100 VOLTS. 38) IS:961 : RECOMMENDED CURRENT RATING FOR CABLE. 39) S:732 : CODE OF PRACTICE FOR ELECTRICAL WIRING
INSTALLATION SYSTEM VOLTAGENOT EXCEEDING 650 VOLTS.
40) IS:1646 : CODE OF PRACTICE FOR FIRE SAFETY OF BUILDINGS
(GENERAL) ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION. 41) IS:1653 : RIGID STEEL CONDUITS FOR ELECTRICAL WIRING. 42) IS:2667 : FITTINGS FOR RIGID STEEL CONDUITS FOR ELECTRICAL
WIRING. 43) IS:3480 : FLEXIBLE STEEL CONDUIT FOR ELECTRICAL WIRING. 44) IS:3837 : ACCESSORIES FOR RIGID STEEL CONDUITS FOR
ELECTRICAL WIRING. 45) IS:694 : PVC INSULATED CABLES (WIRES). 46) IS:2509 : RIGID NON-METALLIC CONDUITS FOR ELECTRICAL
WIRING. 47) IS:6946 : FLEXIBLE (PLAYABLE) NONMETALLIC CONDUITS FOR
ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION.
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 96 of 151
48) IS:1293 : THREE PIN PLUGS AND SOCKETS. 49) IS:8180 : CONDUCTORS FOR INSULATED ELECTRICAL CABLES AND
FLEXIBLE CODES. 50) IS:9537-1980 : SPECIFICATION FOR CONDUIT FOR ELECTRICAL
INSTALLATION. 51) IS:3419 : ACCESSORIES FOR NON-METALLIC CONDUITS FOR
ELECTRICAL WIRING. 52) IS:3854 : SWITCHES. 53) IS:6538 : PLUGS. 54) IS:2834-1954 : SHUNT CAPACITORS FOR POWER SYSTEMS.
55) IS:2208 : HRC CARTRIDGE FUSE AND LINKS UP TO 660 VOLTS. 56) IS:1913-1969 : GENERAL AND SAFETY REQUIREMENT FOR LIGHTING
FITTINGS. 57) IS:2944-1981 : CODE OF PRACTICE FOR LIGHTING PUBLIC THOROUGH
FARES. 58) IS:3528 : WATERPROOF ELECTRIC LIGHTING FITTINGS. 59) IS:3553-1966 : WATER TIGHT ELECTRIC LIGHTING FITTING. 60) IS:1239-1958 : MILD STEEL TUBULAR AND OTHER WROUGHT STEEL PIPE
FITTING. 63) IS:2149-1970 : LUMINARIES FOR STREET LIGHT. 64) IS:9224 : HRC FUSES HAVING RUPTURING CAPACITY OF 90 KA. 65) IS:2312-1967 : EXHAUST FAN. 66) IS:374-1979 : CLASS I CEILING FAN. NOTE : ALL CODES AND STANDARDS MEANS THE LATEST WHERE NOT SPECIFIED OTHERWISE THE INSTALLATION
SHALL GENERALLY FOLLOW THE INDIAN STANDARD CODES OF PRACTICE OR RELEVANT BRITISH STANDARD CODES OF PRACTICE IN THE ABSENCE OF CORRESPONDING INDIAN STANDARDS.
PLEASE FOLLOW : A. INDIAN ELECTRICITY ACT OF 1910 AND RULES ISSUED THERE UNDER REVISED UP TO DATE. B. SPECIAL ATTENTION SHOULD BE GIVEN TO RULE NO. 50. C. REGULATIONS FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT IN BUILDING ISSUED BY THE BOMBAY REGIONAL COUNCIL
OF INSURANCE ASSOCIATION OF INDIA.
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 97 of 151
ELECTRICAL MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
DISTRIBUTION BOARDS
THE SCOPE OF WORK SHALL COVER SUPPLY, INSTALLATION TESTING AND COMMISSIONING OF ALL
STANDARDS : AS PER SCHEDULE OF INDIAN STANDARDS, ATTACHED IN THE DOCUMENT.
DISTRIBUTION BOARDS :
DISTRIBUTION BOARDS ALONG WITH THE CONTROLLING MCB’S/FUSE OR ISOLATOR AS SHOWN SHALL
BE FIXED IN AN M.S. BOX WITH HINGED DOOR SUITABLE FOR RECESSED MOUNTING IN WALL. DISTRIBUTION BOARDS SHALL BE MADE OF 18 SWG STEEL SHEET DULY RUST INHIBITED THROUGH A
PROCESS OF DE-GREASING, ACID PICKLING, PHOSPHATING AND POWDER COATED TO AN APPROVED
COLOUR OF ADEQUATE MICRON RATING DULY APPROVED BY ARCHITECT/CONSULTANT. THREE PHASE BOARDS SHALL HAVE PHASE BARRIERS AND A WIRE CHANNEL ON THREE SIDES.
NEUTRAL BARS SHALL BE SOLID TINNED COPPER BARS WITH TAPPED HOLES AND CHASE HEADED SCREWS. FOR 3 PHASE DB’S, 3. INDEPENDENT NEUTRAL BARS SHALL BE PROVIDED. ALL DB’S SHALL BE INTERNALLY PRE-WIRED USING COPPER INSULATED PVC WIRES BROUGHT TO A TERMINAL STRIP OF APPROPRIATE
RATING FOR OUTGOING FEEDERS.
CONDUIT KNOCKOUTS SHALL BE PROVIDED AS REQUIRED/SHOWN ON DRAWINGS AND THE ENTIRE
BOARD SHALL BE RENDERED DUST AND VERMIN PROOF WITH NECESSARY SEALING GASKETS. THE TOP AND BOTTOM SIDE OF DB SHOULD BE DETACHABLE.
MCB’S SHALL HAVE QUICK MAKE AND BREAK NON-WELDING SELF WIPING SILVER ALLOY CONTACTS
FOR 10 KA SHORT CIRCUIT BOTH ON THE MANUAL AND AUTOMATIC OPERATION. EACH POLE OF THE BREAKER SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH INVERSE TIME THERMAL OVER LOAD AND INSTANTANEOUS OVER
CURRENT TRIPPING ELEMENTS, WITH TRIP-FREE MECHANISM. IN CASE OF MULTI-POLE BREAKERS, THE TRIPPING MUST BE ON ALL THE POLES AND OPERATING HANDLE SHALL BE COMMON. BREAKERS MUST CONFORM TO BS 3871 WITH FACILITY FOR LOCKING IN OFF POSITION. PRESSURE CLAMP TERMINALS FOR STRANDED/SOLID CONDUCTOR INSERTION ARE ACCEPTABLE UPTO 4 SQ.MM. ALUMINUM OR 2.5 SQ.MM. COPPER AND FOR HIGHER RATINGS, THE TERMINALS SHALL BE SUITABLY SHROUDED. WHEREVER MCB ISOLATORS ARE SPECIFIED THEY ARE WITHOUT THE TRIPPING ELEMENTS.
FUSES SHALL BE HRC LINK TYPE RE-WIREABLE WITH NECESSARY FUSE CARRIERS AND WITH RATING
OF NOT LESS THAN 25 MVA. BOTTLE TYPE FUSES ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. FUSE CARRIER TERMINALS SHALL BE SUITABLY SHROUDED. RE-WIREABLE FUSE CARRIERS SHALL BE PORCELAIN. HRC FUSES FOR
MOTOR DUTY SHOULD BE TIME LAG TYPE.
DISTRIBUTION BOARDS SHALL HAVE HRC/RE-WIREABLE FUSES AS SHOWN ON THE SCHEDULE AND
DRAWINGS. BOARD SHALL MEET WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF IS 2675 AND MARKING ARRANGEMENT OF BUSBARS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH I.S. STANDARDS.
BUS BARS SHALL BE SUITABLE FOR THE INCOMING SWITCH RATING AND SIZED FOR A TEMPERATURE RISE
OF 35° C OVER THE AMBIENT. EACH BOARD SHALL HAVE TWO SEPARATE EARTHING TERMINALS. CIRCUIT DIAGRAM INDICATING THE LOAD DISTRIBUTION SHALL BE PASTED ON THE INSIDE OF THE DB AS INSTRUCTED. ONE EARTHING TERMINAL FOR SINGLE PHASE AND TWO TERMINALS FOR 3 PHASE DB’S SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH AN EARTH STRIP CONNECTING THE STUDS AND THE OUTGOING ECU EARTH BAR.
IN THE CASE OF MCB DISTRIBUTION BOARDS, THE BACKUP FUSES WHEREVER SHOWN SHALL BE NOT
LESS THAN 63 A WITH A DELAYED CHARACTERISTIC AND A MINIMUM PRE-ARCING TIME OF 0.5 SEC. AT 9 KA/3 KA FAULT CURRENT.
ALL OUTGOING FEEDERS SHALL TERMINATE ON A TERMINAL STRIP WHICH IN TURN IS INTERCONNECTED
TO THE MCB/FUSE BASE BY MEANS OF INSULATED SINGLE CONDUCTOR COPPER WIRES AS FOLLOWS : UPTO 15 A 2.5 SQ.MM. 40 A 10 SQ.MM. 25 A 4.0 SQ.MM. 63 A 16 SQ.MM. 32 A 6.0 SQ.MM.
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 98 of 151
RCCB / MCB :
THE RCCB SHOULD SUFFICES ALL THE REQUIREMENTS OF IS AS PER CODE IS – 12640 – 1988. THE
RCA SHOULD BE CURRENT OPERATED AND NOT ON LINE VOLTAGE. THE RCCB SHOULD ENSURE MAINLY THE FOLLOWING FUNCTIONS.
MEASUREMENT OF THE FAULT CURRENT VALUE.
COMPARISON OF THE FAULT CURRENT WITH A REFERENCE VALUE. THE RCCB SHOULD HAVE A TORROIDAL TRANSFORMER WITCH HAS THE MAIN CONDUCTORS OF
PRIMARY (P – N) WHICH CHECK THE SUM OF THE CURRENT CLOSE TO ZERO. ALL METAL PARTS SHOULD BE INHERENTLY RESISTANT TO CORROSION AND TREATED TO MAKE THEM
CORROSION RESISTANT. IT SHOULD BE TRULY CURRENT OPERATED. IT SHOULD OPERATE ON CORE BALANCE TORROIDAL TRANSFORMER. IT’S ACCURACY SHOULD BE ± 5 %. IT SHOULD OPERATE EVEN IN CASE OF NEUTRAL FAILURE. IT SHOULD TRIP AT A PRESENT LEAKAGE CURRENT WITHIN 30 M.S. IT’S ENCLOSURE SHOULD BE AS PER IP 30. IT’S MECHANICAL OPERATION LIFE SHOULD BE MORE THAN 20,000 OPERATIONS. IT SHOULD PROVIDE FULL PROTECTION AS ENVISAGED BY IE RULES – 61-A, 71 – EE, 73 – EE, 1985
AND ALSO RULE 50 OF IE RULE1956. IT SHOULD CONFORM TO ALL NATIONAL AND INTERNATIONAL STANDARDS LIKE IS 8828 : 1993, IS
12640 – 1988, BS 4293 – 1983, CEE 27 (INTERNATIONAL COMMISSION RULES FOR THE APPROVED OF
ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT). MEDIUM VOLTAGE CABLING
SCOPE : THE SCOPE CONSISTS OF LAYING & TESTING L. T. CABLE AND ITS TERMINATION.
STANDARDS : AS PER SCHEDULE OF INDIAN STANDARDS; ATTACHED IN THE DOCUMENT
CABLES :
ALL CABLES SHALL BE 1100 VOLT GRADE XLPE INSULATED, SHEATHED WITH OR WITHOUT STEEL
ARMORING AS SPECIFIED AND WITH AN OUTER PVC PROTECTIVE SHEATH. CABLES SHALL HAVE HIGH
CONDUCTIVITY STRANDED ALUMINUM OR COPPER CONDUCTORS AND CORES COLOUR CODED TO THE
INDIAN STANDARDS. ALL CABLES LAID UP TO LOAD SHOULD BE WITHOUT ANY JOINT.
ALL CABLES SHALL BE NEW WITHOUT ANY KIND OR VISIBLE DAMAGE. THE MANUFACTURERS NAME,
INSULATING MATERIAL, CONDUCTOR SIZE AND VOLTAGE CLASS SHALL BE MARKED ON THE SURFACE OF THE CABLE AT EVERY 600 MM CENTERS.
CABLE JOINTS AND TERMINATION: CONNECTORS :
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 99 of 151
CABLE TERMINATIONS SHALL BE MADE WITH COPPER HEAVY DUTY LONG NACK COPPER CRIMPING LUGS
ONLY CRIMPED TYPE SOLDERLESS LUGS FOR ALL ALUMINIUM CABLES AND STUD TYPE TERMINALS. FOR
COPPER CABLES COPPER CRIMPED SOLDERLESS LUGS SHALL BE USED. CRIMPING SHALL BE DONE WITH THE HELP OF HYDRAULICALLY OPERATED CRIMPING TOOL. ALL CABLE
LUGS SHOULD BE LONG NECK TYPE ONLY. CABLE GLANDS :
CABLE GLANDS SHALL BE OF HEAVY DUTY BRASS SINGLE COMPRESSION TYPE AS SPECIFIED. GENERALLY
SINGLE COMPRESSION TYPE CABLE GLANDS SHALL BE USED FOR INDOOR PROTECTED LOCATIONS AND
DOUBLE COMPRESSION TYPE SHALL BE USED FOR OUTDOOR LOCATIONS. GLANDS FOR CLASSIFIED
HAZARDOUS AREAS SHALL BE CMRS APPROVED. FERRULES :
FERRULES SHALL BE OF SELF STICKING TYPE AND SHALL BE EMPLOYED TO DESIGNATE THE VARIOUS CORES OF THE CONTROL CABLE BY THE TERMINAL NUMBERS TO WHICH THE CORES ARE CONNECTED, FOR EASE IN IDENTIFICATION AND MAINTENANCE.
CABLE JOINTS :
KIT TYPE JOINT SHALL BE DONE AND FILLED WITH INSULATING COMPUND. THE JOINT SHOULD BE FOR 1.1 KV GRADE INSULATION.
CONDUIT WIRING
1.0 SCOPE :
1.1 THE SCOPE OF WORK SHALL COVER SUPPLY, INSTALLATION TESTING AND COMMISSIONING OF ALL. 2.0 STANDARDS :
AS PER ANNEXURE - IV 3.0 RIGID AND FLEXIBLE CONDUITS :
3.1 ALL PVC CONDUITS SHALL BE LAID IN OPEN/CONCEALED MANNER WHICH ARE APPROVED BY F.I.A. & I.S.I. & OF 25 MM. DIAMETER.
3.2 FLEXIBLE CONDUITS SHALL BE FORMED FROM A CONTINUOUS LENGTH OF SPIRALLY WOUND INTERLOCKED
STEEL STRIP WITH A FUSED ZINC COATING ON BOTH SIDES. THE CONDUITS SHALL BE TERMINATED IN BRASS
ADAPTERS. 4.0 ACCESSORIES :
4.1 PVC CONDUIT FITTINGS SUCH AS BENDS, ELBOWS, REDUCERS, CHASE NIPPLES, SPLIT COUPLINGS, PLUGS
ETC. SHALL BE SPECIFICALLY DESIGNED AND MANUFACTURED FOR THEIR PARTICULAR APPLICATION. ALL
CONDUIT FITTINGS SHALL CONFORM TO IS:2667-1974 AND IS:3887-1966. ALL FITTING ASSOCIATED WITH
GALVANIZED CONDUIT SHALL ALSO BE GALVANIZED.
5.0 WIRES : 5.1 ALL WIRES SHALL BE SINGLE CORE MULTI-STRAND/ FLEXIBLE COPPER OR SINGLE STRAND
ALUMINIUM/COPPER, PVC INSULATED AS PER IS:694 AND SHALL BE 660V/ 1100V GRADE. 5.2 ALL WIRES SHALL BE COLOUR CODED AS FOLLOWS : PHASE COLOUR OF WIRE
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 100 of 151
R RED Y YELLOW B BLUE N BLACK EARTH GREEN (INSULATED) CONTROL (IF ANY) GREY ALL OFF WIRES SAME AS PHASE WIRE 5.3 COLOUR CODE SHOULD BE STRICTLY USED FOR ALL WIRING. II) INSTALLATION, COMMISSIONING AND TESTING.
iii) CABLE MARKING. FOR CABLE BURIED UNDERGROUND :
i) CABLES AND PROTECTIVE BRICKS & TILES.
II) INSTALLATION, COMMISSIONING & TESTING. III) CABLE MARKERS.
6.0 SWITCHES & SOCKETS: 6.1 SWITCHES SHALL BE MODULE TYPE/ FLUSH PIANO TYPE WITH SILVER-COATED CONTACTS. SOCKETS SHALL
BE 3 PIN WITH SWITCH AND PLATE TYPE COVER. COMBINATION OF MULTIPLE SWITCH UNITS AND SOCKETS
SHOULD BE USED TO MINIMIZE THE SWITCH BOXES. 6.2 FOR HEAVY DUTY, METAL CLAD SOCKETS WITH M.C.B./ ISOLATOR MOUNTED IN A GALVANIZED STEEL BOX
SHALL BE PROVIDED. 6.3 7.0 INSTALLATION: 7.1 CONDUITS SHALL BE KEPT AT A MINIMUM DISTANCE OF 100 MM. FROM THE PIPES OF OTHER NON-ELECTRICAL
SERVICES. AND MAINTAIN MINIMUM 300 MM DISTANCE BETWEEN TELEPHONE, TV & COMPUTER PIPING. 7.2 SEPARATE CONDUITS/RACEWAYS SHALL BE USED FOR:
1. NORMAL LIGHTS AND 5 A 3 PIN SOCKETS ON LIGHTING CIRCUIT. 2. SEPARATE CONDUIT SHALL BE LAID FROM D.B. TO SWITCH BOARD OR POINT. 3. POWER OUTLETS – 15 A 3 PIN 20 A/30 A, 2 PIN SCRAPING EARTH METAL CLAD SOCKETS. 4. EMERGENCY LIGHTING. 5. TELEPHONES. 6. FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. 7. PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEM & MUSIC SYSTEM. 8. FOR ALL OTHER VOLTAGES HIGHER OR LOWER THAN 230 V. 9. T.V. ANTENNA. 10. WATER LEVEL GUARD. 11. COMPUTER WIRING.
7.3 CALL BELL WIRING LAYOUT OF CONDUITS SHALL BE GENERALLY INDICATED ON DRAWINGS AND THE LAYOUT
SHALL BE SUPPLEMENTED AND COMPLEMENTED BY CONTRACTOR ON SITE WITH APPROVAL OF THE
ENGINEER. 7.4 WIRING FOR SHORT EXTENSIONS TO OUTLETS IN HUNG CEILING OR TO VIBRATING EQUIPMENTS, MOTORS
ETC., SHALL BE INSTALLED IN FLEXIBLE CONDUITS. OTHERWISE RIGID CONDUITS SHALL BE USED. NO
FLEXIBLE EXTENSION SHALL EXCEED 1.25 M. 7.5 CONDUITS RUN ON SURFACES SHALL BE SUPPORTED ON METAL 12 MM. THICK SADDLES WHICH IN TURN ARE
PROPERLY SCREWED TO THE WALL OR CEILING. SADDLES SHALL BE AT INTERVALS OF NOT MORE THAN 500 MM. FIXING SCREWS SHALL BE WITH ROUND OR CHEESE HEAD AND OF RUST-PROOF MATERIALS. EXPOSED CONDUITS SHALL BE NEATLY RUN PARALLEL OR AT RIGHT ANGLES TO THE WALLS OF THE BUILDING.
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 101 of 151
UNSEEMLY CONDUIT BENDS AND OFFSETS SHALL BE AVOIDED BY USING FABRICATED MILD STEEL
JUNCTION/PULL THROUGH BOXES FOR BETTER APPEARANCES. NO CROSS-OVER OF CONDUITS SHALL BE ALLOWED UNLESS IT IS NECESSARY AND ENTIRE CONDUIT INSTALLATION SHALL BE CLEAN AND NEAT IN
APPEARANCE. 7.6 CONDUITS EMBEDDED INTO THE WALLS SHALL BE FIXED BY MEANS STAPLES AT NOT MORE THAN 500 MM.
INTERVALS. CHASES IN THE WALLS SHALL BE NEATLY MADE AND REFILLED AFTER LAYING THE CONDUIT AND
BROUGHT TO THE FINISH OF THE WALL BUT FINAL FINISH WILL BE DONE BY THE BUILDING CONTRACTOR. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE WIRE MESH BEFORE MAKING ROUGH PLASTER.
7.8 CONDUITS BURIED IN CONCRETE STRUCTURE SHALL BE PUT IN POSITION AND SECURELY FASTENED TO THE
REINFORCEMENT AND GOT APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER, BEFORE THE CONCRETE IS POURED. PROPER CARE SHALL BE TAKEN TO ENSURE THAT THE CONDUITS ARE NEITHER DISLOCATED NOR CHOKED AT THE TIME
OF POURING THE CONCRETE SUITABLE FISH WIRES SHALL BE DRAWN IN ALL CONDUITS BEFORE THEY ARE
EMBEDDED. 7.9 INSPECTION BOXES SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR PERIODICAL INSPECTION TO FACILITATE WITHDRAWAL AND
REMOVAL OF WIRES. SUCH INSPECTION BOXES SHALL BE FLUSH WITH THE WALL OR CEILING IN THE CASE OF
CONCEALED CONDUITS. INSPECTION BOXES SHALL BE SPACED AT NOT MORE THAN 12 METERS APART OR TWO 90
O SOLID BENDS OR EQUAL. ALL JUNCTION AND SWITCH BOXES SHALL BE COVERED BY 6 MM. CLEAR
PERSPEX PLATE TRULY CUT AND FIXED WITH CADMIUM PLATED BRASS SCREWS. THESE JUNCTION BOXES SHALL FORM PART OF POINT WIRING OR CONDUIT WIRING AS THE CASE MAY BE INCLUDING THE COST OF
REMOVING THE PERSPEX COVER FOR PAINTING AND RE-FIXING. NO SEPARATE CHARGES SHALL BE ALLOWED
EXCEPT WHERE SPECIALLY MENTIONED. 7.10 CONDUITS SHALL BE FREE FROM SHARP EDGES AND BURRS AND THE THREADING FREE FROM GREASE OR
OIL. THE ENTIRE SYSTEM OF CONDUITS MUST BE COMPLETELY INSTALLED AND RENDERED ELECTRICALLY
CONTINUOUS BEFORE THE CONDUCTORS ARE PULLED IN. CONDUITS SHOULD TERMINATE IN JUNCTION BOXES OF NOT LESS THAN 32 MM. DEEP.
7.11 AN INSULATED EARTH WIRE OF COPPER RATED CAPACITY SHALL BE RUN IN EACH CONDUIT FOR ENTIRE
LENGTH. 8.0 LIGHTING & POWER WIRING: 8.1 ALL FINAL BRANCH CIRCUITS FOR LIGHTING AND APPLIANCES SHALL BE SINGLE CONDUCTOR/ STRANDED/
FLEXI-CABLES RUN INSIDE CONDUITS. THE CONDUIT SHALL BE PROPERLY CONNECTED OR JOINTED INTO SOCKETS, BENS, AND JUNCTION BOXES.
8.2 ALL CIRCUITS SHALL PREFERABLY BE KEPT IN A SEPARATE CONDUIT UPTO THE DISTRIBUTION BOARD. NO
OTHER WIRING SHALL BE BUNCHED IN THE SAME CONDUIT EXCEPT THOSE BELONGING TO THE SAME PHASE. EACH LIGHTING BRANCH CIRCUIT SHALL NOT HAVE MORE THAN TEN OUTLETS OR 800 WATTS WHICHEVER IS
LOWER. EACH CONDUIT SHALL NOT HOLD MORE THAN THREE BRANCH CIRCUITS OF SAME PHASE. 8.3 FLEXIBLE CORDS FOR CONNECTION TO APPLIANCES, FANS AND PENDANTS SHALL BE 650/1100V GRADE
(THREE OR FOUR CORES I.E WITH INSULATED NEUTRAL WIRE OF SAME SIZE) WITH TINNED STRANDED COPPER
WIRES, INSULATED, TWISTED AND SHEATHED WITH STRENGTHENING CORD. COLOUR OF SHEATH SHALL BE
SUBJECT TO THE ENGINEER’S APPROVAL. 8.4 LOOPING SYSTEM OF WIRING SHALL BE USED. WIRES SHALL NOT BE JOINTED. WHERE JOINTS ARE
UNAVOIDABLE, THEY SHALL BE MADE THROUGH APPROVED MECHANICAL CONNECTORS. NO SUCH JOINTS
SHALL BE MADE UNLESS THE LENGTH OF THE SUB-CIRCUIT, SUB-MAIN OR MAIN IS MORE THAN THE LENGTH OF
THE STANDARD COIL. 8.5 CONTROL SWITCHES SHALL BE CONNECTED IN THE PHASE CONDUCTORS ONLY. SWITCHES SHALL BE FIXED
IN 3 MM. THICK PAINTED OR GALVANIZED STEEL BOXES WITH COVER PLATES AS SPECIFIED. CADMIUM PLATED
BRASS SCREWS SHALL BE USED. 8.6 POWER WIRING SHALL BE DISTINCTLY SEPARATE FROM LIGHTING WIRING. CONDUITS NOT LESS THAN 25 MM.
AND WIRES NOT LESS THAN 2.5 SQ. MM. COPPER SHALL BE USED.
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 102 of 151
8.7 EVERY CONDUCTOR SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH IDENTIFICATION FERRULES AT BOTH ENDS MATCHING THE
DRAWINGS. 9.0 TESTING : 9.1 THE ENTIRE INSTALLATION SHALL BE TESTED FOR :
A) INSULATION RESISTANCE. B) EARTH CONTINUITY. C) POLARITY OF SINGLE POLE SWITCHES. A TEST CERTIFICATE SHALL BE SUBMITTED IN THE PERFORMA SHOWN UNDER APPENDIX – I. 10.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENT: 10.1 THE DEFINITION OF POINT WIRING SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SKETCH DRAWING AND SHOULD WIRING
FROM D.B. ONWARDS TOGETHER WITH ALL JUNCTION BOXES, CONNECTORS, EARTH WIRE, FIXING ACCESSORIES, CONNECTION TO ALL LIGHT FITTINGS SWITCHES ETC. AS SPECIFIED AND SHOWN ON
DRAWINGS. THE POINT RATE SHALL INCLUDE CIRCUIT WIRING FROM DISTRIBUTION BOARD TO SWITCH BOARD
AND/OR DIRECTLY TO THE POINT. THE CIRCUIT WIRE SHALL BE IN SEPARATE CONDUIT. THE CONTRACTOR MAY DRAW MAXIMUM 2/3 CIRCUITS OF THE SAME PHASE IN CIRCUIT MAINS CONDUIT.
10.2 ALL SWITCHES SOCKETS WITH BOXES, EARTHING INTERCONNECTION AND PLATE TYPE SILVER CONTACT
SWITCH SHALL BE INCLUSIVE IN POINT WIRING. 10.3 ALL EMPTY CONDUIT RUNS, INCLUDING JUNCTION BOXES FISH WIRES ETC. SHALL BE PAID ON THE BASIS OF
UNIT LENGTH.
MEASUREMENTS SHALL BE ALONG THE CONDUIT AND CONCURRENT LENGTH OF SUB-CIRCUIT WIRING. 10.4 BUZZER INDICATOR OF THE WAYS SPECIFIED SHALL CONSIST OF INDICATING LAMPS, RESET BUTTON,
ELECTROMAGNET, PERSPEX COVER PLATE, CHROMIUM PLATED BRASS SCREWS ETC. SHALL BE CONSIDERED AS ON UNIT FOR MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT.
10.5 TWO WAY LIGHT POINTS SHALL BE CLASSIFIED ACCORDING TO AND CONSIST OF 2 NOS. 2 WAY PLATE TYPE
SWITCHES, WIRING FROM THE 1 ST 2 WAY SWITCH TO THE 2ND 2 WAY SWITCH TO THE FIRST LIGHT
CONTROLLED. SUBSEQUENT LIGHTS, IF ANY, SHALL BE MEASURED AS ORDINARY SECONDARY POINT.
EARTHING SCOPE :
THE SCOPE OF WORK SHALL COVER SUPPLY OF EARTHING STATIONS, LAYING COPPER EARTH STRIPS AND CONNECTING THE POWER PANELS, DB’S AND SWITCH BOARDS.
STANDARDS :
AS PER ANNEXURE – IV.
PLATE EARTHING STATION : THE SUBSTATION EARTHING SHALL BE WITH COPPER PLATE EARTHING STATION UNLESS OTHERWISE
SPECIFIED.
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 103 of 151
THE EARTHING STATION SHALL BE AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWING. THE EARTH ELECTRODES SHALL BE 450 X
450 X 3 MM / 600 X 600 X 6 MM. COPPER PLATE – AS SPECIFIED IN B.O.Q. THE EARTH RESISTANCE SHALL BE MAINTAINED WITH A SUITABLE SOIL TREATMENT AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS.
THE RESISTANCE OF EACH EARTH STATION SHOULD NOT EXCEED 1 OHMS. THE EARTH LEAD SHALL BE CONNECTED TO THE EARTH PLATE THROUGH COPPER/BRASS BOLTS AS SHOWN
ON THE DRAWING. MINIMUM DISTANCE BETWEEN TWO EARTH PITS SHALL BE 2 MTS. ALL EARTH PITS SHALL BE MINIMUM 1 MT. AWAY FROM BUILDING FOUNDATION.
PIPE EARTHING STATION : THE EARTH STATION SHALL BE AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWING AND SHALL BE USED FOR EQUIPMENT EARTH
GRID. THE EARTH ELECTRODE SHALL BE 2.5 M. LONG 50 MM. DIAMETER GALVANIZED STEEL PIPE. THE EARTH RESISTANCE SHALL BE MAINTAINED WITH A SUITABLE SOIL TREATMENT AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS.
THE RESISTANCE OF EACH EARTH STATION SHOULD NOT EXCEED 5 OHMS.
THE EARTH LEAD SHALL BE FIXED TO THE PIPE WITH A AND SAFETY SET SCREWS. THE CLAMPS SHALL BE PERMANENTLY ACCESSIBLE.
EARTH LEADS AND CONNECTIONS :
EARTH LEAD SHALL BE BARE COPPER OR ALUMINIUM OR GALVANIZED STEEL AS SPECIFIED WITH SIZES
SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. AT ROAD CROSSINGS NECESSARY HUME PIPES SHALL BE LAID. EARTH LEAD RUN ON SURFACE OF WALL OR CEILING SHALL BE FIXED ON SADDLES OR WALL.
THE COMPLETE EARTHING SYSTEM SHALL BE MECHANICALLY AND ELECTRICALLY BONDED TO PROVIDE AN
INDEPENDENT RETURN PATH TO THE EARTH SOURCE.
EQUIPMENT EARTHING : ALL APPARATUS AND EQUIPMENT TRANSMITTING OR UTILIZING POWER SHALL BE EARTHED IN THE
FOLLOWING MANNER. COPPER EARTH WIRES SHALL BE USED UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED IN THE
SCHEDULE OF WORK AND DRAWINGS. POWER TRANSMISSION APPARATUS : METALLIC CONDUIT SHALL NOT BE ACCEPTED AS AN EARTH CONTINUITY CONDUCTOR. A SEPARATE
INSULATED/BARE EARTH CONTINUITY CONDUCTOR OF SIZE 50% OF THE PHASE CONDUCTOR SUBJECT TO
THE MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM SHALL BE PROVIDED. NON-METALLIC CONDUIT SHALL HAVE AN INSULATED EARTH CONTINUITY CONDUCTOR OF THE SAME SIZE AS
FOR METALLIC CONDUIT. ALL METAL JUNCTION AND SWITCH BOXES SHALL HAVE AN INSIDE EARTH STUD TO
WHICH THE EARTH CONDUCTOR SHALL BE CONNECTED. THE EARTH CONDUCTOR SHALL BE DISTINCTLY COLORED
(GREEN) FOR EASY IDENTIFICATION. IN THE CASE OF CABLE, AN EARTH CONTINUITY CONDUCTOR SHALL EITHER BE RUN OUTSIDE ALONG THE
CABLE OR SHOULD FORM A SEPARATE INSULATED CORE OF THE CABLE.
THREE PH. POWER PANELS AND DISTRIBUTION BOARDS SHALL HAVE 2 DISTINCT EARTH CONNECTIONS OF THE SIZE CORRELATED TO THE INCOMING CABLE SIZE. IN CASE OF 1 PH. DB’S A SINGLE EARTH
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 104 of 151
CONNECTION IS ADEQUATE. SIMILARLY FOR 3 PH AND 1 PH ISOLATING SWITCHES THERE SHALL BE 2 AND 1 EARTH CONNECTIONS RESPECTIVELY, SIZES BEING CORRELATED TO THE INCOMING CABLE.
TESTING :
THE FOLLOWING EARTH RESISTANCE VALUES SHALL BE MEASURED WITH AN APPROVED EARTH MEGGAR
AND RECORDED. EACH EARTHING STATION EARTHING SYSTEM AS A WHOLE EARTH CONTINUITY CONDUCTORS
MODE OF MEASUREMENTS : PROVIDING EARTHING STATION COMPLETE WITH EXCAVATION, ELECTRODE, WATERING PIPE, SOIL
TREATMENT, MASONRY CHAMBER WITH CAST IRON COVER ETC. SHALL BE TREATED AS ONE UNIT OF MEASUREMENT.
THE FOLLOWING ITEMS OF WORK SHALL BE MEASURED AND PAID PER UNIT LENGTH COVERING THE COST
OF THE EARTH WIRES/STRIPS CLAMPS, LABOR ETC. MAIN EQUIPMENT EARTHING GRID AND CONNECTIONS TO THE EARTHING STATIONS. CONNECTIONS TO THE SWITCHBOARD, POWER PANELS, DISTRIBUTION BOARDS ETC. THE COST OF EARTHING THE FOLLOWING ITEMS SHALL BECOME PART OF THE COST OF THE ITEM ITSELF
AND NO SEPARATE PAYMENT FOR EARTHING SHALL BE MADE. ISOLATING SWITCHES AND STARTERS SHOULD FORM PART OF MOUNTING FRAME, SWITCH STARTER ETC. LIGHT FITTINGS – FORM PART OF INSTALLATION OF THE LIGHT FITTING. CONDUIT WIRING CABLING – SHOULD FORM PART OF THE WIRING OR CABLING. TELEPHONE DISTRIBUTION
THIS COVER SUPPLY ,INSTALLATION, TESTING, COMMISSIONING OF TELEPHONE SYSTEM.
1) THE SCOPE OF WORK SHALL COVER SUPPLY, INSTALLATION, COMMISSIONING AND TESTING OF :
TELEPHONE CABLES
TELEPHONE TAG BLOCKS
TELEPHONE WIRING IN CONDUITS
THE TELEPHONE EXCHANGE AND THE HAND SETS SHALL BE SUPPLIED BY THE CLIENTS.
2) CONDUITS :
CONDUITS SHALL BE AS GIVEN BELOW :
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 105 of 151
INDOOR : MEDIUM GAUGE RIGID PVC CONDUIT. IF IN FLOORING PROVIDE HEAVY GAUGE. THE CONDUIT SHALL GENERALLY BE AS SPECIFIED UNDER SECTION `CONDUIT WIRING’.
3) CABLES AND WIRES : THE TYPE OF CABLES AND THE SERVICES SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS : INDOOR MULTI PAIR, PVC INSULATED SHEATHED ARMORED AND SHEATHED. INSIDE TWIN CORE PVC INSULATED WITH CONDUIT TWISTED CORES. ALL MULTI CORE CABLES AND WIRES SHALL BE OF TINNED COPPER CONDUCTOR OF NOT LESS THAN 0.5 MM
DIA AND SHALL BE COLOUR CODED TWISTED PAIRS WITH RIP CORD. THE CONDUCTOR RESISTANCE SHALL BE LESS THAN 150 OHMS PER KM AND THE INSULATION RESISTANCE
BETWEEN THE CONDUCTORS NOT LESS THAN 50 MEGOHMS AND THE NOMINAL CAPACITANCE OF ABOUT 0.1 MICRO FARAD PER KILOMETER.
CABLES LAID UNDER GROUND OR LOCATIONS SUBJECT TO DAMPNESS AND FLOODING SHALL BE FILLED
WITH POLYETHYLENE COMPOUND AND SHALL HAVE SUFFICIENT PROTECTION AGAINST MOISTURE AND
WATER INGRESS. ALL ARMORING SHALL BE OF GALVANIZED STEEL WIRES AND PROTECTED AGAINST CORROSION BY AN
OUTER SHEATH OF PVC IN THE CASE OF INDOOR CABLES AND POLYETHYLENE IN THE CASE OF OUTDOOR
CABLES. OUTER SHEATHING MUST BE FIRE RETARDING AND ANTI-TERMITE. ALL UNARMORED SINGLE CORE CABLES AND INNER SHEATH OF ARMORED CABLES SHALL BE PROVIDED
WITH RIP CORD. ALL SINGLE PAIR CABLES FOR FINAL EXTENSION TO THE TELEPHONE OUTLET BOX SHALL BE UNARMORED
TINNED COPPER CONDUCTORS OF NOT LESS THAN 0.6 MM. DIAMETER AND SHALL BE DRAWN IN CONDUITS. ALL TELEPHONE OUTLETS SHALL CONSIST OF 2 A 2 PAIR POLYTHENE CONNECTOR IN G.I BOX WITH 6 MM ^USBAR^ COVER WITH ^USBAR^ EDGES AND CHROMIUM PLATED BRASS HARDWARE.
TAG BLOCKS :
THE TELEPHONE TAG BLOCKS SHALL BE SUITABLE FOR THE MULTI CORE TELEPHONE CABLES AND SHALL
HAVE TWO TERMINAL BLOCKS, CROSS CONNECT TYPE. ALL INCOMING AND OUTGOING CABLES SHALL BE TERMINATED ON SEPARATE TERMINAL BLOCKS AND TERMINATION SHALL BE SILVER SOLDERED. THE CROSS CONNECTING JUMPERS SHALL BE INSULATED WIRES OF SAME DIAMETER AND SCREW CONNECTED.
THE TAG BLOCKS SHALL BE MOUNTED INSIDE FABRICATED SHEET STEEL BOXES WITH REMOVABLE HINGED
COVERS AND SHALL BE FULLY ACCESSIBLE. THE ENCLOSURE SHALL BE PAINTED WITH 2 COATS OF RED OXIDE AND STOVE ^USBAR^D.
INSTALLATION :
THE INSTALLATION OF CONDUITS SHALL GENERALLY BE AS SPECIFIED UNDER SECTION `CONDUIT WIRING’.
TELEPHONE / DATA PIPES SHALL BE KEPT 100 FROM POWER CONDUIT. SEPARATE J.B. SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR TELEPHONE & COMPUTER. ALL CABLES SHALL BE ON CABLE RACKS AND NEATLY STITCHED TOGETHER.
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 106 of 151
THE CONNECTION AT THE TAG BLOCKS SHALL BE SILVER SOLDERED SO AS TO ACHIEVE MINIMUM CONTACT RESISTANCE.
THE FINAL BRANCH CONNECTIONS WITH SINGLE PAIR CABLES IN CONDUITS AND THE MAXIMUM NUMBER OF
CABLES IN EACH CONDUIT SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS : CONDUIT DIAMETER MAX. NO. OF CABLES INCH MM. ¾” 20 2 NOS. SINGLE PAIR 1” 25 6 NOS. SINGLE PAIR 1¼”32 12 NOS. SINGLE PAIR 1½”40 18 NOS. SINGLE PAIR DATA DISTRIBUTION THIS COVER SUPPLY, INSTALLATION, TESTING, COMMISSIONING OF COMPUTER DISTRIBUTION.
CONDUITS :
CONDUITS WILL BE SUPPLIED BY CONTRACTOR DATA CABLES AND WIRES :
DATA CABLES & WIRES WILL BE SUPPLIED BY CONTRACTOR HUB & RACK
HUB & RACK.WILL BE SUPPLIED BY CONTRACTOR
INSTALLATION :
THE INSTALLATION OF CONDUITS SHALL GENERALLY BE AS SPECIFIED UNDER SECTION `CONDUIT WIRING’.
ALL CABLES SHALL BE ON CABLE RACKS AND NEATLY STITCHED TOGETHER. THE CONNECTION AT THE HUB RACK SHALL BE CRIMPED SO AS TO ACHIEVE MINIMUM CONTACT RESISTANCE. THE FINAL BRANCH CONNECTIONS WITH SINGLE PAIR CABLES IN CONDUITS AND THE MAXIMUM NUMBER OF
CABLES IN EACH CONDUIT SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: CONDUIT DIAMETER MAX. NO. OF CABLES INCH MM. ¾” 20 2 NOS. SINGLE PAIR 1” 25 6 NOS. SINGLE PAIR 1¼”32 12 NOS. SINGLE PAIR 1½”40 18 NOS. SINGLE PAIR LIGHT FIXTURES AND FANS
1.0 SCOPE :
1.1 THE SCOPE OF WORK SHALL COVER THE PROVIDING, ASSEMBLY, AND TESTING OF FLUORESCENT AND INCANDESCENT LIGHT FIXTURES AND CEILING FANS.
2.0 STANDARDS : AS PER ANNEXURE – IV 3.0 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS : 3.1 ALL FIXTURES SHALL BE COMPLETE WITH ACCESSORIES NECESSARY FOR INSTALLATION WHETHER SO
DETAILED UNDER FIXTURE DESCRIPTION OR NOT.
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 107 of 151
3.2 FIXTURE HOUSING, FRAME OR CANOPY SHALL PROVIDE A SUITABLE COVER FOR THE FIXTURE OUTLET BOX OR
FIXTURE OPENING. 3.3 FIXTURES SHALL BE INSTALLED AT MOUNTING HEIGHTS AS DETAILED ON THE DRAWINGS OR INSTRUCTED ON
SITE BY THE ARCHITECT/CONSULTANT. 3.4 FIXTURES AND/OR FIXTURE OUTLET BOXES SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH HANGERS TO ADEQUATELY SUPPORT
THE COMPLETE WEIGHT OF THE FIXTURE. DESIGN OF HANGERS AND METHOD OF FASTENING OTHER THAN
SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS OR HEREIN SPECIFIED SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE ARCHITECT/CONSULTANT
FOR APPROVAL. 3.5 PENDANT FIXTURES WITHIN THE SAME ROOM OR AREA SHALL BE INSTALLED IN PLUMB AND AT A UNIFORM
HEIGHT FROM THE FINISHED FLOOR. ADJUSTMENT OF HEIGHT SHALL BE MADE DURING INSTALLATION AS PER
ARCHITECT’S/CONSULTANT’S. 4.0 CEILING FANS : 4.1.1 CEILING FANS SHALL BE COMPLETE WITH FAN SUSPENSION STEM CANOPIES AND REGULATORS. 30 CM
SUSPENSION STEM SHALL BE STANDARD ACCESSORY AND STEMS SHALL BE HEAVY DUTY GALVANIZED
STEEL TUBES TO IS 1239- 1958. 4.2 FANS SHALL BE MOUNTED ON A PRE-EMBEDDED HOOK WITH HARD RUBBER ISOLATOR. REGULATORS SHALL
BE NO-STEP TYPE MOUNTED IN THE SWITCH BOX. THE BOX IN ALL SUCH CASES SHALL BE LARGE ENOUGH TO ACCOMMODATE THE REGULATOR AND SWITCHES. ONE SAMPLE BOX WITH TOP COVER SHALL BE GOT
APPROVED BEFORE PROCUREMENT. 5.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENT : 5.1 EACH FIXTURE SHALL BE MEASURED AS A UNIT COMPLETE WITH ACCESSORIES, LAMP, CONNECTORS, EARTHING, MOUNTING ARRANGEMENT, CLAMPS ETC. 5.2 SUSPENSION STEMS FOR LIGHT FITTINGS SHALL BE MEASURED AS BARE CONDUITS AND PAID AT THE RATE
PER UNIT LENGTH.
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 108 of 151
INSTRUCTIONS FOR CONTRACTORS TO BE PLEASE READ THIS CAREFULLY
e. THE RATE FOR ITEMS IN SCHEDULE OF QUANTITIES MUST BE GIVEN IN WORDS AND FIGURES. AMOUNT OF EACH ITEMS MUST ALSO BE ENTERED IN COLUMN AND GRAND TOTAL OF AMOUNT MUST
BE STUCK OUT BY THE TENDERER. f. IF THE TENDERER IS TAKEN IN FAVOUR OF THE COMPANY, A POWER OF ATTORNEY IN FAVOUR OF THE
PERSON WHO MAY HAVE SIGNED THE TENDER FOR THE COMPANY MUST ACCOMPANY THE TENDER. g. ALL PAGES OF SCHEDULE OF QUANTITIES ETC.SHOULD BE INITIALED BY THE CONTRACTOR. h. DISCREPANCIES AND ADJUSTMENT OF ERRORS. ANY ERROR IN QUANTITY OR AMOUNT IN SCHEDULE OF QUANTITIES SHOWING ITEM OR
WORK TO BE CARRIED OUT SHALL BE ADJUSTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING RULES: e. IN THE EVENT OF A DISCREPANCY BETWEEN DESCRIPTION IN WORDS AND FIGURES QUOTED BY A
TENDERER IN THE RATES COLUMN, THE DESCRIPTION IN WORDS SHALL PREVAIL. IN THE EVENT OF AN ERROR OCCURRING IN THE AMOUNT COLUMN OF THE SCHEDULE OF QUANTITIES SHOWING ITEMS OF WORK, AS A RESULT OF WRONG MULTIPLICATION OF THE UNIT RATE
AND QUANTITY, THE UNIT RATE SHALL BE REGARDED, AS FIRM AND MULTIPLICATION SHALL BE AMENDED ON THE BASIS OF THE RATE.
f. ALL ERRORS IN TOTALING IN AMOUNT COLUMN IN CARRYING FORWARD TOTAL SHALL BE
CORRECTED.
g. ANY ROUNDING OF AMOUNT AGAINST ‘ITEMS’ OR IN ‘TOTALS’ SHALL BE IGNORED.
THE TENDERED SUM SO ALTERED SHALL FOR THE PURPOSE OF THE TENDER BE SUBSTITUTED FOR THE SUM ORIGINALLY TENDERED AND CONSIDERED FOR ACCEPTANCE. a. THE CLIENTS/CONSULTANTS HAVE RIGHT TO: 5) REJECT ANY NO. OF QUANTITIES IN THE TENDER. 6) TO DECREASE OR TO INCREASE OR TO DELETE ANY QUANTITY IN THE TENDER.
7) IN CASE EXTRA ITEMS ARE THERE IT WILL BE SETTLED AS EXACT COST OF MATERIAL +EXACT COST
OF LABOUR + 10% PROFIT INCLUDING WASTAGE.
8) THE CONTRACTOR HAS TO SUBMIT AS BUILT DRAWINGS IN COMPUTERIZED MANNER TO THE
FOLLOWING & HAVE TO BE SIGNED BY ELECTRICAL CONSULTANTS.
# BRANCH MANAGER # RESPONSIBLE DESK OFFICER # PREMISES ENGINEER OF BANK # FLOPPY & A DRAWING TO CONSULTANTS NOTE: UNLESS THESE FOUR SETS ARE NOT SUBMITTED WITH THE FINAL BILL THEN THE FINAL BILL WILL
NOT BE CERTIFIED.
9) CONTRACTOR WILL HAVE TO USE JARRY CUTTER. THE SCOPE IS MAKING GOOD THE SAME. 10) THE CONTRACTOR WILL HAVE TO USE THE FIRST BRAND SPECIFIED IN THE SPECIFIED MAKE LIST. IF
THE SAME IS NOT AVAILABLE THEN BE HAS TO TAKE WRITTEN PRIOR APPROVAL OF THE CONSULTANT
BEFORE USING THE SAME.
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 109 of 151
Mandatory information required for Prequalification of the bidder for
electrification voice & data cabling work FOR Bank of Baroda Astodia Branch
Important: 1. Please type or handwrite in capital letters.
4. Attach copies of the supporting documents.
5. Please use additional sheets if required.
Name of the Bidder :
email address :
Telephone number office :
Telephone number office :
Fax no. :
Address 1 :
Address 2 :
City :
Pin code :
Year of Establishment :
Status of the Firm : Proprietary/Partnership/Pvt. Ltd./Pub. Ltd.
Names of the directors/Partners/proprietor :
Name and address of the Bankers – 1 :
Name and address of the Bankers – 2 :
Name and address of the Bankers – 3 :
Registration number and date with Registrar
of Companies/Firms :
PAN Card Number :
Sales Tax Number :
Request copies of the Balance sheet :
Current solvency certificate from your
Banker for not less than Rs. Five Lacs :
Attach copy.
Empanelment with the other Companies/PSUs
Field of activities :
Main Activity :
Value of the total work done till date :
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 110 of 151
List particulars of minimum 10 successfully
completed works during last Seven years
amounting to Rs. Five lacs or more :
List Number of Technical staff working in the
organization :
List number of other staff working in the
organization :
Have you in past carried out any works for
Bank of Baroda or its subsidiaries? :
Have you been ever disqualified or levied
penalty by the Bank in past for non fulfillment
of the contractual obligations. If yes, please
provide details in brief. :
Have you been ever been put on a holiday list
or banned by any Public Sector Units? If
yes please provide details in brief:
I/We confirm that to the best of our knowledge this information is authentic and accept that any deliberate concealment will amount to disqualification at any stage.
Seal and Signature of the Bidder/s.
Date:
Place:
B.O.Q. OF ELECTRIFICATION VOICE & DATA CABELING WORK FOR B.O.B. ASTODIA BRANCH
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 111 of 151
Ahmedabad city Regional office. ARCHITECT : CREATION ARCHITECTS, AHMEDABAD
NO. DESCRIPTION QTY UNIT RATE AMOUNT
1 M.V. DISTRIBUTION BOARDS & POWER PANELS
1.1 To Supply, Install, connect, test and commission of Main PCC as described below & specifications.
The unit rate for each item shall include :
a) Fabrication, supply & installation of 16 Gauge CRCA sheet duly painted with all hardware, clamps etc. for housing all compaonantes.
b) Panel should be Powder coated only.
c) Painting all metal works
d) Connection, testing and commissioning.
e) Checking of internal connection and wiring operation of switches, starter etc.
f) Necessary Forced Ventilation & illumination will be provided.
g) G.A / wiring drawing shall be approved from consultants.
h) Testing of panel and submit the test report in duplicate with supervisor / Engineer's specimen.
1.1.1 SITC of MAIN LT PANEL with digital metering & indicating lamps as described below.
1 NO.
I/C : 125A FP MCCB - 1 NO
0/G : 63A FP MCB - 1 NO (For UPS room)
: 63A FP MCB - 2 NO (For Ltg & 3 PHASE AC)
: 16A DP MCB - 1 NO (For Siren System)
: 32A FP MCB - 1 NO (For SPARE)
: 20A DP MCB - 1 NO with 24 hr Timer 20A TP contractor for Signage Board
1.1.2 LIGHTING DB 1 NO.
I/C : 63A FP MCB - 1 NO
O/G : 40A DP ELMCB (100MA) - 3 NOS
: 6/16A SP MCB - 12 NOS
1.1.3 A.C.DB 1 NO.
I/C : 63A FP ELMCB - 1 NO
O/G : 20-25 A DP MCB -9 NOS.
1.1.4 SITC of UPS DB AT UPSROOM (5 KVA) 1 NO.
I/C : 63A FP MCB - 1 NOS
63A DP MCB-3 NOS.
1.1.5 O/G : 32A DP ELMCB - 1 NOS 2 NO.
: 10A SP MCB - 4 NOS
: 16A SP MCB - 2 NOS
1 SUB-TOTAL C/F TO SUMMARY
2 CABLES & CABLE LAYING
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 112 of 151
2.1 To Supply, Lay, install, Test & commission of heavy duty medium voltage cable in underground / tray / wall angle / ceiling with clamps and saddles of cable tie etc., as approved by the Consultants / Engineer Incharge. The cable will be 650/1100 volt grade, conforming to IS : 1554, PVC insulated and PVC sheathed stranded AL/ CU conductor. The cable shall be laid with proper clamping arrangement when laid inside / outside the building in the manner as specified. The unit rate shall include :
a) Earthing the glands and armouring etc. with earthing clamp and jumper and also connecting to common earth bar
b) Supply & fixing of necessary cable clamping material when laid in wall / shaft.
c) Testing of cable before & after laying submit the test report
in duplicate with supervisor / Engineer's specimen.
2.1.1 4c x 35 sq.mm. AYFY 30 MTR.
2.1.2 4c x 16 sq.mm. AYFY 25 MTR.
2.1.3 4c x 6 sq.mm. YWY 30 MTR.
2.1.4 1c x 25 sq.mm. YY copper tails with Flexible wirebraded PVC conduit (from A.E.co Meter to Main LT panel)
16 MTR.
2.1.5 1c x 6 sq.mm. YY copper flexible cable with Flexble conduit
40 MTR.
2.1.6 3 x 2.5 sq.mm flexible wire line with pvc conduit 100 mtr
2.1.7 3 X 4.0 sq.mm flexible wire line with pvc conduit 200 mtr
2.1.8 4 X 6.0 sq.mm. Flexible wire line with pvc conduit 100 mtr
2.2 CABLE END TERMINATION AND CONNECTION
To supply, install, connecte, test and commission of SINGLE COMPRESSION cable glands and crimping type Al/Cu. cable lugs with required tools and equipments as per and IS. The glands and lugs shall be suitable for AYFY/YWY cables. The job also includes, if necessary, supply & fixing of extension copper busbar on circuit breaker / Fuse switch unit to terminate more than one number of parallel cables or to connect higher size cable to lower size unit. The job also includes earthing the glands and armour of the cable with common earth bar.
2.2.1 4c x 35 sq. mm. AYFY 2 NO.
2.2.2 4c x 16 sq. mm. AYFY 2 NO.
2.2.3 4c x 6 sq. mm. YWY 2 NO.
2.2.4 1c x 25 sq. mm. YY copper tails 8 NO.
2.2.5 1c x 6 sq. mm. YY copper flexible cable 8 NO.
2 SUB-TOTAL C/F TO SUMMARY
3 INTERNAL WIRING
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 113 of 151
3.1 Supply, installation, connection, testing and commissioning of Point wiring (as mentioned below) in concealed, semiconcealed or open conduit manner as inctructed by consultant / Architects. All the wiring shall be done with copper flexible conductor FRLS insulated, stratnded ISI & FIA approved make wire of 650 /1100v grade with 20/25 mm dia ISI marked conduit. The outlet points with , M.S. box, cover plate, junction box. flexible pipe with gland. sockets etc. A point outlet box shall be provided with porcelain base ceiling rose for ceiling light point and pendent holder for bracket light point (if required). The cover of J.B shall be provided with PVC sheet. The switches & its accessories shall be used as mentioned in Make of material. The wiring shall be as per IS : 732 and IS : 4648. The rate shal include of making zari in wall / slab /RCC & refinishing after concealing the conduit including all the civil material like sand, brick, cement and labour for completion the job. Any damage to civil work of the building shall be made good by contractor through a skilled worker of the civil agency at his own cost.
The unit rate shall include :
1) Appropriate cu. Pin type lugs shall be used at switchboard, plugpoint and D.B. end.
2) Proper ferrule shall be used to tress the circuit & lightpoint wires.
3) The size of wires shall be as per the chart given herewith :
4) Circuit mains inclueded in light wiring.
a) LIGHTING CIRCUIT
From MCBDB to Main SB to Sub Switch boards
Phase, Neutral & Earth : 2x 2.5 + 1x1.5 mm2
b) POWER PLUG CIRCUIT
15 Amp. socket outlet point
Phase Neutral 2X2.5 mm2
Earth 1X1.5 mm2
c) AIRCONDITIONING CIRCUIT
20 Amp. socket outlet point.
Phase Neutral 2x4.0 mm2
Earth 1x2.5 mm2
3.1.1 Primary light point controlled by 6A switch 50 NO.
3.1.2 Loop light point controlled by Primary point 10 NO.
3.1.3 One 5 A x 5 pin 250 volt socket outlet point controlled by one 6 A switch located on board
20 NO.
3.1.4 One ceiling fan point controlled by 6A switch, 300W humfree regulator & anchor fastner
3 NO.
3.1.5 One 5 A x 5 pin socket outlet point controlled by one 6A switch at convinient location.
5 NO.
3.1.6 One 20A point controlled by one 20A switch with 20A power plug top for window A/C.
8 NO.
3.1.7 One 16A point controlled by one 16A switch for appliences. 2 NO.
3.1.8 One wall fan / exhaust fan point controlled by 6A switch & 6A plug both at different location.
10 NO.
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 114 of 151
3.1.9 Bell point with bell 2 NO.
3 SUB-TOTAL C/F TO SUMMARY
4 SUPPLY & INSTALLATION OF LIGHT FIXTURES AND FANS
4.1 Supply, Installation, assembling, connection, testing and commissioning of fixtures complete wtih mounting accessories as per specifications and standards (necessary wiring from point outlet to light fixture with flexible / rigid conduit).
The unit rate shall include :
a) Handling & Store the fixtures material supplied by bank
b) Marking out the location of fixtures for cutout in ceiling
c) Internal Wiring of the fixtures form ballast, lamp etc.
4.1.1 1 x 18 W CFL downligher complete with lamp 4 NO.
phi. cat no. FBS 085/118 RG-FR
4.1.2 2 x 18 W CFL downligher complete with lamp 24 NO.
PHI. CAT NO. FBS 085/218 RG-FR
4.1.3 2 x 36 W CFL Mirror optic light fixture complete with lamp 2 NO.
PHI.CAT .NO. FBS 300/236 P5 H F
4.1.4 1 x 14/28 W T5 Complete box type light fixture 10 NO.
TCH 204 I x TL5-28 W
4.1.5 LED roplight withfitting with all connection 50 MTR
4.1.6 1 x 11 W pL Complete box type light fixture 5 NO.
FMS 200/111
4.1.7 2 x 36 W FTL Complete Mirror optic light fixture 8 NO.
TBS 518/236 H F
4.1.8 1200 mm dia Ceiling fan 3 NO.
4.1.9 300 mm. dia heavy duty type single phase exhaust fan with protection grill, louvers & angle frame (havells)
2 NO.
4.1.10 450 mm.dia Decorative single phase Wall fan with protection grill, louvers & angle frame (havells)
7 NO.
4 SUB-TOTAL C/F TO SUMMARY
5 EARTHING
5.1 Supply, installation, connection, testing and commissioning of Earthing station, equipotential bar, bare copper earthing strip as per specification and IS: 3043 - 1985 for equipment earthing with :
1) Excavation in hard marrum
2) Watering pipe
3) Earthing strip / earthing cable
4) Plate / pipe electrode
5) Hardware
6) Brick masonry chamber with C.I. hinged cover and funnel
7) Charcoal and salt fill
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 115 of 151
5.1.1 600 x 600 x 3.25 mm. thick copper earth electrode type earth station
2 NO.
5.1.2 25 x 3.15 MM copper streep 20 MTR.
5.1.3 8 S.W.G cu. Wire. 40 MTR.
5 SUB-TOTAL C/F TO SUMMARY
6 COMPUTER POWER WIRING
6.1 Supply, Installation, connection, testing and commissioning of telephone wiring system as per specification and drawings. The wiring shall be done through 25 mm. dia conduit with required accessories ,hardware & junction boxes for UPS power plug. Computer power outlet point including supply and fixing of MS/PVC box as described. The scope shall be cover as described below :
1) The rate shall include Preparing floor trench by using electric cutter only, & finish the surface with cement by using civil meason.
2) Data & Power cabling. Distance between power & Data conduit shall be kept min. 9".
3) Conduit shall be laid below flooring, and in furniture.
4) Appropriate cu. Pin type lugs with Ferrule shall be used at plugpoint and D.B. end.
5) PVC / M.S. flexible conduit from Floor J.B. to UPS power plug.
6.1.1 Supply & laying of 25 mm dia PVC conduit for Computer & DATA cabling
75 MTR.
6.1.2 Supply & laying of Circuit wiring for comp. power from UPS DB to computer power point with (2 nos. x 2.5 sq. mm + 1 no. 1.5 sq. mm Cu. wire) in above said conduit as approved manner
200 MTR.
6.1.3 Supply & fixing of powder coated M.S. / PVC box for Comp. having 6A SWITCHES with 3 nos. of 6A PLUG in concealed / surface mounting manner.
15 NO.
6 SUB-TOTAL C/F TO SUMMARY
7 TELEPHONE WIRING :
7.1 Supply, Installation, Connection and Testing of 0.5mm dia tinned copper conductor telephone cable with RJ - 11 jack for telephone socket. Telephone wiring shall be done through 25mm dia PVC conduit with required accessories, hardware & junction boxes.
7.1.1 S&l of 25mm PVC conduit for Computer Power & DATA cabling
50 MTR.
7.1.2 Supply & laying of 0.5 mm. dia. copper 2 pair telephone cable from Tel. J.B to point.
200 MTR.
7.1.3 Supply & laying of 0.5 mm. dia. copper 10 pair telephone cable
40 MTR.
7.1.4 Supply and Fixing of RJ-11 tel. Jack socket with front plate and M.S. back box
15 NO
7.1.5 SITC of 20 pair krone box 1 NO
7 SUB-TOTAL C/F TO SUMMARY
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 116 of 151
8 DATA CABLING WIRING :
8.1 Supply, Installation, Connection and Testing of 0.5mm dia tinned copper conductor CAT 6 cable with IO. Data cabling shall be done through 25mm dia PVC conduit with required accessories , hardware & junction boxes
8.1.1 S&l of 25mm PVC conduit 100 MTR.
8.1.2 Supply & laying of cat 6 utp data cable from IO to petch panel
350 MTR.
8.1.3 SITC of IO with faceplate & box 18 NO
8.1.4 SITC of 24 port Petch panel 1 NO
8.1.5 SITC of 1 Mtr Petch cord 18 NO
8.1.6 SITC of 2 Mtr Petch cord 18 NO
8.1.7 SITC of 9 U wall rack with all type of accessories 1 NO
8 SUB-TOTAL C/F TO SUMMARY
9 Music System
9.1.1 sitc of 2 core 1.5 sq.mm. Cable with pvc conduit 75 MTR
9.1.2 sitc of ceilling speaker 6 NO
SUB-TOTAL C/F TO SUMMARY
SR.NO SUMMARY
1 M.V. DISTRIBUTION BOARDS & POWER PANELS
2 CABLES & CABLE LAYING
3 INTERNAL WIRING
4 SUPPLY & INSTALLATION OF LIGHT FIXTURES AND FANS
5 EARTHING
6 COMPUTER POWER WIRING
7 TELEPHONE WIRING :
8 DATA CABLING WIRING :
9 MUSIC SYSTEM R.O
GRAND TOTAL
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 117 of 151
TENDER AMOUNT RS.___________ Amount In Words. Date: Place:Ahmedabad Signature of Contractor BUY BACK OFFER : Removing and buying back all cables, wires, switches, Electric Panels , ELCB MCB, Tube light, Fan etc. ( L.S ) Rs. __________ NET TENDER AMOUNT : Tender Amount Rs.__________ Buy Back Amount Rs.__________
NET TENDER Amount in words Rs.____________
LESS DISCOUNT ( if any )
Date: Place: Ahmedabad Signature of Contractor
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 118 of 151
DRAWING
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 119 of 151
TENDER FOR A.C. SYSTEM OF BANK OF BARODA, ASTODIA BRANCH
AHMEDABAD GUJARAT
OWNER GENERAL MANAGER BANK OF BARODA AHMEDABAD CITY REGIONAL OFFICE
4TH FLOOR BANK OF BARODA TOWER
NEAR LAW GARDEN ELISBRIDGE AHMEDABAD- 380 006
ARCHITECT & INTERIOR DESIGNER
CREATIONS
J. R. CHOKSHI SHYAM KUTIR,
B/S GRUH FINANCE, NETAJI ROAD, ELLIS BRIDGE.
AHMEDABAD – 380 006.
PH.: 079 4004 9004 FAX: 079 2656 8882 CELL:98253-46825
E-mail - jitenchokshi @ yahoo.com.
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 120 of 151
MEMORANDUM OF WORK Bank of Baroda invites item rates sealed tenders from the interested contractors for the work mentioned below.
1. Name of work TENDER FOR SUPPLYING, INSTALLATIONS, COMMISSIONING & TESTING OF A. C. SYSTEM AT
B.O.B. ASTODIA BRANCH AHMEDABAD, GUJARAT.
2. Registration and minimum eligibility Criteria
( i ) The vendor having experience in such type of works. (ii ) The vendor should be authorized dealers of specified brand The authentic certificates / testimonials in support of eligibility criteria shall have to be enclosed with the tender documents failing which the tender shall be rejected out right.
3. Time Limit
45 Days
4. Estimated Cost Put To Tender
Rs. 2,65,000 /-
5. Earnest Money Deposit
Rs.5000 /- to be submitted in the form of D.D. in favour of Bank of Baroda, Ahmedabad (D.D to be enclosed with the tender with technical bid)
6. Tender documents to be downloaded from B.O.B. website http://bankofbaroda.com
From 30/09/09 TO 9/10/09
7. Last date of receiving tenders.
9/10/09 up to 15.00 Hrs. Tenders received after this date and time will not be entertained under any circumstances.
8. Date of Opening of Tender Technical Bid on Dt.9/10/09. at 16.00 Hrs. Price Bid on Dt.9/10/09 at 16.0 Hrs.
9. Mode of sending the Tender Documents in duplicate. i.e. two sets
By RPAD or Speed Post or courier or by hand delivery only addressed to. GENERAL MANAGER BANK OF BARODA REGIONAL OFFICE,4TH FLOOR, BANK OF BARODA TOWER, NEAR LAW GARDEN, ELIS BRIDGE, AHMEDABAD-380 006.
Conditional tenders will not be accepted. Bank of Baroda reserves the right to reject any or all the tenders without assigning any reasons thereof.
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 121 of 151
SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
Name of Work: A.C. SYSTEM OF BANK OF BARODA, ASTODIA BRANCH, AT AHMEDABAD,
GUJARAT.
1. Earnest Money
Deposit
: Rs.5,000 /- to be submitted in the form of D.D. in favour of Bank of Baroda, Ahmedabad valid for 180 days
2 Mode of sending the
tenders in duplicate.
In sealed cover by R P A D/ Speed post / courier or hand delivery only.
:
In sealed envelope super scribed the name of work.
3 Tender validity period : 90 days
4 Time of completion : 45 Days.( Work shall be taken up on hand immediately after the date of issue of work order )
5 Retention Money : 5 % of tender amount.. Retention money will be recovered from bill
6 Defect liability period 12 months after issue of completion certificate . The performance guarantee or retention money shall be released after completion of defect liability period. free services is provided during this period.
7 Compensation for delay
: Rs.1,000 per day but not exceeding 10 % of total contract value, there after client may arrange to get the work done through some other agency.
8 Last date of receipt of tender by RPAD /speed post /courier
: As mentioned in tender notice.
9 Place of receiving Tender Copies
: GENERAL MANAGER BANK OF BARODA AHMEDABAD CITY REGIONAL OFFICE 4TH FLOOR BANK OF BARODA TOWER NEAR LAW GARDEN, ELISBRIDGE AHMEDABAD-380 006.
10 Minimum value of work for interim bills
: RS.1,75,000/-
11 Insurance: : Workers insurance Contractor’s risk policy
12 Estimated Cost Of Tender
: Rs.2,65,000/-
The bank will not be bound to accept the lowest tender and reserves the right to accept or reject any
or all the tenders without assigning any reason what so ever.
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 122 of 151
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO CONTRACTORS
Sealed Tender in duplicate should be addressed to GENERAL MANAGER AHMEDABAD CITY REGIONAL OFFICE, 4
TH FLOOR,
BANK OF BARODA TOWER, NEAR LAW GARDEN, ELISBRIDGE, AHMEDABAD 380 006.
2. No tender will be received after 3.00 p.m. on date 9/10/09 under any circumstances whatsoever. 3. The contractors are not expected to include any conditions contrary to tender provisions. However, if
it is necessary to include certain conditions, the same should be submitted in separate sealed cover. To facilitate the processing of offers, two separate sealed envelopes, one containing conditions or non-conditions statement and the other containing the prices tender only in the stipulated form should be submitted. All letters, enclosures, tenders etc., should be submitted in duplicate. The
tenders should be put in 2nd envelopes. The covers should be suitably super scribed indicating the contents. All letters, enclosures, tenders etc., should be submitted in duplicate. The tenders should clearly indicate on each copy of the priced tender, under their full signature, whether it is the original or duplicate copy.
A. MODE OF SUBMISSION OF TENDER: The tender shall be submitted in accordance with the procedure detailed herein. Specified
documents shall be sealed in two envelopes of appropriate sizes and envelope should be properly super scribed as: Envelope no. 1. EMD and other documents; and envelop no. 2; prices & bill of quantities only.
(a) ENVELOPE MARKED AS FIRST COVER: Envelope marked as first shall contain I. Earnest money deposit in the form as indicated in paragraph 3 above.
II. Covering letter to the tender and tender documents issued by the Architects. (excluding priced tender duly signed.)
III. Any comment which the tenderer desired to make in the form of a statement as brief as possible and with proper reference to the items, clauses and pages of the documents to which the comments pertain.
VI. The name and addresses of the bankers to the tenderer.
VII. Latest income tax Clearance certificate.
VI. Complete set of tender drawings with signature of the tenderer and seal.
VII. Whether the tendering firm has ever been black listed ? If yes, give details.
VIII. Details of registration with Nationalized Banks / Public sector undertakings / government / Semi Government organizations.
IX. Certificate of performance from their previous clients.
X. Detail about constitution of firm - whether proprietorship, partnership, private public ltd Co., cooperative body etc.
XI. Name/s or proprietor / partners / Directors etc.
XII. Registration date.
XIII. Other relevant information as per enclosed format.
XIV. Please take a careful note that the quoted tender price should not be indicated in any of the documents enclosed in envelope marked FIRST.
XV. The aforesaid information / document EMD along with tender documents (excluding priced tender) issued by the Architects should be put in the envelope marked FIRST in duplicate and duly signed by the tenderer and should
(b) ENVELOP MARKED AS SECOND COVER:
Envelop marked SECOND COVER shall contain only price tender in duplicate duly signed and duly filled in rates and amount in words and figures by the tenderer and should be properly sealed.
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 123 of 151
OPENING OF TENDERS:
(a) The sealed envelops marked FIRST COVER containing the tender documents / EMD / other information as mentioned in a paragraph A (a) above shall be opened in the office of The D.G.M. B.O.B. tower , Law garden, Ellis Bridge, Ahmedabad.. on Dt.9/10/09. at 4 P.M in presence of representatives of the Architects and authorized representatives of tenderers who choose to remain present.
(b) If the earnest money deposit and other information / documents called for are not found as prescribed in paragraph A(a) above, the tender shall be rejected.
(c) The tender which is found suitable technically as well as financially whose past performance is found satisfactory to carry out works of similar nature and magnitude as per the details submitted by them and who have fulfilled all other requirements as mentioned in paragraph A(a) will be considered for discussing conditions, if any and then priced tender enclosed in envelope marked as SECOND COVER will be opened of such selected contractors. on Dt. 9/10/09. at 4.30 P.M The price bid of rejected tenderer keeping in view the FIRST COVER will not be opened and E.M.D. without interest will be returned to them as soon as the bank takes any decision to this effect.
(d) The selected contractors will be intimated by the bank regarding opening ot the SECOND COVER containing priced tender. The tenderer or his authorized representative who is competent to take on the spot decision in the matter should be present. After discussing the conditions, if any, and after standardizing / withdrawing the conditions, the selected contractors will have to submit their offer in a separate cover and sealed cover containing priced tender (submitted earlier) will be opened simultaneously.
(e) After opening the envelope containing the offer on the standardized conditions and opening of the priced tender, no correspondence / revised offer whatsoever may be in nature, will be entertained.
(f) The tender shall remain open for acceptance by the bank for a period of 3 (three) months from the date of opening of the SECOND COVER containing the priced tender which may be extended further by mutual agreement and the tenderer during validity period failing which EMD will be forfeited.
(g) The tenderer must use only the tender forms/documents issued by the Bank. If given space falls short for furnishing the information / separate sheet may be added duly signed by the contractors.
(h) The bank reserves the right to reject or select the tender for opening the priced tender and also the bank will not be bound to accept the lowest tender and reserve the right to accept or reject in whole or in part any or all the tenders without assigning any reason whatsoever.
. 4. The time allowed for the completion of work will be 45 Days/ from the date of issue of work order.
5. The contractor should quote in figures as well as in words the rate, the amount tendered by them. The amount for each item should b worked out and requisite totals given.
(1) The vendor should be authorized dealers of specified brand. (2) The vendors are requested to read the documents and offer most competitive rate. (3) The vendors in their own interest are advised to visit the site & get themselves
familiarize in the prevailing situations before submitting their rates. No claim whatsoever for ignorance, misunderstanding shall be entertained later.
(4) The vendors shall be responsible for making good in expeditions & workman like manner. Any defects, which may be found with in twelve months of the handing over the possession of premises, put to beneficial use. In case contractor fails to do so, the same would be got done at his cost & risk. The cost incurred by the bank shall be deducted from the retention money or any other dues.
(5) Rates quoted shall be inclusive of all taxes, levies, duties all applicable & all charges such as freight, insurance, octroi, loading/unloading, unpacking & moving the position in site, etc. for complete item.
(6) The tender documents shall be duly filled in and signed by The vendors and shall
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 124 of 151
be addressed (in sealed cover) to the office of General Manager, Bank of Baroda Regional office 4th floor, B.O.B. Tower, Law garden, Ahmedabad, Gujarat.
(7) All entries in the documents shall be clearly written and shall be in corrections if any shall be clearly made any duly signed and dated by The vendors, erasing and over writings and shall not be permitted and the tender liable for rejection. (8) The vendors shall sign and every page of the tender documents including the layout
drawings attached here to.
(9) Unless otherwise specified all the rates and prices in the tender shall cover sales taxes, octroi, Vat and other applicable taxes and duties, and transportation, sales tax on work contract etc.
(10)The samples of all the material & work item shall be got approved from the
Architect or his representative before proceeding further on the work.
(11) Any damage done to the property of the bank during execution of the work shall be responsibility of the contractor & it shall be made good by him, at his cost to the entire satisfaction of Architect/Bank.
(12) The Architects shall have full power to get the material or workmanship etc. inspected & tested by an independent agency for its soundness & adequacy at the cost of contractor.
(13) The work shall be of highest standard both as regard to material & workmanship. Modern tools & first-class latest techniques shall be employed for its execution.
(14) The scope of works consist supplying, installation, testing & commissioning work with all incidental as directed by Architect.
(15) Increase or decrease the quantities of any item. The Tenderer has to execute the same at the rate quoted.
(16) The schedule of quantities is approximate & all the work executed shall be paid in accordance with the actual measurements as per relevant part of IS:1200 : 1974 or other wise provided.
(17) In case of any dispute, the same shall be refered to court at Ahmedabad and shall be binding
on both the parties.
Signature of Contractor with seal
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 125 of 151
GENERAL DESCRIPTION & BASIS OF DESIGN
1.1 SCOPE
The work stated in these specifications together with consultant's drawings, cover the
design, manufacture, delivering goods at site, handling at site, installation, commissioning
and carrying out performance tests at site of the complete equipment required for the Air
conditioning System for M/s. Bank of Baroda Astodia Branch at Ahmedabad.
a. Area to be Air Conditioned: As per Heat load Summary Sheet
b. Occupancy: As per Heat load Summary Sheet
c. Lighting Load: 1.5 WATT / FT²
d. Location: AHMEDABAD
e. Latitude: 18.54° NORTH
f. Outside Design Conditions: DBT WBT RH WATER CONT.
(°F) (°F) (%) Gr./lb
SUMMER 110 78 24 93
MONSOON 90 85 82 176
WINTER 60 51 54 41
ROOM CONDITION 74 63 55 69
g. Inside Design Conditions: 74°F± 3°F, 55% R.H.
h. Power Supply:
430/415 Volts, 1 Phase / 3 Phase and Neutral 50 c/s., A.C. Electrical power supply including
earthing near the main electrical panel of the contractor will be arranged by the Client. The
rest of the cabling and earthing work from panel to units shall be in the scope of contractor.
However, capacity of power required will have to be given by the contractor well in
advance.
1.2 HEAT LOAD
Based on the above parameters, heat load worked out by the Consulting Engineer is
mentioned in the Heat load summary sheet. However, the tenderer should work out heat load
and air quantity independently and confirm the same in the Tenderers confirmation.
1.3 DESCRIPTION OF THE WORK TO BE CARRIED OUT
To meet Air conditioning load, we propose to installation of
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 126 of 151
LOCATIO DESCRIPTIONS QTY
1.4 CONSULTING ENGINEER’S DRAWINGS (only for Tenderers Ref.)
________________________________________________________________________
Sr.# DRAWING #. DESCRIPTION
________________________________________________________________________
4. VCD-LDE-512-04 Air-conditioning system for BANKING HALL _____________________________________________________________________
11..55 HHEEAATT LLOOAADD SSUUMMMMAARRYY SSHHEEEETT
LOCATION AREA HT People Equip. Suggested
Sq Ft Ft Load-kW TR Machine Configuration
GROUND FLOOR
BANKIG HALL 1538 8.50 50 5.5 12.5
3.0 TR Cassette Unit x 1nos 1.5 TR Split Unit x 3 nos
1.5 TR Window Unit x 3 nos
MANGER CABINE 130 8.50 05 0.4 1.5 1.5 TR Split Unit
SERVER ROOM 80 8.50 02 1.0 1.5 1.5 TR Split Unit
** Having an average load factor of 0.85
ALL SLAB WILL BE COVERED WITH 50 MM TF QALITY EXPANDED POLYSTYRENE AS PER ARCHITECT DRAWING
FIRST FLOOR
BANKING HALL 3.0 TR Nominal Capacity Cassette Split 1
1.5 TR High wall mounted split unit 3
1.5 TR window unit 3
MANGER CABINE 1.5 TR High wall mounted split unit 1
SERVER ROOM 1.5 TR High wall mounted split unit 1
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 127 of 151
MODE OF MEASUREMENT
1.0 The following measurement code shall apply to this contract
1.1 For Hi Wall Split Unit & Four way cassette Split Units
The entire split unit with out-door unit and in-door unit with DX coil and all accessories, Starters, Controls,
Control Panel, Control Wiring, Refrigerant charge, Oil etc., Erection, Commissioning and Testing shall be
regarded as one unit for purpose of measurement.
2.0 PIPING
a) Piping will be measured in running lengths (meters)
b) No special measurement of bends, elbows, reducer, expanders, tees, cross etc. will be made. All such
fittings/ accessories will be treated as normal piping.
c) The length of the piping including accessories and fittings will be measured along the enter line of piping.
b) Piping Insulation
No separate measurement of insulation shall be made for fittings such as bends, elbows, reduces,
expanders, tees, crosses, flanges, etc. All such insulation shall be linear in meters measurement along the
centerline of piping.
3.0 Electrical Work
a) All cables shall be measured in running lengths as finally installed at site. No wastage measurement will
allow.
b) Control cable /wiring for a plant inside the plant room shall be treated as a lump sum item.
c) All measuring instruments indicating lamps etc shall form part of the equipment specified and no separate
measurement shall be made for such items.
Note-Contractor should note that all the measurement should be carried out strictly as per mode of
measurement stated above. However, all the work should be carried out as per relevant I. S. codes specified.
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 128 of 151
LIST OF APPROVED MAKES
2104 MAKES OF MATERIAL
01.00.00 SCOPE
01.00.01 The scope of this section covers the recommended makes of equipments, material components. The
final choice of makes shall be indicated at the time of finalization of the order.
01.00.02 The makes of material offered by the contractor shall be indicated at the space provided for proper
evaluation of the offer and shall be one of the recommended makes. In the absence of such indication,
the decision rests with the Consultants/Clients.
For items, make are not recommended contractor shall obtain approval from Consultant prior to
procurement.
02.00.00 MAKES RECOMMENDED
The makes of material recommended are as shown below. The offers shall be strictly on the basis of the makes
underlined. However, the bidders can offer alternative makes under section deviation. Such deviation shall follow with
technical literature of the material/equipment offered.
SL.NO. ITEMS MAKES RECOMMENDED MAKES OFFERED
1.0 Four way cassette/Split Units Hitachi, Carrier, Blue Star,
DUCTING
2.1 GI sheets Sail, Jindal, Zenco or Equal
2.2 Dampers Ajanta, Caryaire, Citizen, Dynacraft,
George Rao, Moosa Haji, Nutech,
Suvidha, Tanus or Equi.
2.3 Grilles Air Master, Ajanta, Caryaire, Dynacraft,
Tanus, Tinsmith
3.0 INSULATION
3.1Glass fibre FGP, Kimmco, Pilkington, Thermoguard, Twiga
3.2Expanded polystyrene Modiform, Thermocole, Adpak, Cooline, Beardsell
3.3 Phenolic foam Pneotherm or Equal
3.4 Expanded Polyethylene Nikifoam / Profeel / Armour
4.0 C.P.V.C. PIPES Supreme / Prince / Eq. Approved
5.0 ELECTRICAL MOTOR Siemens / Abb / Crompton / NGF
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 129 of 151
2105 REFERENCE DRAWING
01.00.00 SCOPE
01.00.01 The Scope under this section covers the basic drawings and details to understand.
a) Scope of work
b) Location of equipments
c) General idea on the entire installation
d) Material requirements and labour force required for the completion of work in the stipulated
time schedule.
01.00.02 The reference drawings are basically schematic/diagrammatic to give idea on general requirements
prepared on the basis of preliminary requirements and data available. They are subject to undergo
changes and modifications subject to the finalization of details and requirements of the clients.
01.00.03 The detailed working drawings and the drawings required for the submission to statutory authorities
shall be the responsibility of the contractor. Contractor shall submit minimum four copies of the
drawings to the Consultants for their scrutiny/approval before issuing to the statutory authorities and
site for execution.
NOTE : This specification is of the general type only and must be used in conjunction with the drawing of the particular item being made. Anything shown on the drawing and not in the specification must be compiled with, and vice versa
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 130 of 151
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
2101 UNITARY REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT 2101 / 01 -03 2102 AIR DISTRIBUTION 2102 / 01 -06 2103 THERMAL INSULATION 2103 / 01 - 08 2104 MAKES OF MATERIAL 2104 / 01 – 02 2105 REFERENCE DRAWINGS 2105 / 01 3101 PRICE SUMMARY 3101 / 01 3102 SCHEDULE OF WORK 3102 / 01 - 05
2101 UNITARY REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENTS
01.00.00 SCOPE
01.00.01 The scope under this section shall cover the unitary refrigeration equipments such as window air conditioners, split units and packaged units.
02.00.0 STANDARDS 02.00.01 The following standards shall be applicable a) IS : 4283 Hot air fans b) IS : 8272 Industrial cooling fans c) IS : 1391 Room Airconditioners d) IS : 8148 Packaged Air conditioners e) IS : 2997 Air circulator type electrical fan and regulator 03.00.00 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 03.00.01 The unitary air conditioners shall include refrigeration compressor, drive motor, air cooled
condensing unit, evaporator, refrigeration piping automatic control system enclosure etc. 03.00.02 The equipment assembly shall be well balanced to achieve minimum vibration and noise.
The condensing unit mounted outdoor shall be suitable for the climate and atmosphere condition prevailing to avoid / minimize corrosion . Necessary anti corrosive treatments shall be provided for the metallic components.
03.00.03 The equipments shall meet the requirements indicated in the equipment data and shall meet
the cooling load specified at the outdoor design data furnished and the distance / static head between the outdoor and the indoor units.
04.00.00 EQUIPMENTS
04.01.00 Assembled Units 04.01.01 The unitary air-conditioning units shall be of factory assembled and tested and of the
following category as indicated on the drawing and bill of materials.
a) Window air conditioners having single unit to house compressor, condenser, evaporator refrigerant piping and control system.
b) Split air conditioners having compressor and condenser housed in one unit located outdoor evaporator and controls house in another unit located indoor.
Refrigerant piping and power / control wiring interconnecting condensing unit and evaporators laid externally.
c) Packaged air conditioners having compressor and control evaporated
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 131 of 151
houses in one unit and located indoor and condenser housed in another unit located outdoor . The refrigerant piping and power/control cabling interconnecting condenser and the indoor unit laid externally.
04.01.02 The components for the various equipment assembly shall be as specified in
the following section. 04.02.00 COMPRESSORS 04.02.01 The compressors shall preferably be hermetically sealed scroll permanently lubricated. 04.03.00 CONDENSERS 04.03.01 The condenser shall be air cooled consisting of copper coils with aluminum fins, propeller
fan with motor, sheet steel enclosure with air inlet and exhaust louvers mounting frame, platform/ brackets etc.
04.03.02 The condenser and all its components shall be provided with suitable anticorrosive
treatment. The enclosure shall be GI /Aluminum powder coated. 04.04.00 EVAPORATOR 04.04.01 The evaporators shall be ducted or non-ducted concealed or exposed as indicated in the
drawing and bill of materials. The evaporators shall include copper coils with aluminum fins, expansion valve, centrifugal fan with motor return air filter, supply and return air grilles and louvers, automatic control panel with thermostat and enclosure. The enclosure for concealed unit shall be of GI powder coated whereas that for exposed units shall be of ABS plastic.
04.04.02 The filters shall be antibacterial washable and shall be of minimum 20 micron filtration. The
filters shall be easily removable for cleaning without. 04.05.00 CONTROLS 04.05.01 The controls shall be automatic digital electronic LCD display having the following minimum
requirements. a) Automatic capacity control b) Temperature and fan speed control with digital display c) Timer control d) Corded /corded remote control wherever specified.
04.05.02 The control system features shall be as shown below :
Sr.No. Feature Standard Regular Deluxe 1 Type of control Unit Mounted Remote Remote 2 Type of Remote Control Corded Cordless 3 Temperature Setting Yes Yes Yes 4 Fan Speed Selection Yes Yes Yes 5 Timer Control Yes Yes Yes 6 Digital Display Yes Yes Yes 7 Delayed Starting Yes Yes Yes 8 Filter Cleaning Indicator No Yes Yes 9 In built – ON /OFF No No Yes 10 Quick Cooling Mode No Yes Yes 11 Auto reset No No Yes 12 Auto fan speed No No Yes 13 Night set mode No Yes Yes 14 Self Diagnosis No No Yes
05.00.00 SUPPORTS & PIPING 05.01.00 Supports & Brackets 05.01.01 The equipment’s shall be properly supported with brackets, hangers, platforms
base frame etc. depending upon the type, location and capacity of the unit. 05.01.02 The supports shall be MS fabricated duly treated and painted for anticorrosion.
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 132 of 151
The outdoor condensing units shall be properly supported on MS frame work/ platform properly grouted to the RCC Slab / brick walls using bracket.
05.01.03 The floor mounted packaged unit shall be provided with base frame and
pedestals with necessary ant vibration pads. The ceiling suspended evaporator shall be supported using anchor fasteners and suspension rods. The wall-hung evaporators shall have GI stenciled back plate for mounting the unit, grouted to the wall/beam using anchor fasteners.
05.02.0 REFRIGERANT PIPING 05.02.01 The refrigerant piping shall be of half – hard copper RS 250 conforming to EN .1057 Table
Y. The fittings shall be of shot end capillary brazing conforming to EN 1254. The pipes shall be supplied on coils and cut to required length to achieve fall length without joints between the condenser and evaporator.
05.02.02 The fittings for connection to the condenser evaporator expansion valve etc shall be through copper – brass composite fitting. The brazing / soldering material shall conform to EN. 29453.
05.02.03 The refrigerant lines shall be insulated with 9mm Nitride rubber tubing to prevent heat loss
and condensation . Refrigerant piping running along the partition wall shall be concealed in the wall with necessary chasing in the wall and closing the same with sand cement plastic with chicken wire mesh.
05.03.00 DRAIN PIPING 05.03.01 The evaporator shall be piped to the nearest drain point / drain line using UPVC pipe
conforming to 4985 . Necessary water seal trap shall be provided at the evaporator at the discharge point.
2102 AIR DISTRIBUTION 01.00.00 SCOPE 01.00.01 The scope under this section covers air distribution system consisting of :
a) Sheet metal ducting b) Dampers & Air balancing c) Grilles and diffusers
02.00.00 STANDARDS 02.00.01 The following standards shall be applicable:
a) IS: 655 Metal air ducts b) IS: CP352 Mechanical ventilation and air conditioning in buildings c) IS: 2629 Recommended practice for hot-dip galvanizing of iron & steel d) SMACNA Standard for low-pressure duct construction
03.00.00 MATERIAL
03.00.01 The material for sheet metal ducting shall be cold rolled sheets continuous galvanize with
Zinc coating of total 180 gm per SQ.MT for conforming to IS: 277.
03.00.02 The gasket for duct joints shall be 3mm formed rubber or expanded polyethylene. The bonding material shall be mastic sealant.
03.00.03 The duct flanges and supporting material shall be mild steel structure steel section.
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 133 of 151
03.00.04 All duct hangers shall be mild rod with threaded end with adjustable nuts for levelling.
03.00.05 The material for various applications shall be as follows.
APPLICATION MATERIAL 1. Ducting for Air-conditioning Cold rolled sheets continuous galvanized with a zinc coating
of 180 g/sq.m conforming to IS : 277 a) Indoor – Class 4 b) Outdoor insulated-Class 4 c) Outdoor un insulated-Class 3
2. Duct for ventilation & exhaust - do – 3. Kitchen exhaust C.R.C.A sheet 4. Supports & duct flanges Mild steel structural steel sections 5. Gasket Foamed rubber 3.2mm (1/8”) 6. Bonding Master sealant 03.00.06 All galvanized plain sheets shall be reasonably flat and free from twist. The zinc coating
shall be clean, even and free from un galvanized spots. Sheets shall not crack or peel during bending or fabrication. All sheets shall be procured from approved manufactures.
04.00.00 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
04.00.01 The sheet metal ducting shall be done for the proper distribution of air in air-
conditioned/ventilated space. The ducting shall be designed on the basis of equal pressure drop and shall incorporate necessary accessories like reducers, bends, splitters, dampers and guide vanes for proper control and smooth air flow.
04.00.02 The selection of air diffusing attachments and their location shall be done to achieve uniform
air distribution. The grilles and diffusers shall be painted M.S or aluminum as specified and shown on the drawing.
04.00.03 The ducting shall be supported by means of hangers from the ceiling slab using anchor bolts
and shall not rest on the false ceiling. 04.00.04 Duct crossing walls and slabs shall be encased in wooden frame work and the openings
shall be closed properly unless indicated on the drawing for the purpose of return air. 04.00.05 Volume control dampers of splitter or louvred type shall be provided as shown on the
drawings. Additional dampers if required shall be provided for proper balancing of the air distribution system.
04.00.06 Fire dampers shall be provided at the AHU outlet and return air inlet to the Air Handling
Equipment/room Additional fire dampers shall be provided as per the codes of local fire authorities.
04.00.07 Access door shall be provided adjacent to the fire, splitter and louvred dampers.
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 134 of 151
04.00.08 Air outlets shall be selected based on the air quantity, throw and aerodynamic noise power not exceeding NC 30.The location size and shape of the air outlets shall be co-ordinate with interior and false ceiling scheme.
05.00.00 DUCT FABRICATION
06.00.01Duct shall be rectangular or circular as indicated on the drawings. The Duct shall be made of either galvanized steel sheet as specified in the BOQ and conform to IS:655. The galvanized steel sheet shall conform to IS:277. Aluminum sheet shall confirm to IS:737. The duct construction shall be as follow:
(A) Rectangular Duct Construction:
MAX.SIDE THICK.GSS TYPE OF JOINT BRACKING BRACKIN Mm sheet (S.W.G)
Up to 750 24G 25mm GSS Flanges 751 To 1500 22G 25mmX3mm 25mmX3mm
Ms angle flange Ms Angle
1501 To 2250 20G 40mmX3mm 40mmX3mm ms angle flange ms angle at 1.24 center
2251 & above 18G 50mmX3mm 50mmX3mm ms angle flange ms angle at 1.24 center
(B) Hanger for Duct:
Duct Size Spacing Size of ms angle Size of Rod Dia Mm Not exceeding m mmXmm mm
Up to 750 2.5 25X25X3 6
751 to 1500 2.5 40X40X3 6
05.00.04 The companion flanges and girth angles shall be metered and Welded at corners and riveted to the duct at 75mm centers. The longitudinal seams shall be inside groove or pits burg type. The Flanged joints shall be made air tight with 3mm rubber or 6mm felt gasket and secured with10mm GI bolts at 150mm centers. Ducts shall not be cross-broken, if insulated. The seams an joints shall be rendered air tight with mastic sealant.
05.00.05 The elbows shall have a minimum R/D ratio of 1:3. The elbows of R/D rate of less than 1:3
and square elbows wherever provided due to Site condition, shall be with equally spaced guide vanes for smooth flow. Splitter dampers shall be provided for all branch splits. All branches, feeding More than two outlets shall be provided with control dampers.
05.00.06 Capped airflow connections shall be provided, wherever shown, for testing and balancing of
air distribution.
06.00.0 DAMPERS & GUIDE VANES 06.00.01 The GUIDE VANES shall be provided as shown below:
a) At every non-split branch take off b) At every bend/elbow of less than 1.3 R/D ratio c) At first 4 collars after the fans and first two collar after every bends. The vanes shall be double walled and properly curved for smooth air flow and change indirection of flow and shall be fabricated out of 0.8 mm GI sheets. The vanes shall be fixed to the side runners at equidistant and riveted/bolted to the ducts.
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 135 of 151
06.00.02 The SPLITTER DAMPERS shall be double walled aerofoil blade fabricated out 1.6mm (16 SWG) GI sheet. The damper shall be complete with flanged sheet metal enclosure to suit the upstream and down stream duct connections, hinge at the down stream and operating road at the upstream end. The GI enclosure shall be one size thicker than the up stream duct.
06.00.03 The LOUVRED DAMPERS shall be multi blade aerofoil construction with opposed/parallel blades of maximum 250 x 1200 mm size. The blades shall be mounted on 50mm channel with suitable gang operated linkage and operating rod. The operation rod shall be terminated in a locking quadrant with position indicator.
06.00.04 The FIRE DAMPERS shall be rated for 2 hrs. fire resistance conforming to BS : 476-1 and CP-413 and shall be housed in a GI sheet enclosure flanged at both ends and shall include the damper blades, fusible link, holding spring, manual adjustable handle etc. The material for fabrication of fire dampers shall be as shown below: a) Damper blades - 3mm (10 SWG) Galvanized sheet steel b) Casing - 2mm (14 SWG) c) Bearing – Sintered d) Spring - SS 304 e) Fusible link - Set for 7 deg C fusing temperature
06.00.05 All dampers larger than 1200 mm width shall be fabricated in multiple sections.
The damper rods shall be MS epoxy coated with bronze bushes at one end and locking quadrant with damper position indicator at the other end. The damper rods shall extend beyond the enclosure frame and insulation wherein provided.
06.00.06 The access doors for dampers shall be 400 x 400mm steel bolted with rubber gasket.
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 136 of 151
07.00.00 AIR OUTLETS 07.00.01 The air outlets shall be grille or diffuser type as indicated on the drawing. The grilles
and diffusers shall be MS painted, aluminum or aluminum powder coated as shown on the drawing and schedule of material.
07.00.02 Supply air grilles shall be double deflection type with horizontal face bars and vertical rear bars placed in a rigid marginal frame. Bars shall be shaped and spaced at 18mm centers with swaged pivot pins positively holding the defections setting under all conditions of velocity and pressure. All grilles shall be provided with integral opposed blade, grille face kept-operated dampers.
07.00.03 Return grilles shall have fixed face bars shaped and set at 18mm centers. Bars shall be set at 5degree deflection for vision proof installation. The grilles shall be complete with rigid marginal frames and shall be matching with the supply grilles.
07.00.03.1 Ceiling diffusers shall be round/square/rectangular face flush type horizontal air Diffusion pattern. Diffusers shall have ample margins to minimize ceiling smudge. Half diffusers shall be provided with face operated volume control dampers. Half diffusers shall be similar to full diffusers.
07.00.04 All MS grilles and diffusers shall be fabricated out of 1.0mm mild steel and painted with two coats of red oxide. All duct collars terminating on to a grille or diffuser shall be given two coats of black paint for a length of 300mm.
07.00.06 Aluminum grilles and diffusers wherever specified shall be of extruded aluminum with margins & GSS butterfly dampers. Grilles shall have horizontal face bars only.
07.00.05 Linear diffusers/grilles shall be die formed, flush mounted type with single or double directional airflow. The diffuser/grille shall be in a frame with minimum 20mm margin. All linear air diffusing equipment shall be fitted with a distribution sheet metal plenum as shown on the drawings.
08.00.00 AIR INTAKES & EXHAUST OUTLETS
08.00.01 The outside air intakes and exhaust air outlets shall consists of louvers, bird screen and
enclosure, the total assembly fitted into wall with clear opening and the edges sealed with mastic sealant.
08.00.02 The sheet metal enclosure shall be made out of 1.25mm GI sheets flanged at both ends
and with minimum 4 hold fast. The enclosure shall be minimum 250mm long or 100mm more than the width of the wall.
08.00.03 The louvers shall be 100mm wide mounted at 45 deg. and spaced at 100mm centers and
shall be fabricated out of 1.25mm GI sheets. 08.00.04 The bird screen shall be made out of 15 x 15mm 1.0 mm GI wire mesh inset with 0.8mm GI
frame and bolted to the enclosure flange at 150mm centers using 12mm MS brass bolts and nuts.
09.00.00 INSTALLATION
09.00.01 The ducts shall be supported at the traverse joints as indicated below :
a) Up to 1800 mm 40 x 40 x 3mm M.S angle with 10mmtie rod b) 1850 to 2500 mm 40 x 40 x 6mm M.S angle with 10mmtie rod c) 2550mm and above 50 x 50 x 6mm M.S angle with 10mmtie rod
09.00.02 Additional supports wherever considered necessary by the Engineer - in-charge shall be provided. Supports shall be taken from steel members grouted in the RCC work and fixing of steel members shall involve minimum damage. The entire supporting system shall be meet with the approval of the Engineer-in-charge.
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 137 of 151
09.00.03 All duct supports, flanges; hanger shall be given two coats of red-oxide before installation and one coat of aluminum paint after erection.
09.00.04 Where ducts are connected to the wall, such connections shall be made through mild steel
frame fixed to the wall through suitable shear fasteners. 10.00.00 INSTALLATION 10.00.01 The ducts shall be routed as shown on the drawing or as instructed. Working drawing shall
be got approved before taking up the fabrication and erection.. 10.00.02 Ducts connecting to air moving apparatus shall be through 15 OZ mildew resistant double
canvases directed by the Engineer. On all circular spigots the flexible material is to be screwed or clip band with adjustable screw or toggle fitting. For rectangular ducts the material is to be flanged and bolted with a backing flat or bolted to mating flange with backing flat. The flexible connection shall not be less than 75mm and not more than 200mm.
11.00.00 TESTING & BALANCING
11.00.01 The entire air distribution shall be adjusted and balanced for delivery of design air quantities
or as required for achieving design space conditions. After all adjustments are made, the air readings shall be recorded on the drawings vis-à-vis the space conditions. All dampers after adjustment shall be set and locked in position. All air and static pressure measurements shall be done through problem type meters. Vane type meter readings are not considered reliable.
2103 THERMAL INSULATION
01.00.0 SCOPE 01.00.01 The scope under this section covers thermal insulation of pipes, ducting, roof and walls. 02.00.0 STANDARDS 02.00.01 The following standards shall be applicable:
a) IS : 7240 COP for application and finishing of thermal insulation material at temp. between 80degree C to 40 degree C.
b) IS: 7413 COP for application and finishing of thermal insulation material at temp. between 40degree C to 700 degree C.
c) IS: 10556 COP for storage and handling of insulation material
d) IS: 3346 Method of determination of thermal conductivity of thermal insulation material
e) IS: 3690 Specification for glass wool mats for thermal insulation
f) IS: 4671 Specification for expanded polystyrene for thermal insulation purposes
f) IS: 8183 Specification for bonded mineral wool
g) IS: 702 Specification for industrial bitumen
03.00.0 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
03.00.01 The material and thickness for insulation shall be as specified and shown on the bill of
material.
The thermal conductivity and the equivalent thickness of insulation shall be as shown below:
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 138 of 151
SL.NO. MATERIAL DENSITY K VALVE EQUIVALENT THICKNESS Kg/cum w/mk mm mm mm mm
1. Resin bonded 32 0.037 125 100 50 30 glass wool
2. Expanded 18 0.0326 100 75 50 25 polystyrene TF-quality
3. Expanded 32 0.025 80 40 40 20 polyurethane
4. Rigid phenol foam 32 0.022 70 50 25 20 5. Resin bonded 48 0.041 125 100 60 30
mineral wool
6. Expanded 30 0.035 100 75 80 30 polyethylene foam
03.00.02 The insulation, bonding and the vapor barrier shall be suitable for the temperature of the
surface to be insulated and the location. 03.00.03 All wooden bittern and plug used shall be teak wood ant termite treated with 3 coats of
Shalimar clear liquid. All screws shall be of GI, brass or powder coated.
03.00.04 All surfaces to be insulated shall be thoroughly cleaned and dusted before applying the insulation and bonding material. The bonding material shall applied to both surfaces to be bonded.
03.00.05 The pipe insulation shall be carried out using performed circular/semi circular pipe sections
of internal diameter matching the external diameter of the pipe. 03.00.05 Air pocket between the surface and insulation or between insulations shall not be
acceptable. All joints shall be staggered and filled with bonding material. 03.00.06 Minimum 50mm overlapping shall be provided for joints in vapor barrier and cladding. 04.00.00 MATERIAL 04.00.01 The material for cold insulation shall be as shown below:
a) Fire inhibiting expanded polystyrene of density 18 kg/cum having thermal Conductivity not exceeding 0.035 w/mk at 10 deg. C mean temperature conforming to IS : 4671.
b) Expanded polyurethane foam of density 32 kg/cum having thermal conductivity not exceeding 0.025 w/mk at 10 deg. C mean temperature conforming to Specification.
c) Rigid phenol foam of density 32 kg/cum having thermal conductivity not 0.022 w/mk at 10 deg. C mean temperature conforming to BS: 3927 with 50 micron aluminum foil fixing.
d) Expanded polyethylene foam of density 30 kg/cum having thermal conductivity not exceeding 0.035 w/mk at 10C mean temperature.
04.00.02 The material for hot insulation shall be as shown below:
a) Resin bonded glass wool of density 32 kg/cum having thermal conductivity not exceeding 0.037 w/mk 60 deg C mean temperature
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 139 of 151
b) Expanded polyurethane foam of density 32 kg/cum having thermal conductivity not
exceeding 0.025 w/mk at 10 deg. C mean temperature conforming to BS specification.
c) Rigid phenol foam of density 32 kg/cum having thermal conductivity not exceeding 0.022 w/mk at 10 deg. C mean temperature conforming to BS: 3927 with 50 micron aluminum foil fixing.
d) Resin bonded mineral wool of density 48 kg/cum having thermal Conductivity not exceeding 0.041 at 10 deg C mean temperature conforming to IS : 8183 with 50mm.
04.00.03 The material for fixing vapour barrier and other material shall be as shown below :
a) BONDING MATERIAL
I) Industrial bitumen-85/40 and 85/25 conforming to IS:702. ii) GI chicken wire mesh - 20 mm 24 SWG iii) PRX compound iv) 18 SWG GI binding wire
b) VAPOUR BARRIER I) Aluminum foil 50 micron. ii) Aluminum clading 28 SWG for pipe and 6 SWG for wall iii) 2mm PYPKOTE with aluminum foil finish for surface exposed to the weather. vii) 4mm PYPKOTE polymeric corrosion tape for anticorrosion treatment for underground.
c) FIXING MATERIAL I) Bituminous wood balk 50 x 50mm thick insulation and50 x 100 up to 150mm thick
insulation ii) GI brass or powder coated.
05.00.00 INSULATION THICKNESS 05.00.01 The thickness of insulation and the cladding material for various utilities shall
be as specified under each section. 05.02.01 REFRIGERANT PIPING 05.02.01 The refrigerant piping shall be of half – hard copper RS 250 conforming to
EN .1057 Table Y. The fittings shall be of shot end capillary brazing conforming to EN 1254. The pipes shall be supplied on coils and cut to required length to achieve fall length without joints between the condenser and evaporator.
05.02.02 The fittings for connection to the condenser evaporator expansion valve etc shall be through copper – brass composite fitting. The brazing / soldering material shall conform to EN. 29453.
05.02.03 The refrigerant lines shall be insulated with 9mm Nitride rubber tubing to
prevent heat loss and condensation . Refrigerant piping running along the partition wall shall be concealed in the wall with necessary chasing in the wall and closing the same with sand cement plastic with chicken wire mesh.
05.03.00 DRAIN PIPING
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 140 of 151
05.03.01 The evaporator shall be piped to the nearest drain point / drain line using UPVC pipe conforming to 4985 . Necessary water seal trap shall be provided at the evaporator at the discharge point.
05.03.02 condensate from the evaporator unit shall be drained through properly installed drain piping
designed to prevent any accumulation of condensate in the drain pan. 05.03.03 Drain piping shall be made of 1.1/4” & /2” rigid pvc pipe of kg/cm2 pressure rating with water
tight threaded connection , leading from the room unit to a suitable drain point. Complete drain piping shall be made leak proof and water tight by means of precises installation and the use of leak proof sealant / adhesives. Insulation of drain piping by expanded polyethylene.
07.00.00 INSULATION OF DUCTING
07.00.01 THERMAL
Supply or Return air duct shall be insulated with 75 / 50 / 25 mm thick Fibre Glass of density 24 kg./ Cu.M. The Fibre Glass shall be of factory packed Aluminum foil. Method of applying the insulation:- Clean the duct surface to be insulated. Apply a thin layer of Tar paint of Shali coat / Ticky tar. Apply a thin coat of hot bitumen to stick the insulation. Fix the insulation of specified thickness over the surface of the duct tightly and seal the joints with using BOPP tape. Secure the insulation with 16 Gauge G.I. wire or 10mm PVC box strapping at a distance of 300 mm.
07.00.02 ACOUSTIC INSULATION
First 3-meter length of supply air duct shall be acoustically insulated with 12.5 mm thick fibreglass of density 48 kg/ Cu. M. and covered with 28 G perforated aluminum sheets from inside of the duct. Method of applying the insulation: - Apply a thin layer of Tar paint of Shali coat / Ticky tar. Fix-up fiberglass slab. Cover-up with perforated aluminum sheets with the help of G.I. screw washer.
08.00.00 CEILING/WALL INSULATION
08.00.01 The ceiling/wall insulation shall be as shown below : SL.NO. SURFACE LAYER X THICKNESS MATERIAL CLADING 1. Exposed concrete roof 1 x 50 Expanded Plaster
` Polystyrene
2. Over exposed concrete roof 1 x 30 Polyurethane By others Foam
3. Exposed GI or ACC roof 1 x 75 Expanded A/c sheet
Polystyrene
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 141 of 151
4. Exposed wall 1 x 50 Expanded Plaster Polystyrene by others
5. False ceiling 1 x 50 Resin Fibre
bonded glass
glass wool tissue
14.00.00 RCC ROOF 14.00.01 The thickness of insulation required is 50mm expanded polystyrene unless otherwise
specified. 14.00.02 Make wooden frame work at 600 to 750 mm centers on ceiling slab by fixing 50 x 50 wooden
battens using 75mm long wooden screws and self expanding nylon tumbles. Clean the surface of slab and apply 3mm high softening grade R 85/25 bitumen. Apply one coat of bitumen on the bonding surface of the insulation and press against the slab till the bonding is achieved.
14.00.03 Fix 18 SWG 100 x 100 mm GI washers at the junction of the wooden framework and made
GI melting in cross binding pattern to hold the insulation. 14.00.04 The insulation provided above false ceiling and non visible areas need not have clading
unless otherwise specified. The insulation provided in the visible areas shall be plastered by other agencies after providing chicken wire mesh.
15.00.00 WALLS 15.00.01 The thermal insulation for the walls shall be similar to RCC slab. The thermal insulation
shall be provided on West, North West and East side exposed walls, if specified. 16.00.00 GI OR ACC ROOFING 16.00.01 The thickness of insulation required is 120mm resin bonded glass wool unless otherwise
specified. 16.00.02 Weld 25 x 3 x 130mm M.S flats with 6mm hole at the free end to the purloins at intervals
not exceeding 750mm. Apply 3mm bitumen to the roofing material and one coat to the insulation. Press the insulation against the roof till the bonding is achieved.
16.00.03 Make GI melting in cross bind pattern to hold the insulation. Clad the insulation with FRP
tissue sheet or aluminum foil applying bitumen on the insulation as well as the clading material.
16.00.04 Care shall be taken the close all openings especially for corrugated sheets to ensure
stoppage of hot air through the opening/corrugation space place ACC sheet, if required, shall be provided below the insulation to avoid entry of heat and to hold the insulation in position. The ACC sheets shall be considered as separate item unless otherwise indicated in the bill of material.
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 142 of 151
2104 MAKES OF MATERIAL
01.00.00 SCOPE 01.00.01 The scope of this section covers the recommended makes of equipments, material
components. The final choice of makes shall be indicated at the time of finalization of the order.
01.00.02 The makes of material offered by the contractor shall be indicated at the space provided for proper evaluation of the offer and shall be one of the recommended makes. In the absence of such indication, the decision rests with the Consultants/Clients.
01.00.02 For items, make are not recommended contractor shall obtain approval from Consultant
prior to procurement. 02.00.00 MAKES RECOMMENDED 02.00.01 The makes of material recommended are as shown below. The offers shall be strictly on the
basis of the makes underlined. However, the bidders can offer alternative makes under section deviation. Such deviation shall follow with technical literature of the material/equipment offered.
SL.NO. ITEMS MAKES RECOMMENDED MAKES OFFERED
1.0 Air conditioning Units
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 143 of 151
LIST OF APPROVED MAKES FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS
Sl.No. Datails of the Items Manufacturer’s name
1. CASSETTE / SPLIT units Hitachi,Carrier Blue Star
2. Propeller Fans Crompton
3. Electric Motors Crompton / Siemens/Bharat Bijlee
4. Ventilation AHU Suvidha / Cariyaire /Citizen/Cherub
5. GI Sheet Sail/TATA/ Jindal
6. Grilles/Diffuser Caryaire/Ravistar//Dynamic
7. MS Dampers/Louvers Tristar/ /Cherub
8. Control Cables Grandlay/Batra Henlay/Kalinga
9. Power Cable ICC/Polycab
10. Nitrile rubber Insulation Eurabatax/Aeroflex/Totaline
for ref pipe insulation
11. Flexible Duct Connection Airflow/Pyroguard
12. Gaskets Neoprene rubber
13. Adhesives Fevicol / Superlon
14 Vibration Isolator Resistoflex / Dunlop
15. Filters/Air Showers Dyna / Thermadyne / Cherub
16. Polyethylene for duct insulation Supreme/Trocellene/Totaline 17. Centrfugal / Axial fan Flaxt/ PAF/ Chakshu 18. Refrigerant Pipes Rajco/Parasmani
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 144 of 151
2105 REFERENCE DRAWING
01.00.00 SCOPE 01.00.01 The Scope under this section covers the basic drawings and details to understand.
a) Scope of work b) Location of equipments c) General idea on the entire installation d) Material requirements and labour force required for the completion of work in the
stipulated time schedule.
01.00.02 The reference drawings are basically schematic/diagrammatic to give idea on general requirements prepared on the basis of preliminary requirements and data available. They are subject to undergo changes and modifications subject to the finalization of details and requirements of the clients.
01.00.03 The detailed working drawings and the drawings required for the submission to statutory authorities shall be the responsibility of the contractor. Contractor shall submit minimum four copies of the drawings to the Consultants for their scrutiny/approval before issuing to the statutory authorities and site for execution.
NOTE : This specification is of the general type only and must be used in
conjunction with the drawing of the particular item being made. Anything shown on the drawing and not in the speciation must be complied With and vise versa
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 145 of 151
Technical information to be furnished by the tender along with the tender (please fill separate for each model/tonnage
A Compressor
A Type
B Make/model
C Quantity
D Kw (motor connected)
E Kw (motor- consumed)
f Full load current
g Refrigeration capacity(at 5 deg.c suction 50 deg.c discharge)
h Refrigerant
B Condenser
a Type
b Air quantity –cfm
c Coil face area (sqft)
d No of rows
e By pass factor
f Full load current of fan motor
g fan motor kw/rpm
h St. pressure of fan
i No. of speed for fan
j Copper tube thk/dia
k Al. fin spacing/gauge
C Evaporator
A Type
B Air quantity
C Coil face area
D No. of rows
E By pass factor
F Fan motor kw/rpm
G Full load current of fan motor
H St. pressure of fan
I No. speed for fan
J Copper tube thk/diameter
k Al. fin spacing/gauge
D Overall Dimensional Details
A Condensing unit
B Evaporating unit
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 146 of 151
E Salient Features
A Type of filter
B Filter area
C Filtration level
d Any other detail
F Total power Consumption of the unit
G Pipes & fitting Refrigerant drain
a) Manufacture b) Class c) Material d) Thickness / Diameter
H Insulation material Expanded Expanded
Polystyrene polyethylene a) Manufacture b) Material c) ‘K’ value at 10 deg. C
mean temperature
I Insulation material: Fiber glass
a) Manufacture b) Material c) ‘K’ value at 10 deg. C
mean temperature J Cables
a) make b) type c) grade
compressor Condenser fan
Evap. fan total
A 3.0 TR
B Tolerances
Voltage
Power factor
Frequency
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 147 of 151
K Centrifugal fans
a) Manufacture b) Diameter c) Speed rpm & hp d) CFM/Static pressure e) Static/Dynamic balancing f) Overall dimensions g) Types of fan/model h) Operating weight i) Noise level j) Efficiency
L Electric motor
a) Manufacture b) Model no c) Rated output H.P d) Range of working voltage e) Rated speed rpm f) Starting current (amps) g) Full l load current h) Class of insulation i) Tempt. Rise after 8 hr on full load j) Efficiency & power factor at 100% load k) Type of stating
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 148 of 151
BILL OF QUANTITIES
PROJECT : AIR CONDITIONING WORK FOR BANK OF BARODA – ASODIA BRANCH AT AHMEDABAD
ARCHITCET : M/S CREATIONS - AHMEDABAD.
SCOPE OF WORK : TO DESIGN, MANUFACTURE, TEST, SUPPLY AT SITE, INSTALLATION AT SITE,
ERECTION AND COMMISSIONING OF COMPLETE AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
ON SITC BASIS WITH THE FOLLOWING MAJOR ITEMS :
SR. DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS QUANTITY UNIT RATE AMOUNT
NO. Rs. Rs.
SUPPLY OF EQUIPMENTS - AC UNITS
1.0 AIR COOLED CASSETTE TYPE SPLIT
& WALLL MOUNTED TYPE SPLIT UNITS
WITH THE FOLLOWING TECH.SPECIFICATIONS :
a) Indoor Unit with DX Cooling Coil, Fan with Motor,
Nylone Pre-Filter, Drain Tray, Corded Remote
Control & Powder coated Unit enclousre etc.
b) Outdoor Condensing Unit with Compressors
Condenser Coil, Condenser Fan with Motor &
Unit enclousre of Powder coated type.
c) Elelctrical Control Panel Board with controls
and internal wiring.
1.1 CASSETTE UNIT ) SPLIT UNIT
1.1.1
Supply & Providing of 3.0 TR Cassette Unit Make :-Carrier/Hitachi/Blue Star 1 NO.
1.2 WALL MOUNTED TYPE SPLIT UNIT
1.1.1
Supplying & providing 1.50 TR split A/C with high wall mounted unit. Make :-Carrier /Hitachi/ Blue Star . with minium 3 star rating 4 NOS.
1.2 WINDOW UNIT
1.2.2
Supplying & providing 1.50 TR window unit as per Make :-Carrier/Hitachi/Blue star without Remote Control 3
NOS.
INSTALLATION OF AC UNITS
2.0 Installation, Erection, Testing & Commissioning
of Split Units with following Items :
a) Interconnected Soft Copper Refrigerent Piping
between Indoor & Outdoor Unit upto the 5.0
RMT distance with Rubber sleeve insulation
b) Armoured ele. cabling between Indoor & Out
door Unit with earthing.
c) The Pipes & cables shall be consealed in
flexible PVC conduit of 50 / 65 mm dia. with
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 149 of 151
proper clamping / saddling work.
e) First charge of Refrigerent Gas R-22.
f) Double Canvass connection with Zip.
g) Rigid CPVC Drain piping with Black Armouer
insulation covered with BOPP tape of 25 / 32
mm dia. for Split Unit upto indicated drain point.
2.1 CASSETTE UNIT ) SPLIT UNIT
2.1.1
Installtion of 3.0 TR Cassette Unit including 5.0 Rmt copper tubing, drain pipes, and electrical wiring connection etc. complete. 1 NO.
2.2 WALL MOUNTED TYPE SPLIT UNIT
2.2.1
Installation charges for above 1.50 TR Split A/C including 5.0 Rmt copper tubing, drain pipes, and electrical wiring connection etc. complete. 5
NOS.
2.2.2 Installation charges for existing 1.50 TR window A. C. with modification of existing windows as per new location etc. complete 3
NOS.
SR. DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS QUANTITY UNIT RATE AMOUNT
NO. Rs. Rs.
3.0 ADDITIOINAL INSULATED REFRI.PIPING AND
ELE. WIRING PER RMT & GAS CHARGING.
3.1
Soft Copper Tubling with 9 mm nitril insulltion and electrical wiring for additional length after 5.0 mt. of standard length. (For additional length above 5.0 mt. of standard length) for Split Unit .
65 RMT
3.2
Hard Copper Tubling with 13 mm nitril insulltion and electrical wiring for additional length after 5.0 mt. of standard length. (For additional length above 5.0 mt. of standard length) for Cassette Unit .
10 RMT
SUB TOTAL- I FOR ITEMS NO. 1, 2 & 3
AIR DISTRIBUTION & INSULATION WORK
UNDER DUCT INSULLATION WITH 50 MM THICK TF(DENSITY 16-18 KG /M3) QULITY EXPANDED POLYSTYRENE WITH 85/20 GRAD HOT DAIGONAL WIRE THERMOCOL ON SLAB BOTOM COMPLETE AS DIRECTED
160 SQ.MT.
6.0 MS FABRICATED PLATFORM FOR OUTDOOR 150 KG
UNITS WITH TWO COATS OF ANTIRUSTING
ENEMAL PAINTING APRX SIZE : 4.0 X 0.9 MTR.x 2 nos
7.0 MISC. CIVIL WORK LIKE WALL OPENING TO 1 LOT
PASS DUCTS & PIPES, PLASTERING & RE-
FINISHING OF THE SAME TO THE ORIGINAL
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 150 of 151
FINISH AS PER THE SITE REQUIREMENTS.
SUB TOTAL- II FOR ITEMS NO. 4,5,6 & 7
TOTAL ( I+II )
TOTAL AMOUNT Rs. A
B. Less Discount ( IF Only )
BY BACK OF EXCHITING Split Unit with Indoor Unit & Outdoor Unit 1 nos
C. BY BACK OF EXCHITING WINDOW UNIT
4 nos
TOTAL FOR BY BACK AMOUNT B
TOTAL PROJECT COST (A-B-C)
Note:
[1] Rate quoted shall includes all Taxes such as Service Tax, VAT, Excise, Octroi,
Sales Tax, etc. including transportation charges.
[3] The Standard installation charges for the high wall split A.C shall include 5 meter Each of
Refrigerant pipe, Drain pipe, Electrical Wiring
[4] All Civil work such as Masonary work slike breacking away and making good of walls,floors project.
[5] The Entire Job Shall be Excuted in Total Co. Ordination with the Other Agencies Working
on this Project more particlulary with the False Ceiling and Electrical work.
(SEAL & SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR).
CREATIONS Architect & Interior Designer Page 151 of 151
DRAWING
top related